Integrated Water Quality Assessment for Florida: 2014 Sections 303(d), 305(b), and 314 Report and Listing Update Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration Florida Department of Environmental Protection April 2014 2600 Blair Stone Rd. Tallahassee, FL 32399-2400 www.dep.state.fl.us Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report This Page Intentionally Blank. April 1, 2014, Page i of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION BOB MARTINEZ CENTER 2600 BLAIRSTONE ROAD TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA 32399-2400 RICK SCOTT GOVERNOR CARLOS LOPEZ-CANTERA LT. GOVERNOR HERSCHEL T. VINYARD JR. SECRETARY Letter to Floridians March 19, 2014 Dear Floridians, It is my pleasure to present to you the 2014 Integrated Water Quality Assessment for Florida. This report represents one of the most comprehensive data collection efforts in the nation and provides the reader with substantial information regarding the quality of our waters. These comprehensive analyses are made possible by the support of the citizens of Florida, who agree that our waterbodies are a central part of our state’s culture and heritage In Florida, monitoring efforts at all levels—by government, universities, volunteer groups, and individuals—result in substantially more monitoring stations and water quality data than any other state in the nation. More than 30% of the nutrient data for the nation comes from Florida waters—twice as much as the next highest state. In fact, 25% of the nation’s ambient water quality monitoring stations (more than 41,000) are located within Florida. The next highest state is Alaska, with more than 15,000 stations. This large amount of water quality data is used annually for the assessment of waterbody health by means of a comprehensive stepwise approach. Hundreds of assessments are conducted each year. Additionally, as part of this report, a statewide water quality condition is presented using an unbiased randomized monitoring design, and water quality trends are reported at 76 separate surface water and 49 ground water stations. These efforts allow us to understand the state’s water conditions, make decisions that further enhance our waterways, and focus our efforts to address problems. I encourage all those interested in Florida’s waterways to thumb through the pages of this report, gain a better understanding of the water quality conditions of the state, and engage in local efforts to protect and restore water quality. It has been a pleasure for us to compile this information for your use. Enjoy, Tom Frick, Director Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration April 1, 2014, Page ii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Acknowledgments This document was prepared by staff within the following divisions and offices of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection: Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration − Bureau of Laboratories: • Biology Section − Water Quality Standards Program: • Standards Development Section • Aquatic Ecology and Quality Assurance Section − Water Quality Assessment Program: • Watershed Assessment Section • Watershed Monitoring Section − Water Quality Evaluation & Total Management of Daily Loads (TMDL) Program: • Ground Water Management Section • Watershed Evaluation and TMDL Section − Water Quality Restoration Program: • Nonpoint Source Management Section • Watershed Planning and Coordination Section Division of Water Resource Management − Domestic Wastewater Program − Industrial Wastewater Program − State Revolving Fund Program − Engineering, Hydrology and Geology Program − Submerged Lands and Environmental Resources Coordination Program − Water Compliance Assurance Program Office of Water Policy Office of Intergovernmental Programs In addition, we would like to thank staff at the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC), Florida Department of Health (FDOH), and the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (FDACS) for their valuable help in updating sections of Chapters 3 and 11, and the Southwest, Suwannee River, and St. Johns River Water Management Districts for reviewing the report. April 1, 2014, Page iii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table of Contents LETTER TO FLORIDIANS............................................................................................................................. II ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ................................................................................................................................. II LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS .............................................................................................. XV EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .......................................................................................................................... XXII Purpose and Contents.................................................................................................................... xxii Statewide Status and Trend Monitoring Results for Surface and Ground Water ................. xxiii Summary of Water Quality Standards Attainment for Assessed Rivers/Streams, Lakes, Estuaries, Coastal Waters, and Beaches ..................................................................................... xxiii Ground Water Monitoring Results ...............................................................................................xxv Conclusion .......................................................................................................................................xxv CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................1 Federal Assessment and Reporting Requirements ..........................................................................1 Integrating the Federal Requirements into Florida’s Watershed Management Approach ........3 CHAPTER 2: BACKGROUND INFORMATION ...............................................................................................6 Overview ..............................................................................................................................................6 Population ..................................................................................................................................8 Climate ........................................................................................................................................8 Surface Water and Ground Water Resources ...............................................................................12 Streams and Rivers ...................................................................................................................12 Lakes .........................................................................................................................................14 Estuaries and Coastal Waters ..................................................................................................14 Wetlands ...................................................................................................................................15 Aquifers and Springs................................................................................................................16 Hydrogeology ....................................................................................................................................17 Physical Setting ........................................................................................................................17 Ground Water ...........................................................................................................................18 Surface Water–Ground Water Interactions ............................................................................19 CHAPTER 3: ISSUES OF ENVIRONMENTAL INTEREST AND WATER QUALITY INITIATIVES....................21 Issues of Environmental Interest .....................................................................................................21 Drinking Water.........................................................................................................................21 Healthy Beaches Program .......................................................................................................24 Bacterial and Mercury Contamination ...................................................................................25 Harmful Algal Blooms .............................................................................................................26 Water Quality Initiatives .................................................................................................................32 Nutrient Enrichment ................................................................................................................32 Algal Growth in Springs ..........................................................................................................34 April 1, 2014, Page iv of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Mercury in Fish Tissue ............................................................................................................35 Saltwater Encroachment ..........................................................................................................35 Arsenic in Ground Water .........................................................................................................36 Ocean Acidification ..................................................................................................................37 Revision of Recreational Water Quality Criteria ....................................................................37 Revision of DO Criteria ...........................................................................................................38 CHAPTER 4: FLORIDA’S APPROACH TO MONITORING SURFACE WATER AND GROUND WATER .........43 Background .......................................................................................................................................43 Florida’s Integrated Water Resources Monitoring Program .......................................................48 Element 1: Monitoring Objectives ..........................................................................................50 Element 2: Monitoring Strategy .............................................................................................51 Element 5: Quality Assurance ................................................................................................52 Element 6: Data Management ................................................................................................53 Element 9: Program Evaluation .............................................................................................54 Element 10: General Support and Infrastructure Planning .................................................54 Evolving Approaches to Monitoring ...............................................................................................54 CHAPTER 5: DESIGN FOR THE STATUS AND TREND NETWORKS ............................................................56 Background .......................................................................................................................................56 Status Network Monitoring .............................................................................................................57 Water Resource Types ..............................................................................................................59 Geographic Design and Site Selection ....................................................................................60 Sampling and Frequency .........................................................................................................60 Status Network Core and Supplemental Indicators ................................................................62 Status Monitoring Network Design Changes..........................................................................67 Future Design and Reporting ..................................................................................................67 Trend Network Monitoring .............................................................................................................68 Surface Water Trend Network .................................................................................................70 Ground Water Trend Network .................................................................................................71 Trend Network Core and Supplemental Indicators ................................................................71 Data Evaluation ................................................................................................................................74 CHAPTER 6: RESULTS OF THE STATUS AND TREND NETWORK ASSESSMENTS FOR 2010–12 ................75 Summary of Status Network Surface Water Results ....................................................................75 Introduction ..............................................................................................................................75 Rivers, Streams, Large Lakes, and Small Lakes .....................................................................77 Sediment Quality Evaluation ...................................................................................................90 Summary of Status Network Ground Water Results ....................................................................96 Summary of Surface and Ground Water Trend Network Results ............................................104 Surface Water Trends ............................................................................................................104 Ground Water Trends ............................................................................................................124 April 1, 2014, Page v of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report CHAPTER 7: OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY FOR SURFACE WATER.............................................................................................................166 Historical Perspective on the Assessment Methodology .............................................................166 Assessment Methodology: The Impaired Surface Waters Rule ................................................166 Description of the Watershed Management Approach ...............................................................167 Implementation of the TMDL Program under the Rotating Basin Approach .........................167 Focus on Outcomes ................................................................................................................170 Assessment Periods for the Planning and Verified List Assessments ..................................170 Determination of Use Attainment ..........................................................................................171 Sources of Data ......................................................................................................................174 IWR Strategic Monitoring .....................................................................................................177 Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Criteria .........................................................178 Rationales for Not Using Existing Data................................................................................178 Public Participation in the Process .......................................................................................179 CHAPTER 8: RESULTS FOR ATTAINMENT OF DESIGNATED USES IN SURFACE WATERS .....................184 Surface Waters Assessed ................................................................................................................184 303(d) Listed Waters ......................................................................................................................185 Summary of Causes of Impairment .......................................................................................186 Delisting ...........................................................................................................................................194 Biological Assessment .....................................................................................................................196 Use and Interpretation of Biological Results ........................................................................196 Special Focus: Lakes......................................................................................................................198 Lake Trends for Nutrients .....................................................................................................198 Methodology to Establish Lake Segment-Specific Baseline TSI Values .............................199 Identification of Long-Term Nutrient Trends ......................................................................199 Identification of Short-Term Nutrient Trends ......................................................................200 Approaches to Controlling Lake Pollution and Lake Water Quality ...................................200 Publicly Owned Lakes with Impaired Uses ...........................................................................201 Drinking Water Use Support.........................................................................................................201 Overlap of Source Water Areas and Impaired Surface Waters ...........................................203 CHAPTER 9: INTRODUCTION TO GROUND WATER MONITORING ........................................................204 Summary of Ground Water Monitoring Programs ....................................................................204 Ground Water and Springs Monitoring Programs Maintained by the Department ...........205 Potable Water Monitoring by FDOH/Departmental Water Supply Restoration Program ..................................................................................................................................206 Public Water System (PWS) Monitoring ...............................................................................206 Monitoring of Discharges to Ground Water .........................................................................207 CHAPTER 10: RESULTS OF THE GROUND WATER ASSESSMENTS .........................................................209 Overall Ground Water Quality .....................................................................................................209 April 1, 2014, Page vi of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Ground Water Quality Issues and Contaminants of Concern, Including Potable Water Issues ................................................................................................................................................212 Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) ...................................................................................216 Synthetic Organic Chemicals (SOCs) ...................................................................................216 Nitrate .....................................................................................................................................216 Primary Metals .......................................................................................................................217 Saline Water ...........................................................................................................................218 Radionuclides .........................................................................................................................219 Trihalomethanes (THMs) ......................................................................................................220 Bacteria (Coliform) ................................................................................................................220 Summary of Ground Water Contaminant Sources .....................................................................220 Petroleum Facilities ...............................................................................................................221 Drycleaning Solvent Facilities ...............................................................................................221 Federal and State Waste Cleanup and Monitoring Sites .....................................................222 Nonpoint Sources ...................................................................................................................222 Ground Water-Surface Water Interaction ..................................................................................223 Setting and Pathways .............................................................................................................223 Ground Water Influence on Impaired Surface Waters ........................................................223 Water Quality in Springs and Related Issues........................................................................225 CHAPTER 11: WATER PROTECTION AND RESTORATION PROGRAMS ..................................................231 Florida’s Water Resource Management Programs .....................................................................231 Overview of Surface Water Monitoring Programs .....................................................................232 Watershed-Based Monitoring and Reporting .......................................................................232 Overview of Surface Water Protection Programs .......................................................................234 Water Quality Standards (WQS) Program ............................................................................234 Watershed Assessment Program............................................................................................236 Surface Water Improvement and Management Program ....................................................249 Point Source Control Program ..............................................................................................250 Nonpoint Source Management Program ..............................................................................253 Land Acquisition ....................................................................................................................262 Costs and Benefits of Implementing Florida’s Surface Water Protection Programs To Meet the CWA’s Objectives ..............................................................................................265 Coordination with Other State, Tribal, and Local Agencies ................................................267 Wetlands Program ..................................................................................................................269 Results of Florida’s Surface Water Protection Programs ....................................................275 REFERENCES 278 APPENDICES I Appendix A: Discussion of Status Network Surface Water Indicators for Rivers, Streams, Canals, and Lakes, and Ground Water Indicators for Confined and Unconfined Aquifers ......................................................................................................................... II April 1, 2014, Page vii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Surface Water Indicators for Rivers, Streams, Canals, and Lakes ........................................ II Dissolved Oxygen (DO) ............................................................................................................ II Ground Water Indicators for Confined and Unconfined Aquifers ....................................... IV Appendix B: Tables from the 2010–12 Status Network Regional Assessment Results for Large Lakes, Small Lakes, Rivers, Streams, Confined Aquifers, and Unconfined Aquifers ............................................................................................................................................ IX Appendix C: IWR Methodology for Evaluating Impairment ................................................. XIX Aquatic Life–Based Use Attainment..................................................................................... XIX Primary Contact and Recreation Use Attainment ................................................................ XX Fish and Shellfish Consumption Use Attainment ................................................................ XX Drinking Water Use Attainment ........................................................................................... XXI Evaluation and Determination of Use Attainment ............................................................ XXII Appendix D: Section 314 of the Federal Clean Water Act Update, Listing Impaired Lakes in Florida, Group 1–5 Basins........................................................................................... XXX April 1, 2014, Page viii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report List of Tables Table ex.1a. Assessment Results for Pathogens by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) .......................................................................................................... xxiv Table ex.1b. Assessment Results for Nutrients by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) .......................................................................................................... xxiv Table ex.1c. Assessment Results for Mercury by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) ........................................................................................................... xxv Table ex.1a. Assessment Results for Pathogens by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) ................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined. Table ex.1b. Assessment Results for Nutrients by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) ................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined. Table ex.1c. Assessment Results for Mercury by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) ................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined. Table 2.1. Florida Atlas .............................................................................................................................7 Table 4.1a. The Department's Tier I Monitoring Programs ..................................................................49 Table 4.1b. The Department's Tier I and Tier II Blended Monitoring Programs ................................49 Table 4.1c. The Department’s Tier II Monitoring Programs ................................................................49 Table 4.1d. The Department's Tier III Monitoring Programs ...............................................................50 Table 5.1. Status Network Core and Supplemental Field Measurement Indicators ..............................65 Table 5.2. Status Network Core and Supplemental Biological and Microbiological Indicators ...........65 Table 5.3. Status Network Core and Supplemental Organic and Nutrient Indicators ..........................65 Table 5.4. Status Network Core and Supplemental Major Ion Indicators .............................................66 Table 5.5. Status Network Core and Supplemental Metal Indicators.....................................................66 Table 5.6. Status Network Core and Supplemental Physical Property Indicators .................................66 Table 5.7. Status Network Organic and Nutrient Indicators for Sediment Analysis in Lakes .............66 Table 5.8. Status Network Metal Indicators for Sediment Analysis in Lakes ........................................67 Table 5.9. Trend Network Field Measurement Indicators .....................................................................68 Table 5.10. Trend Network Biological and Microbiological Indicators ................................................69 Table 5.11. Trend Network Organic and Nutrient Indicators................................................................69 Table 5.12. Trend Network Major Ion Indicators ..................................................................................69 Table 5.13. Trend Network Metal Indicators ..........................................................................................70 Table 5.14. Trend Network Physical Property Indicators ......................................................................70 Table 6.1. Summary of Surface Water Resources Assessed by the Status Network’s Probabilistic Monitoring, 2010–12 ...........................................................................................................75 Table 6.2a. Status Network Physical/Other Indicators/Index for Aquatic Life Use with Water Quality Criteria ....................................................................................................................76 Table 6.2b. Status Network Microbiological Indicators/Index for Recreational Use with Water Quality Criteria/Thresholds ................................................................................................76 Table 6.2c. The Department’s Freshwater Lake Sediment Contaminant Thresholds for Metals ........77 Table 6.3a. Explanation of Terms Used in Tables 6.3b through 6.3e ...................................................77 April 1, 2014, Page ix of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.3b. Statewide Percentage of Rivers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design ..............................................................................79 Table 6.3c. Statewide Percentage of Streams Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design ...........................................................82 Table 6.3d. Statewide Percentage of Large Lakes Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design ...........................................................85 Table 6.3e. Statewide Percentage of Small Lakes Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design ...........................................................88 Table 6.4a. Statewide Percentage of Large Lakes Meeting Sediment Contaminant Threshold Values...................................................................................................................................92 Table 6.4b. Statewide Percentage of Small Lakes Meeting Sediment Contaminant Threshold Values...................................................................................................................................94 Table 6.5. Status Network Physical/Other Indicators/Index for Potable Water Supply for Ground Water with Water Quality Criteria/Thresholds ....................................................96 Table 6.6a. Legend for Terms Used in Tables 6.6b and 6.6c .................................................................97 Table 6.6b. Statewide Percentage of Confined Aquifers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design .........................................99 Table 6.6c. Statewide Percentage of Unconfined Aquifers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design .......................................102 Table 6.7. Surface Water Trend Summary (1999–2012)......................................................................105 Table 6.8a. Legend for the Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in Tables 6.8b and 6.8c ....................105 Table 6.8b. Trends for Specified Analytes for Surface Water Trend Network Stations Associated with a USGS Gaging Station and Adjusted for River Flow .............................................106 Table 6.8c. Trends for Specified Analytes for Surface Water Stations from the Trend Network and not Adjusted for River Flow .......................................................................................107 Table 6.9. Ground Water Trend Summary (1999–2012)......................................................................124 Table 6.10a. Legend for the Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in Tables 6.10b and 6.10c ..............125 Table 6.10b. Trends for Specified Analytes for Stations in the Ground Water Trend Monitoring Network, Confined Aquifers .............................................................................................126 Table 6.10c. Trends for Specified Analytes for Stations in the Ground Water Trend Monitoring Network, Unconfined Aquifers .........................................................................................127 Table 7.1. Basin Groups for Implementing the Watershed Management Cycle, by Departmental District ................................................................................................................................167 Table 7.2. Phases of the Basin Management Cycle ..............................................................................168 Table 7.3. Data Used in Developing the Planning and Verified Lists for the Basin Rotation Cycles .................................................................................................................................171 Table 7.4. Designated Use Attainment Categories for Surface Waters in Florida .............................172 Table 7.5. Categories for Waterbodies or Waterbody Segments in the 2014 Integrated Report.........173 Table 7.6. Organizations Providing Data Used in the IWR Assessments ............................................176 Table 7.7. Types of Data Excluded from IWR Assessments.................................................................181 Table 8.1. Total Number of Waterbody Segments and Size of Assessed Waterbody Segments by Waterbody Type .................................................................................................................185 April 1, 2014, Page x of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.2a. Assessment Results for Pathogens by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) ...........................................................................................................188 Table 8.2b. Assessment Results for Nutrients by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) ...........................................................................................................189 Table 8.2c. Assessment Results for Mercury by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) ...........................................................................................................189 Table 8.3a. Miles of Rivers/Streams Impaired by Cause ......................................................................189 Table 8.3b. Square Miles of Lakes Impaired by Cause ........................................................................190 Table 8.3c. Square Miles of Estuaries Impaired by Cause...................................................................190 Table 8.3d. Square Miles of Coastal Waters Impaired by Cause .........................................................191 Table 8.4a. Distribution of Biological Results by Assessment Type and Aquatic Life Use Support ...............................................................................................................................197 Table 8.4b. Summary of Biological Results by Assessment Type and Aquatic Life Use Support ......197 Table 8.5. Total Miles of Rivers/Streams and Square Miles of Lakes/Reservoirs Designated for Drinking Water Use...........................................................................................................201 Table 8.6. Waterbodies Designated for Drinking Water Use by Assessment Category (Results for Assessments Including Criteria for All Use Support) ................................................202 Table 8.7. Summary of Impaired River/Stream Miles and Lake/Reservoir Square Miles Overlapping Source Water Areas of Community Water Systems....................................203 Table 9.1a. Summary of Ground Water Monitoring Programs and Data Sources: Monitoring Networks Maintained by the Department .........................................................................204 Table 9.1b. Summary of Ground Water Monitoring Programs and Data Sources: Programs that Include Potable Ground Water Sampling: Monitoring Networks Maintained by the Department .............................................................................................................205 Table 10.1. Summary of Percent Ground Water Samples Achieving Primary Ground Water Standards for Selected Analytes by Basin ........................................................................210 Table 10.2a. Summary of Recent Exceedances of Primary Ground Water Standards in Untreated Samples from Private Wells and Ground Water–Based PWSs ......................214 Table 10.2b. Summary of Recent Exceedances of Primary Ground Water Standards in Untreated Samples from Private Wells and Ground Water–Based PWSs ......................215 Table 10.3. Median Concentrations of Ground Water–Surface Water Constituents in Unconfined Aquifers (2000–13) .......................................................................................224 Table 10.4. Median Concentrations of Selected Parameters in Frequently Monitored Springs (2012–13) ...........................................................................................................................228 Table 11.1. Summary of Adopted BMAPs ............................................................................................244 Table 11.2. Summary of Accomplishments in the Adopted BMAPs ....................................................245 Table 11.3. Summary of BMAPs under Development..........................................................................246 Table 11.4. Number of Enrolled Acres and NOIs as of June 30, 2013 ...............................................256 Table 11.5. Florida Legislative Appropriations for Nonpoint Sources and TMDLs, 2000–11 ..........264 Table 11.6. Results of the 2008 Clean Watersheds Needs Survey for Florida ....................................266 Table A.1. Status Monitoring Network Water Quality Standards for Surface Water ........................... II Table A.2. Status Monitoring Network Water Quality Standards for Ground Water ............................ V Table D.1. Impaired Lakes of Florida .................................................................................................XXX April 1, 2014, Page xi of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report April 1, 2014, Page xii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report List of Figures Figure 2.1. Florida’s Population Distribution, 2010..............................................................................10 Figure 2.2. Florida’s Average Annual Rainfall, 2002–10 .....................................................................11 Figure 2.3. Springs of Florida .................................................................................................................17 Figure 3.1. Bioregions for Lake, River, and Stream Resources ............................................................41 Figure 5.1. Status Monitoring Network Reporting Units .......................................................................58 Figure 5.2. Status Network Sampling Periods for 2010 and 2011.........................................................61 Figure 5.3. Status Network Sampling Periods for 2012 .........................................................................62 Figure 5.4. Surface Water Trend Network Sites.....................................................................................72 Figure 5.5. Ground Water Trend Network Sites with Sufficient Period of Record .............................73 Figure 6.1. Statewide River Sample Locations .......................................................................................78 Figure 6.2. Statewide Summary of River Results ...................................................................................80 Figure 6.3. Statewide Stream Sample Locations ....................................................................................81 Figure 6.4. Statewide Summary of Stream Results ................................................................................83 Figure 6.5. Statewide Large Lake Sample Locations .............................................................................84 Figure 6.6. Statewide Summary of Large Lake Results .........................................................................86 Figure 6.7. Statewide Small Lake Sample Locations .............................................................................87 Figure 6.8. Statewide Summary of Small Lake Results .........................................................................89 Figure 6.9. Statewide Summary of Large Lake Sediment Results .........................................................93 Figure 6.10. Statewide Summary of Small Lake Sediment Results .......................................................95 Figure 6.11. Statewide Confined Aquifer Well Locations......................................................................98 Figure 6.12. Statewide Summary of Confined Aquifer Results ...........................................................100 Figure 6.13. Statewide Unconfined Aquifer Well Locations ...............................................................101 Figure 6.14. Statewide Summary of Unconfined Aquifer Results .......................................................103 Figure 6.15. Surface Water Trends for Nitrate-Nitrite, 1999–2012 ....................................................108 Figure 6.16. Surface Water Trends for TKN, 1999–2012 ....................................................................110 Figure 6.17. Surface Water Trends for TP, 1999–2012 .......................................................................112 Figure 6.18. Surface Water Trends for TOC, 1999–2012 ....................................................................114 Figure 6.19. Surface Water Trends for Chlorophyll a, 1999–2012 .....................................................116 Figure 6.20. Surface Water Trends for Fecal Coliform Bacteria, 1999–2012....................................118 Figure 6.21. Surface Water Trends for pH, 1999–2012 .......................................................................120 Figure 6.22. Surface Water Trends for DO, 1999–2012 ......................................................................122 Figure 6.23. Ground Water Trends for Temperature, 1999–2012 ......................................................128 Figure 6.24. Ground Water Trends for Specific Conductance, 1999–2012 ........................................130 Figure 6.25. Ground Water Trends for DO, 1999–2012 ......................................................................132 Figure 6.26. Ground Water Trends for pH, 1999–2012 .......................................................................134 Figure 6.27. Ground Water Trends for Depth to Water, 1999–2012 ...................................................136 Figure 6.28. Ground Water Trends for Total Dissolved Solids, 1999–2012 .......................................138 Figure 6.29. Ground Water Trends for Total Organic Carbon, 1999–2012 .......................................140 Figure 6.30. Ground Water Trends for Nitrate-Nitrite, 1999–2012 ....................................................142 April 1, 2014, Page xiii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.31. Ground Water Trends for Orthophosphate, 1999–2012 .................................................144 Figure 6.32. Ground Water Trends for Total Phosphorus, 1999–2012 ..............................................146 Figure 6.33. Ground Water Trends for Potassium, 1999–2012 ...........................................................148 Figure 6.34. Ground Water Trends for Sulfate, 1999–2012 ................................................................150 Figure 6.35. Ground Water Trends for Sodium, 1999–2012 ...............................................................152 Figure 6.36. Ground Water Trends for Chloride, 1999–2012 .............................................................154 Figure 6.37. Ground Water Trends for Calcium, 1999–2012 ..............................................................156 Figure 6.38. Ground Water Trends for Magnesium, 1999–2012 ........................................................158 Figure 6.39. Ground Water Trends for Alkalinity, 1999–2012............................................................160 Figure 6.40. Ground Water Trends for Total Coliform, 1999–2012 ...................................................162 Figure 6.41. Ground Water Trends for Fecal Coliform, 1999–2012...................................................164 Figure 7.1. Period of Record (POR) Assessment Flow Chart..............................................................175 Figure 8.1. Results of Florida’s Surface Water Quality Assessment: EPA Assessment Categories for Pathogens ..................................................................................................192 Figure 8.2. Results of Florida’s Surface Water Quality Assessment: EPA Assessment Categories for Nutrients ....................................................................................................193 Figure 8.3. Results of Florida’s Surface Water Quality Assessment: EPA Assessment Categories for Mercury .....................................................................................................194 Figure 8.4. Decision Tree for Delisting for Nutrient Impairment Based on Chlorophyll a (chla) ....195 Figure 10.1. Statewide Summary of Primary MCL Exceedances Reported for Private Wells (top) and Untreated PWSs (bottom) in the Recent Two-Year Period ..............................213 Figure 11.1. Status of BMAPs and Other Water Quality Restoration Activities.................................248 Figure 11.2. Agencies Responsible for Water Resource Coordination and Management in Florida ...............................................................................................................................269 April 1, 2014, Page xiv of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report List of Acronyms and Abbreviations β-BHC Beta Benzenehexachloride μg Microgram μg/L Micrograms per Liter μg STX/100g Micrograms Saxitoxin per 100 Grams μS MicroSiemen μS/cm MicroSiemens per Centimeter ALK Alkalinity, Dissolved (as calcium carbonate [CaCO 3 ]) As Arsenic ASR Aquifer Storage and Recovery ATAC Allocation Technical Advisory Committee BGD Billion Gallons per Day BioRecon Biological Reconnaissance BLYES Bioluminescent Yeast Estrogen Screen BMAP Basin Management Action Plan BMP Best Management Practice Ca Calcium, Dissolved CaCO 3 Calcium Carbonate CARL Conservation and Recreation Lands CBI Compliance Biomonitoring Inspection CBIR Community Budget Initiative Request CCMP Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plan CEI Compliance Evaluation Inspection CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act CERP Comprehensive Everglades Restoration Plan cfs Cubic Feet per Second CFU/100mL Colony-Forming Units per 100 Milliliters of Water Cl Chloride, Dissolved cm Centimeter CSI Compliance Sampling Inspection CSO Combined Sewer Overflow CWA Clean Water Act April 1, 2014, Page xv of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report CWNS Clean Watersheds Needs Survey CWSRF Clean Water State Revolving Fund dbHydro Database Hydrologic (the South Florida Water Management District’s environmental database) DBP Disinfection Byproduct DDT Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane DEAR Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration Department Department of Environmental Protection DMR Discharge Monitoring Report DO Dissolved Oxygen DSCP Drycleaning Solvent Cleanup Program DWMP District Water Management Plan EAS Environmental Assessment Section EDB Ethylene Dibromide e.g. Exempli Gratia ELRA Environmental Litigation Reform Act EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ERC Environmental Regulation Commission ERLA Environmental Litigation Reform Act ERP Environmental Resource Permit ESOCs Emerging Substances of Concern et al. Et Alii, Et Aliae, or Et Alia et seq. Et Sequentes or Et Sequentia F.A.C. Florida Administrative Code FAR Florida Administrative Register FC Fecal Coliform FDACS Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services FDEO Florida Department of Economic Opportunity FDOH Florida Department of Health FDOT Florida Department of Transportation FFL Florida-Friendly Landscaping FGS Florida Geological Survey FL STORET Florida Storage and Retrieval (Database) April 1, 2014, Page xvi of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report F.S. Florida Statutes FWC Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission FWRA Florida Watershed Restoration Act FWRI Fish and Wildlife Research Institute FWRMC Florida Water Resources Monitoring Council FWVSS Foodborne, Waterborne, and Vectorborne Disease Surveillance System FY Fiscal Year FYI Fifth-Year Inspection GIS Geographic Information System GOMA Gulf of Mexico Alliance GRTS Generalized Random Tessellation Stratified GWTV Ground Water Temporal Variability HAB Harmful Algal Bloom HAL Health Advisory Limit HB House Bill HDG Human Disturbance Gradient HUC Hydrologic Unit Code IBI Impact Bioassessment Inspection i.e. Id Est IMC International Minerals and Chemicals Corporation (IMC Agrico) IRL Indian River Lagoon ISD Insufficient Data IWR Impaired Surface Waters Rule IWRM Integrated Water Resources Monitoring K Potassium, Dissolved kg Kilogram kg/yr Kilograms per Year L Liter lbs/yr Pounds per Year LCMS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry LC/MS-MS liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry LID Low-Impact Development LSJR Lower St. Johns River April 1, 2014, Page xvii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report LVI Lake Vegetation Index LVS Linear Vegetation Survey MCL Maximum Contaminant Level MDL Method Detection Limit MF Membrane Filter mg Milligram Mg Magnesium, Dissolved MGD Million Gallons per Day mg/kg Milligrams per Kilogram mg/L Milligrams per Liter mL Milliliter MS4 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System MSMA Monosodium Methanearsonate N Nitrogen Na Sodium, Dissolved N/A Not Available or Not Applicable ND No Data NEEPP Northern Everglades and Estuaries Protection Program NELAC National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Conference NEP National Estuary Program NHD National Hydrography Dataset NNC Numeric Nutrient Criteria NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration NOI Notice of Intent NOV Notice of Violation NO x Nitrate-Nitrite, Dissolved (as N) NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NPL National Priorities List NRCS Natural Resources Conservation Service NSP Neurotoxic Shellfish Poisoning NWFWMD Northwest Florida Water Management District O&M Operations and Maintenance OAWP Office of Agricultural Water Policy April 1, 2014, Page xviii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report OFW Outstanding Florida Water OSTDS Onsite Sewage Treatment and Disposal Systems P Phosphorus, Dissolved (as P) P-2000 Preservation 2000 PAM Polyacrylamides Pb Lead PBS Performance-Based Systems PCBs Polychlorinated Biphenyls PCE Perchloroethylene (Tetrachloroethylene) PCU Platinum Cobalt Unit PEC Probable Effects Concentration PLRG Pollutant Load Reduction Goal POR Period of Record ppb Parts per Billion ppm Parts per Million PQL Practical Quantitation Limit PSP Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning psu Practical Salinity Unit PWS Public Water System PWS ID# Public Water System Identification Number QA Quality Assurance QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control q-PCR Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction QPS Qualitative Periphyton Survey RFA Restoration Focus Area RPS Rapid Periphyton Survey SB Senate Bill SC Specific Conductance SCI Stream Condition Index SERCC Southeast Regional Climate Center SFWMD South Florida Water Management District SJRWMD St. Johns River Water Management District SK Seasonal Kendall April 1, 2014, Page xix of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report SKTT Seasonal Kendall Test for Trend (Trend Test) SM Standard Methods SMP Strategic Monitoring Plan SO 4 Sulfate, Dissolved SOCs Synthetic Organic Chemicals or Save Our Coasts SOP Standard Operating Procedure SOR Save Our Rivers SPFP Saxitoxin Puffer Fish Poisoning SRF State Revolving Fund SRWMD Suwannee River Water Management District SS Sen Slope (Estimator) SSAC Site-Specific Alternative Criteria STA Stormwater Treatment Area STAG State and Tribal Assistance Grant STCM Storage Tank Contamination Monitoring STORET Storage and Retrieval (Database) STX Saxitoxin SWAPP Source Water Assessment and Protection Program SWFWMD Southwest Florida Water Management District SWIM Surface Water Improvement and Management TAC Technical Advisory Committee TAPP Think About Personal Pollution TC Total Coliform TCE Trichloroethylene TDS Total Dissolved Solids TEC Threshold Effects Concentration Temp Temperature Th-232 Thorium-232 THMs Trihalomethanes TIGER Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing TKN Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen TMDL Total Maximum Daily Loads TN Total Nitrogen April 1, 2014, Page xx of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report TOC Total Organic Carbon TP Total Phosphorus TSI Trophic State Index TSS Total Suspended Solids TV Temporal Variability U-238 Uranium-238 UF University of Florida UF-IFAS University of Florida Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences UMAM Uniform Mitigation Assessment Method USACOE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers U.S.C. U.S. Code USDA U.S. Department of Agriculture USGS U.S. Geological Survey VISA Very Intense Study Area VOCs Volatile Organic Compounds WBID Waterbody Identifier WHO World Health Organization WL Water Level WMD Water Management District WMS Watershed Monitoring Section WQ Water Quality WQBEL Water Quality–Based Effluent Limitations WQI Water Quality Inspection WQS Water Quality Standard WQX Water Quality Exchange WRP Wetland Resource Permit WSRP Water Supply Restoration Program WWTF Wastewater Treatment Facility XSI Toxic Sampling Inspection April 1, 2014, Page xxi of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Executive Summary Purpose and Contents This report provides an overview of the status and overall condition of Florida’s surface and ground water quality, and addresses the reporting requirements of Sections 305(b) and 303(d) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (known as the Clean Water Act, or CWA). Section 305(b) requires each state to report to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) on the condition of its surface waters, and Section 303(d) requires each state to report on its impaired waterbodies (those not meeting water quality standards). Using the information from all the states, the EPA provides Congress with a national inventory of water quality conditions and develops priorities for future federal actions to protect and restore aquatic resources. In preparing this report, the Florida Department of Environmental Protection assessed an abundance of available water quality data, including data from the Department’s Ambient Monitoring Networks (the “Status” and “Trend” monitoring networks), ambient data from data providers statewide, and data collected in support of the Total Maximum Daily Loads Program. There are tens of millions of data records maintained electronically and stored in the Florida Storage and Retrieval (STORET) database. These data are used to identify impaired waters, as well as for the development of numeric criteria and analysis of other water quality issues. In addition to surface water data, several programs track ground water data, which are becoming increasingly important to evaluate the many issues that affect ground water quality. Overall, there are approximately 54,836 miles of rivers and streams; 49,128 miles of canals and ditches; over 2,390 square miles of lakes, reservoirs, and ponds; 3,625 square miles of estuaries and coastal waters; and more than 1,000 springs in the state (Table 2.1). Additionally, there are thousands of wells that provide fresh water for potable and irrigation uses. Monitoring and characterizing these waters is a tremendous undertaking. The sheer extent of these waters requires several monitoring approaches (“tiers”) to appropriately and adequately report water quality conditions. The first of these tiers is a bigpicture, statewide statistical estimate of condition. The second critical tier is to identify those waterbodies and reaches that are impaired, thus requiring remediation. The next level of assessment is to carry out site-specific, cause-and-effect monitoring. Each of these tiers plays a critical role in a comprehensive report on water quality. Due to differences in methods employed in data screening, data analysis, study April 1, 2014, Page xxii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report period, study design, geographic location, etc., the results in this report may not be the same as those presented in other papers. Statewide Status and Trend Monitoring Results for Surface and Ground Water The Status Monitoring Network uses an EPA-designed probabilistic monitoring network to estimate, with known confidence, the water quality of 100% of the fresh waters in Florida that can be sampled. These waters include rivers, streams, canals, lakes, and ground water resources. Standard physical/chemical and biological metrics are collected, as applicable. The entire state is assessed each year. Although new water quality standards for dissolved oxygen (DO) and numeric nutrient criteria (NNC) were adopted, these were after the period covered by this report, and therefore were not analyzed; nor were they used to assess attainment in this report. This report summarizes (in Chapter 6) the results of two statewide sampling events (cycles) conducted in 2011 and 2012. Of note, the state’s surface and ground water resources are predominantly in good condition, based on the indicators assessed. This is the benefit of the probabilistic approach, as it allows assessment of all ambient waters as opposed to focusing on impaired reaches and lakes of the state. The results provide data indicating areas that may need further assessment, but also indicate areas that can be slated for protection rather than remediation. An analysis of data from the Trend Monitoring Network, which consists of 76 surface water stations (e.g., rivers and streams) and 49 ground water wells located throughout Florida, did not identify any general surface water trends (when present, they were indicator specific), but identified some ground water trends that imply changes in water sources, depth to water, or matrix interactions. The ground water wells show increasing trends for saltwater encroachment indicators (calcium, sodium, chloride, and potassium) and for rock-matrix indicators (calcium, magnesium, potassium, and alkalinity) with an associated decreasing trend in pH, and these trends are a primary continuing concern for the state’s ground waters. Summary of Water Quality Standards Attainment for Assessed Rivers/Streams, Lakes, Estuaries, Coastal Waters, and Beaches For the determination of use support (described in detail in Chapter 8), the Department assessed 14,454.2 miles of rivers and streams; 1,964.6 square miles of lakes; 5,473.1 square miles of estuaries, 6,486.9 square miles of coastal waters, and 104.3 miles of beaches using the methodology in the Impaired Surface Waters Rule (IWR; Chapter 62-303, Florida Administrative Code [F.A.C.]) for the identification of impaired April 1, 2014, Page xxiii of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report waters. The tables below list the assessment results for the most frequently cited causes of impairment by waterbody type (rivers/streams, lakes, estuaries, coastal waters, and beaches) and EPA reporting category. Assessment Results for the Most Frequent Causes of Impairment by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category Each of the three tables below has 11 columns. Column 1 lists the waterbody type assessed, Columns 2 through 10 list the number of segments with waterbody identification (WBID) numbers in each of the EPA reporting categories, and Column 11 summarizes the total number of WBIDs in each of the reporting categories. Note: There are no waters in EPA Category 1 (attaining all designated uses) because the Department does not sample for all uses. Category 2 comprises waters attaining all the uses that are sampled for. The EPA Integrated Report categories are as follows: 1—Attains all designated uses. 2—Attains some designated uses. 3a—No data and information are available to determine if any designated use is attained. 3b—Some data and information are available, but they are insufficient for determining if any designated use is attained. 3c—Meets Planning List criteria and is potentially impaired for one or more designated uses. 4a—Impaired for one or more designated uses and a TMDL has been completed. 4b—Impaired for one or more designated uses, but no TMDL is required because an existing or proposed pollutant control mechanism provides reasonable assurance that the water will attain standards in the future. 4c—Impaired for one or more designated uses but no TMDL is required because the impairment is not caused by a pollutant; 4d—No causative pollutant has been identified. 4e—Impaired, but recently completed or ongoing restoration activities should restore the designated uses of the waterbody. 5—Water quality standards are not attained and a TMDL is required. - = Empty cell/no data Table ex.1a. Assessment Results for Pathogens by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) Waterbody Type Cat. 2 Cat. 3B Cat. 3C Cat. 4A Cat. 4B - Cat. 4C - Cat. 4D - Cat. 4E - Beach 170 12 9 - Cat. 5 Total 77 - 268 - Coastal 91 13 - - - - 19 123 Estuary 213 44 11 4 - - - - 154 426 Lake 291 537 11 - - - - - 11 850 - - 343 1,570 0 0 604 3,237 Stream 398 726 80 23 - - Total 1,163 1,332 111 27 0 0 Table ex.1b. Assessment Results for Nutrients by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) Waterbody Type Cat. 2 Cat. 3B Cat. 3C Cat. 4A Cat. 4B Cat. 4C Cat. 4D Cat. 4E Cat. 5 Total Coastal 41 49 1 - - - - 1 1 93 Estuary 105 178 31 12 6 - - 1 111 444 Lake 214 744 52 22 - - 1 - 43 1,076 Stream 398 859 67 22 - - 3 10 206 1,565 Total 758 1,830 151 56 6 0 4 12 361 3,178 April 1, 2014, Page xxiv of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table ex.1c. Assessment Results for Mercury by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) Waterbody Type Cat. 2 Cat. 3B Cat. 3C Cat. 4A Cat. 4B Cat. 4C Cat. 4D Cat. 4E Cat. 5 Total Coastal - - - - - - - - 221 221 Estuary - 1 1 - - - - - 504 506 Lake 3 1 43 - - - - - 127 174 Stream 16 1 32 - - - - - 249 298 Total 19 3 76 0 0 0 0 0 1,101 1,199 Ground Water Monitoring Results Ground water, which provides more than 90% of Florida’s drinking water, is highly vulnerable to contamination in much of the state. Generally, the overall quality of the evaluated potable aquifers was good for the parameters that were evaluated by the Department’s monitoring networks (Table 10.1). However, a number of ground water issues will require continued attention. Ground water contaminants of concern were evaluated using recent sampling data from private wells and public water systems served by wells (in Chapter 10, Figure 10.1 and Tables 10.2a and 10.2b). Contamination by arsenic (a naturally occurring element that was used as a pesticide) and other pesticides are the contaminants of greatest concern based on recent private well sampling results. Well contamination by nitrate and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) continues to be an issue for private well users. Fewer exceedances were detected in public water system samples, but data from a recent two-year period showed that radionuclides (a natural condition), metals (mainly arsenic), and salinity (as sodium) are the contaminants exceeding primary drinking water standards most often in untreated water (but not the water that is delivered to customers, which meets standards). Nitrate remains the greatest issue in surface waters that receive significant inputs of ground water, since it can cause excessive growth of algae and can impair clear-water systems, particularly springs. Conclusion Since the passage of the CWA, the Department has made tremendous progress statewide in identifying and addressing surface and ground water contamination. However, much more work remains to be done, especially in the face of Florida’s continued population growth. In cooperation with other agencies and stakeholders, the Department continues to implement numerous programs and activities to continue its goal of protecting, managing, and restoring the state’s surface water quality, aquatic habitats, and aquatic life, as well as potable water supplies (see Chapter 11). It has also April 1, 2014, Page xxv of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report identified a number of issues of environmental interest and initiatives (see Chapter 3), including the following:  The development and adoption of numeric criteria to address the nutrient impairment of surface waters caused by a variety of sources, including septic tanks, higher fertilizer use, and the increased number of residential landscapes accompanying the state’s growing population.  The continued development and implementation of best management practices (BMPs) to further reduce environmental effects from agricultural runoff.  The continued monitoring and investigation of increased nitrate concentrations in springs that can cause the overgrowth of aquatic plants—including blue-green algae, which can produce toxins that affect humans and wildlife.  The creation of a multiagency, statewide working group to address increased saltwater intrusion and encroachment into freshwater supplies.  The development of strategies for evaluating Emerging Substances of Concern (ESOCs), which are man-made chemicals in many consumer goods such as pharmaceuticals and personal care products that have been found in water, soils, and the air.  The revision of fecal coliform criteria and methods to assess human health–related issues more rapidly and accurately.  The revision of DO criteria to more clearly define “natural conditions” and to better understand the natural variability of DO in aquatic systems statewide. April 1, 2014, Page xxvi of xxv Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 1: Introduction Purpose This report provides an overview of Florida’s surface water and ground water quality as of 2013. Referred to as the Integrated Report because it fulfills the reporting requirements under Sections 305(b) and 303(d) of the Federal Clean Water Act, or CWA), the report must be submitted to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) every two years. Federal Assessment and Reporting Requirements Section 305(b) of the CWA requires states and other jurisdictions to submit biennial water quality reports to the EPA. These reports, referred to as 305(b) reports, describe surface water and ground water quality and trends, the extent to which waters are attaining their designated uses (such as drinking water, recreation, and shellfish harvesting), and major impacts to surface water and ground water. Under Section 303(d) of the CWA, states are also required to identify waters that are not attaining their designated uses, submit to the EPA a list of these impaired waters (referred to as the 303[d] list), and develop Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDL) for them. A TMDL represents the maximum amount of a given pollutant that a waterbody can assimilate and still meet its designated uses. Water quality monitoring and data analysis are the foundation of water resource management decisions. The EPA and its state partners have worked together to develop an integrated 305(b) and 303(d) assessment approach to address water quality monitoring strategies, data quality and data quantity needs, and data interpretation methodologies. This 2014 Integrated Report continues the consolidation and alignment of the 305(b) and 303(d) assessment and reporting requirements. It also includes Section 314 reporting on the status and trends of significant publicly owned lakes. The Integrated Report allows states to document whether water quality standards are being attained, documents the availability of data and information for each waterbody segment, identifies trends in water quality conditions, and provides information to managers in setting priorities for future actions to protect and restore the health of Florida’s aquatic resources. This comprehensive approach to assessment enhances Florida’s ability to track important programmatic and environmental goals of the CWA and, ideally, speeds up the pace of achieving these goals. April 1, 2014, Page 1 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Florida’s integrated approach to monitoring and assessment consists of three tiers: statewide ambient monitoring networks for status and trends, strategic monitoring for verification of impairment and identification of causative pollutants, and specialized, site-specific studies. The Status Network component of the ambient monitoring program is a probabilistic assessment that is used to develop statistical estimates of water quality across the entire state, based on a stratified random sample design. The use of probability assessments produces an unbiased picture of water quality conditions statewide and provides a cost-effective benchmark of the success of Florida’s water quality programs. The results can also provide information on whether it would be useful to target certain waters for further assessment, or if limited resources for water quality assessment can be used more effectively in other ways. The Florida Department of Environmental Protection (the Department) also implements a Trend Monitoring Network consisting of 76 surface water and 49 ground water stations. Trend analyses for surface and ground water resources are used to examine changes in water quality over time. Florida’s statewide Status and Trend monitoring networks (the first tier) enable the Department to satisfy some of the reporting requirements for Sections 106 and 305(b) of the CWA. A variety of basin- and waterbody-specific assessments are conducted as part of the second tier monitoring, or Strategic Monitoring. The primary focus of strategic monitoring is to collect sufficient data to verify whether waters that have limited data indicating they are potentially impaired are in fact impaired and, to the extent possible, determine the causative pollutant for waters listed for dissolved oxygen (DO) or biological assessment (bioassessment) failures. However, the Department also conducts other types of strategic monitoring to better evaluate specific water resources (springs, for example). Site-specific monitoring (the third tier) includes intensive surveys for TMDLs, monitoring for the development of water quality standards and site-specific alternative criteria (SSAC), and fifth-year inspections for permit renewals for facilities that discharge to surface waters. Special monitoring programs are used to address other program-specific needs, such as monitoring to develop predictive models, including the mercury TMDL being developed for Florida. Ground water arsenic studies address natural versus anthropogenic sources of arsenic in aquifers, and restoration efforts are measured by project-specific studies. All readily available ambient water quality data, regardless of the monitoring tier, are considered in the 303(d) assessment for the determination of impaired waters, and each result is placed into one of five assessment categories, based on available data. According to the EPA, this approach allows the states to April 1, 2014, Page 2 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report document the attainment of applicable water quality standards and develop monitoring strategies that effectively respond to the needs identified in the assessment, while ensuring that the attainment status of each water quality standard applicable to a particular waterbody segment is addressed. The five broad categories are as follows:  Category 1: All designated uses are supported; no use is threatened.  Category 2: Available data and/or information indicate that some, but not all, of the designated uses are supported.  Category 3: There are insufficient available data and/or information to make a use support determination.  Category 4: Available data and/or information indicate that at least one designated use is not being supported or is threatened, but a TMDL is not needed.  Category 5: Available data and/or information indicate that at least one designated use is not being supported or is threatened, and a TMDL is needed. In addition to using these broad categories, the EPA allows states to develop and use individual subcategories to fit unique or specialized sets of circumstances. These subcategories (see Chapter 7) must be consistent with the purpose of the more general category and must be approved by the EPA during its review of each state’s methodology for developing lists of impaired waters. Integrating the Federal Requirements into Florida’s Watershed Management Approach For the 2014 Integrated Report, the Department has continued to move towards a comprehensive assessment by integrating the federal assessment and reporting requirements into its watershed management approach. Federal requirements state that the following information should be provided:  The extent to which the water quality of the state’s waters provides for the protection and propagation of a balanced population of shellfish, fish, and wildlife and allows for recreational activities in and on the water.  An estimate of the extent to which CWA control programs have improved or will improve water quality and recommendations for future actions. April 1, 2014, Page 3 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  An estimate of the environmental, economic, and social costs and benefits needed to achieve CWA objectives and an estimate of the date for such achievements.  A description of the nature and extent of nonpoint source pollution and recommendations needed to control each category of nonpoint sources.  An assessment of the water quality of all publicly owned lakes, including lake trends, pollution control measures, and publicly owned lakes with impaired uses. The 1999 Florida Watershed Restoration Act (FWRA) (Section 403.067, Florida Statutes [F.S.]) directed the Department to implement a comprehensive, integrated watershed approach for evaluating and managing cumulative impacts to the state’s waters. The act clarified the TMDL Program and directed the Department to develop an assessment methodology that allows for the consideration of whether water quality standards are being met based on credible data, studies, and reports. Those waters determined to not meet water quality standards should then be included on the state’s 303(d) list of impaired waters, or those waters needing a TMDL, and the appropriate TMDLs should be developed (see Chapter 11 for more information). These objectives are carried out through coordination with the water management districts (WMDs), Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (FDACS), Soil and Water Conservation Districts, environmental groups, regulated parties, and local stakeholders during all phases of the TMDL process. The implementation of the watershed management approach was initiated in 2000. Florida’s 52 basins were divided into 29 groups that are distributed among the Department’s six districts. There are five basins each in the Northwest, Central, Southwest, South, and Southeast Districts, and four basins in the Northeast District. One basin is assessed in each district every year. Using a rotating basin management cycle, which ensures that each basin is assessed every five years, the Department and local stakeholders assess individual basins, identify impaired waters requiring the development of TMDLs, and develop Basin Management Action Plans (BMAPs; see Chapter 11 for more information) and Reasonable Assurance Plans to restore water quality. The assessment, consisting of multiple phases, has been completed in all of the state’s basins (the Group 1 through 5 basins) twice. As part of its watershed management approach, the Department developed Verified Lists of impaired waters for the Group 1 through 5 basins in 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006, respectively. Cycle 2 of the rotating basin approach was initiated in 2007 with Verified Lists of impaired waters for the Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, and Group 4 basins completed through 2010. Assessments and April 1, 2014, Page 4 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report list development for Group 5 were completed in January 2012. As required by Subsection 403.067(4), F.S., the lists are adopted by Secretarial Order. The resulting Verified Lists of impaired waters and waters to be delisted in those basins amend the 1998 303(d) list of impaired Florida waters maintained by the EPA. The Department intends to continue to submit annual amendments to its 303(d) list as part of the watershed management approach. The Status and Trend Monitoring results are a component of the CWA Section 106 monitoring work plan for the Department. The results of these monitoring programs are reported internally through statewide assessments, published by the Watershed Monitoring Section (WMS) on the Department’s Watershed Monitoring website. In 2009, the monitoring shifted to an annual estimate of condition. This report presents the results of statewide monitoring conducted from 2010 through 2012. An additional requirement for CWA Section 106 is the submittal of the Department’s monitoring strategy, which addresses the suite of monitoring programs in this document, using the EPA’s March 2003 Elements of a State Water Monitoring and Assessment Program guidance. As part of the report, the Design Document for the Department’s Watershed Monitoring Program is updated as any changes to the design of the monitoring program or strategy occur. April 1, 2014, Page 5 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 2: Background Information Overview Florida's 71,341 square miles support abundant, diverse natural resources (Statistical Abstract of the United States 2012, the Department 2011). 1 Some of these resources—such as the Everglades—are found nowhere else. Florida also contains the only coral reef in the continental United States. The state has a total of 17,867 square miles of water, of which 7,008 square miles are inland waters (including coastal bays and sounds), ranking third in the country in inland water area, and large supplies of fresh water in its underground aquifers. Florida depends on water resources in many ways—e.g., for its $8.2 billion fishing and $62.7 billion tourism industries (Morris and Morris 2009; Visit Florida 2012). The pressures of population growth, its accompanying development, and 70 million tourists a year are impacting the state’s freshwater, ground water, and saltwater resources. Although the state ranks 22nd in the country in total area, it currently ranks fourth in population, and that population continues to grow. Most Floridians live in coastal areas where less fresh water is available, and about three-fourths of new residents choose coastal locations for their new homes. As development continues, different users vie for water resources. Major challenges include: maintaining overall water quality and supplies, protecting public health, satisfying competing and rapidly increasing demands for finite quantities of fresh water, minimizing damage to future water reserves, and ensuring healthy populations of fish and wildlife. Despite the fact that water is plentiful in many areas, water quantity and quality are critical issues. In 1950, Florida’s population of 2.8 million used about 1.5 billion gallons per day (BGD) of fresh ground water and surface water. In 2005, that number had risen to 6.9 BGD (62% ground water, 38% surface water; Marella 2009), and consumption is projected to rise to 9.3 BGD by 2020 (Morris and Morris 2009). Surface water and ground water quality has been impacted by industrial, residential, and agricultural land uses in areas throughout the state. While many point sources of pollution such as sewage treatment plant discharges have been eliminated, addressing pollutant loading from widespread, diffuse nonpoint sources such as urban development and agriculture remains a challenge. This chapter provides background information about Florida’s population, water resources, climate, and physical features. Table 2.1 summarizes basic information on the state and its surface water resources. The U.S. Census Bureau uses its TIGER (Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing) files for calculating the area of states/territories seaward to three nautical miles (nm); this does not include the additional territorial waters out to nine nm for Texas, Puerto Rico, or Gulf Coastal Florida. When that area is included, Florida’s total area of sovereignty increases to approximately 71,341 square miles. 1 April 1, 2014, Page 6 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 2.1. Florida Atlas This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists individual statistics for the state, and Column 2 lists the numbers for Florida associated with those statistics. Source: Division of State Lands, Bureau of Survey and Mapping 2011 (http://www.dep.state.fl.us/lands/files/FloridaNumbers_031011.pdf). Total surface area: Outer boundaries pursuant to the Submerged Land Act, Code, 43 U.S.C. 1301 - 1315 and U.S. vs. Florida, U.S. Supreme Court, 425 US 791, 48 L Ed 2d 388, 96 S Ct 1840, and based on Geographic Information System (GIS) data provided by the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission Fish and Wildlife Research Institute (FWC–FWRI) and U.S. Department of Mineral Management Services. State boundaries between Florida, Georgia, and Alabama determined from the U.S. Census Bureau’s TIGER files. Territorial waters: Area of coastal bays and sounds, and the shallow waters of Florida Bay and the Lower Keys, are excluded. Coastal bays and sounds: Inland area of coastal bays and sounds, and the shallow waters of Florida Bay and the Lower Keys based on the Florida National Hydrography Dataset (NHD). Inland waters: Based on feature types lakes/ponds, canals/ditches, streams/rivers of the Florida NHD lying inland of the inland area of coastal bays and sounds described above. Land area: Based on remainder of lands of TIGER files less the area of territorial waters, coastal bays and sounds, and inland waters. Length of coast: From Morris and Morris 2009. "General" coastline is the measurement of the general outline of the seacoast. "Tidal" shoreline includes the measurement of bays, sounds, and other waterbodies where these narrow to a width of three statute miles. "Tidal shoreline, detailed" takes bays, sounds, and other bodies either to the head of tidewater or to a point where such waters narrow to 100 feet. 1 Statistic 2012 estimated population (U.S. Census Bureau) Ranking by population among 50 states % change, 2010–12 Total surface area (as of 2011)1 Ranking by total area among 50 states Land surface area Ranking by land area among 50 states Total water area (as of 2011) Inland water area Ranking by inland water area among 50 states Coastal bays and sounds waters Territorial waters Number of counties Number of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologic units (i.e., watersheds with hydrologic unit codes [HUCs]) Total number of perennial rivers and streams Total number of perennial river and stream miles Total river miles bordering other states Chattahoochee River Perdido River St. Marys River Longest river (entirely in Florida) Largest discharge Total number of ditch and canal miles Number of lakes, reservoirs, and ponds Area of lakes, reservoirs, and ponds Area of largest lake Area of freshwater and tidal wetlands Prominent wetland systems Number of islands greater than 10 acres Area of islands greater than 10 acres Total coastline (measurement of general outline) Total detailed shoreline (includes bays, sounds, etc.) Number of known springs Combined spring outflow Largest noncoastal spring Largest coastal spring Number of first-magnitude springs (discharge greater than 100 cfs) Number of state parks and state trails (as of 2013) Total attendance at state parks and state trails (2012–13) Number 19,317,568 people 4th largest + 2.7% 71,341 square miles 22rd in size 53,474 square miles 26th in size 17,867 square miles 3,383 square miles 3rd largest 3,625 square miles 10,860 square miles 67 52 More than 1,700 22,993 miles 238 miles 26 miles 63 miles 139 miles St. Johns River (273 miles) Apalachicola River (average flow of 25,374 cubic feet per second [cfs]) 49,128 miles 7,748 (area greater than or equal to 10 acres; Shafer et al. 1986) 2,390 square miles Lake Okeechobee (~730 square miles) 17,698 square miles Everglades and Big Cypress Swamp, Green Swamp, Okefenokee Swamp, Big Bend coastal marshes, St. Johns River marshes 4,510 islands 840,727 acres 1,350 statute miles 8,426 statute miles More than 1,000 17, 017 cfs Silver Springs (median discharge of 851 cfs) Spring Creek Springs (median discharge of 2,000 cfs) 33 171 25,575,794 April 1, 2014, Page 7 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Population According to the U.S. Census Bureau (2012a), Florida’s population in 2012 was estimated at 19,317,568. Population growth has slowed during the current economic downturn and is expected to reach only 0.85% from 2011–14 (Florida Legislature Bureau of Economic and Demographic Research 2011). However, Florida is still projected to become the third most-populous state sometime before 2016, behind California and Texas. Within the next two decades, the state’s total population is expected to increase by 9.9 million people (U.S. Census Bureau 2012b). Florida is also expected to gain 1.8 million people through international migration between 1995 and 2025, the third largest net gain in the country (Campbell 1997). As the baby-boom generation (those born between 1946 and 1964) reaches retirement age, the number of residents aged 65 and over will accelerate rapidly in all states. In Florida, the proportion of people over 65 was 17.42% as of 2009, and this number is projected to grow to 19.5% in 2015 (U.S. Census Bureau 2010a). The state has a number of large, expanding population centers, including southeastern Florida (Dade, Broward, and Palm Beach Counties), Jacksonville, Tampa–St. Petersburg, southwest Florida (from Sarasota to Naples), and Orlando (Figure 2.1). In contrast, other relatively large areas of Florida are sparsely populated. Climate The state’s climate ranges from a transitional zone between temperate and subtropical in the north and northwest, to tropical in the Florida Keys. Summers are long, with periods of very warm, humid air. Maximum temperatures average about 90°F, although temperatures of 100°F or greater can occur in some areas. Winters are generally mild, except when cold fronts move across the state. Frosts and freezes are possible, but typically, temperatures do not remain low during the day, and cold weather usually lasts no more than two or three days at a time. Rainfall across the state varies with location and season. On average, more than 60 inches per year falls in the far northwest and southeast, while the Florida Keys receive about 40 inches annually (Figure 2.2). The heaviest rainfall occurs in northwestern Florida and in a strip 10 to 15 miles inland along the southeast coast. Variability in rainfall, both spatially and temporally, can contribute to local water shortages. Historically, Florida has had periods of high rainfall along with periods of low rainfall (i.e., drought). Precipitation data are available from rain gauges across the state for the period of record from 1895 to the April 1, 2014, Page 8 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report present. Based on these data, 2006 and 2007 were the driest back-to-back calendar years Florida has experienced in 50 years (Southeast Regional Climate Center [SERCC] 2011). Except for the northwestern part of the state, most of Florida has a rainy season and a relatively long dry season. In the peninsula, half of the average annual rainfall usually falls between June and September. In northwestern Florida, a secondary rainy season occurs in late winter to early spring. The lowest rainfall for most of the state occurs in fall (October and November) and spring (April and May). The varying patterns of rainfall create differences in the timing of high and low discharges from surface waters. An approximate diagonal line drawn from the mouth of the St. Johns River at the Atlantic Ocean to the boundary of Levy and Dixie Counties on the Gulf of Mexico depicts a climatic river basin divide. North and northwest of the divide, streams have high discharges in spring and late winter (March and April) and low discharges in the fall and early winter (October and November). A second low-water period occurs from May to June. South of the climatic divide, high stream discharges occur in September and October, and low discharges occur from May to June (Kelly 2004). April 1, 2014, Page 9 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 2.1. Florida’s Population Distribution, 2010 April 1, 2014, Page 10 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 2.2. Florida’s Average Annual Rainfall, 2002–10 April 1, 2014, Page 11 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Surface Water and Ground Water Resources Even though Florida has many water sources, the protection of both water quality and quantity is critical to the state’s well-being. The state has 54,836 miles of streams and rivers and 49,128 miles of ditches and canals. It has more than 7,700 lakes larger than 10 acres in size, with a total surface area greater than 2,390 square miles. Florida also has 17,698 square miles of freshwater and tidal wetlands, and a coastline ranking second in length only to Alaska. A line running from the northeast corner of the state to Key West and back up to the northwest corner along the Gulf Coast would extend 1,350 statute miles (U.S. Census Bureau 2010b; Department 2011). If the distance around barrier islands and estuaries (tidal shoreline) were included to a point where such waters narrow to 100 feet (detailed tidal shoreline), the line would stretch 8,426 statute miles (Department 2011). Several sources of high-quality ground water underlie virtually all of Florida. Ninety percent of the state’s population relies on these ground water resources for their drinking water. Springs, another ground water resource, are very prominent throughout the state. Streams and Rivers The state has more than 1,700 streams and rivers. Differences in climate, hydrogeology, and location all affect their water quality. The longest river entirely in the state is the St. Johns, which flows north as a recognizable stream about 273 miles from the St. Johns Marsh in northern St. Lucie County, to its mouth at Jacksonville. The river drains a land area equal to about one-sixth of Florida's surface. The Apalachicola River, in the Florida Panhandle, has the largest discharge flow, averaging more than 25,374 cubic feet per second (cfs) from 1977 to 1992. Its basin, draining about 19,600 square miles within Alabama, Georgia, and Florida (Northwest Florida Water Management District [NWFWMD] 2012), extends to north Georgia’s southern Appalachian Mountains. In some parts of Florida, springs give rise to rivers, and ground water base flow makes up most of the rivers’ flow. The state has several types of natural river systems, including blackwater streams, spring runs, and estuarine or tidal streams, and these systems can be perennial or intermittent. Most of Florida’s rivers exhibit characteristics of more than one type of river system, either at different places along their length or at different times of the year. The links between surface water and ground water can also affect natural systems. For example, the Suwannee River, which originates in the Okefenokee Swamp as a blackwater stream, becomes spring fed south of Ellaville. During periods of high flow, it carries sand and sediments, behaving like a true alluvial stream (sediment carrying). During low flow, however, the river’s base flow comes from multiple springs, April 1, 2014, Page 12 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report including several first-magnitude springs (defined as springs that discharge on average at least 100 cfs). These variations in flow affect the downstream stretches of the river and the receiving estuary. Ground water in the region has elevated nitrate concentrations that can affect animals and plants downstream (Suwannee River Water Management District [SRWMD] 2010). In north and northwest Florida, many rivers are alluvial. The Choctawhatchee, Apalachicola, and Escambia Rivers best represent this type of river. Common features include a well-developed floodplain, levees, terraces, oxbows, and remnant channels (sloughs) that parallel the active riverbed. Typically, because flows fluctuate more than with other types of rivers, habitats are more diverse. Florida contains many blackwater streams and rivers. Blackwater rivers usually have acidic, highly colored, slowly moving waters containing few suspended sediments. These systems typically drain acidic flatwoods or swamps. The upper Suwannee River and north New River are examples of this type of river system. Many major river systems that originate as springs are found in central and north Florida, the Big Bend area of the Gulf Coast, and the southern portion of the Tallahassee Hills. Chemically, these rivers are clear, alkaline, and well buffered. They have little temperature variation, relatively constant flows, and little sediment. Their clear water encourages the growth of submerged plants that provide habitat for diverse animal species. Many spring-fed rivers flow directly into estuaries, and the constant temperatures offer protection from temperature extremes to a number of species, including estuarine fish such as spotted seatrout and red drum, as well as marine mammals such as manatees. Major dams have been built on the Apalachicola, Ocklawaha, Ochlockonee, Hillsborough, and Withlacoochee (Citrus County) Rivers. The most extreme alterations were damming the Ocklawaha to create the Cross-Florida Barge Canal and channelizing the Kissimmee River. The hydrology of the southern third of Florida's peninsula has been significantly altered, and few naturally flowing streams and rivers remain. Most fresh waterbodies in south Florida are canals. Several efforts are under way to reverse some of the alterations, thus restoring natural flows and function to waterbodies. Significant work on the Kissimmee River since the 1990s has successfully restored flow in portions of the historical river channel, leading to improved habitat, fisheries, and water quality. Additional information on the Kissimmee restoration is available on the South Florida Water Management District (SFWMD) Kissimmee River website. April 1, 2014, Page 13 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Lakes Florida's lakes provide important habitats for plant and animal species and are a valuable recreational resource. The state has more than 7,700 lakes, which occupy approximately 4% of its surface area. The largest, Lake Okeechobee (covering 730 square miles), is the ninth largest lake in surface area in the United States and the second largest freshwater lake wholly within the conterminous United States (Fernald and Purdum 1998). Most of the state’s lakes are shallow, averaging seven to 20 feet deep, although many sinkhole lakes and parts of other lakes can be much deeper. Florida’s lakes are physically, chemically, and biologically diverse. Some lakes are spring fed; others are seepage lakes fed by ground water; and still others are drainage lakes fed by surface water sources. Most Florida lakes are seepage lakes—nearly 70% of the lakes in Florida have no surface water streams flowing into or out of them (Palmer 1984). Florida lakes are classified according to water pH, water color, and the ecoregion of the lake basin. The Department identified 47 different lake regions as part of its Lake Bioassessment/Regionalization Initiative. Within each lake region, the lakes have similar geology, soils, chemistry, hydrology, and biology, and lakes in one region may differ significantly from those in another region. For example, most lakes in the New Hope Ridge/Greenhead Slope lake region in northwestern Florida (Washington, Bay, Calhoun, and Jackson Counties) have lower total nitrogen (TN), lower total phosphorus (TP), lower chlorophyll concentrations, and higher clarity compared with other Florida lakes. In contrast, lakes in the Lakeland/Bone Valley Upland lake region in central Florida (Polk and Hillsborough Counties) have higher TN, higher TP, higher chlorophyll a concentrations, and lower clarity. Additional information on Florida lake regions and the ecology of Florida’s lakes is available from the Florida LAKEWATCH website and the EPA Ecoregions of Florida website. Estuaries and Coastal Waters With more than 8,400 coastal miles, Florida is second only to Alaska in amount of coastline. The state’s west coast alone contains almost 22% of the Gulf Coast estuarine acreage in the United States. Florida's estuaries are some of the nation's most diverse and productive. They include embayments, low- and highenergy tidal salt marshes, lagoons, mangrove swamps, coral reefs, oyster reefs, and tidal segments of river mouths. Florida has more Estuaries of National Significance (Tampa Bay, Sarasota Bay, Charlotte Harbor, and Indian River Lagoon), designated by EPA, than any other state in the nation. April 1, 2014, Page 14 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The Atlantic coast of Florida from the mouth of the St. Marys River to Biscayne Bay is a high-energy shoreline bordered by long stretches of barrier islands, behind which lie highly saline lagoons. This 350mile stretch of coast contains only 18 river mouths and inlets. Biscayne Bay spans the transition from high- to low-energy shorelines. At the southern end of the state lie Florida Bay and the Ten Thousand Islands, both of which are dominated by mangrove islands fronting expansive freshwater marshes on the mainland. Many tidal creeks and natural passes connect the islands and marshes. Historically, the area’s fresh water came mainly from sheet flow across the Everglades. Florida's west coast has low relief, and the continental shelf extends seaward for many miles. Unlike the east coast, numerous rivers, creeks, and springs contribute to estuarine habitats. Generally, the west coast’s estuaries are well-mixed systems with broad variations in salinity. They often lie behind lowenergy barrier islands or at the mouths of rivers that discharge into salt marshes or mangrove-fringed bays. The Big Bend coast from the Anclote Keys north to Apalachee Bay is low-energy marsh shoreline. While it does not conform to the classical definition of an estuary, its flora and fauna are typically estuarine. Many freshwater rivers and streams feeding the shoreline here are either spring runs or receive significant quantities of spring water. The Florida Panhandle from Apalachee Bay west to Pensacola Bay comprises high-energy barrier islands, with sand beaches fronting the Gulf of Mexico. Major coastal and estuarine habitats vary from northern to southern Florida. Salt marshes dominate from Apalachicola Bay to Tampa Bay and from the Indian River Lagoon north to the Georgia state line, while there are few salt marshes west of Apalachicola Bay. Mangrove swamps dominate the southwestern Florida coast and are found along the southeastern coast. There are about 6,000 coral reefs between the city of Stuart on the Atlantic Coast south and west to the Dry Tortugas. Seagrasses are most abundant in the Big Bend region, from Tarpon Springs to Charlotte Harbor, and from Florida Bay to Biscayne Bay (Hale et al. 2004). Wetlands Because of its low elevation and peninsular nature, Florida has many varied types of wetlands, including estuarine Spartina and mangrove salt marshes, as well as freshwater sawgrass marshes, cypress swamps, and floodplain marshes. Wetlands comprise almost one-third of the state. The largest and most important are as follows: April 1, 2014, Page 15 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  The Everglades and the adjacent Big Cypress Swamp. Including the Water Conservation Areas (diked portions of the original Everglades system) and excluding the developed coastal ridge, this system extends from about 20 miles south of Lake Okeechobee to Florida Bay.  The Green Swamp in the state’s central plateau.  The Big Bend coast from the St. Marks River to the (south) Withlacoochee River.  Vast expanses of Spartina salt marsh between the Nassau and St. Marys Rivers.  The system of the St. Johns River marshes. Before alteration by humans, all but the northernmost one-fifth of the river basin was an extensive freshwater system of swamps, marshes, and lakes (Kushlan 1990). Even today, half of the length of the St. Johns River is actually marsh, and in many respects it functions like a northern-flowing Everglades.  The headwaters and floodplains of many rivers throughout the state, especially the Apalachicola, Suwannee, St. Johns, Ocklawaha, Kissimmee, and Peace Rivers. In the past, many wetlands were drained for agriculture and urban development, and numerous rivers were channelized for navigation. The modifications were most intense in south Florida, where, beginning in the 1920s, canals and levees were built to control flooding and to drain wetlands. These modifications resulted in the loss of much of the original Everglades wetlands from Lake Okeechobee south. The Everglades restoration under way is intended to improve water quality. There are preliminary successes; however, restoration is a long-term effort involving many agencies working to revitalize the heavily altered system. Aquifers and Springs Florida lies atop aquifer systems that provide potable water to most of the state’s population. Ground water naturally discharges into streams, lakes, wetlands, coastal waters, and springs. Florida has more than 1,000 known springs (Department 2011), which discharge an estimated total of about 17,017 cfs; the state may contain the largest concentration of freshwater springs on Earth. The largest coastal spring by discharge is Spring Creek Springs, with a median discharge of 2,000 cfs; the largest noncoastal spring, Silver Springs, has a median discharge of 851 cfs. Florida also contains 33 of the 78 first-magnitude April 1, 2014, Page 16 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report springs in the United States (Figure 2.3). Several river systems in the state originate as or are largely supported by spring discharges. Archaeological evidence indicates that humans have been attracted to Florida’s life-giving springs for thousands of years. Fourteen of Florida’s state parks named for springs attract millions of visitors each year, and private spring attractions and parks are a multimillion-dollar tourist industry. Figure 2.3. Springs of Florida Hydrogeology Physical Setting Most of Florida is relatively flat. At 345 feet, Britton Hill (near Lakewood, in Walton County) has the highest elevation in the state (americasroof.com website 2013). The longest river, the St. Johns on Florida’s east coast, only falls about a tenth of a foot per mile from the headwaters to the mouth. Surface drainage and topographic relief are greatest in the streams and rivers entering north and northwest Florida from Alabama and Georgia. Most of these streams are alluvial. As the land flattens farther south, surface drainage becomes less distinct, and the rivers and streams are typically slower moving, meandering, and nonalluvial. April 1, 2014, Page 17 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Many of Florida’s rivers have their headwaters in wetlands. In its natural setting, the Green Swamp in central Florida is the headwater for five major river systems: Withlacoochee (South), Ocklawaha, Peace, Kissimmee, and Hillsborough. In north Florida, the Suwannee and St. Marys Rivers originate in the Okefenokee Swamp. Throughout the state, smaller streams often disappear into wetlands and later reemerge as channeled flows. Ground Water Florida is in the Coastal Plain physiographic province, which is blanketed by surficial sands and underlain by a thick sequence of bedded limestone and dolomite. Together the surficial sands, limestone, and dolomites form enormous reservoirs that provide proportionally larger quantities of ground water than is found in any other state. These sources of high-quality, potable ground water underlying virtually all of Florida supported average withdrawals of more than 4,247 million gallons per day (MGD) in 2005 (Marella 2009). This remarkable resource supplies more than 90% of the drinking water for more than 19 million residents. In addition, ground water resources supply over 50% of all water needs, including agricultural, industrial, mining, and electric power generation. Florida primarily relies on the following four aquifer (ground water) systems as public supply drinking water sources:  The Floridan aquifer system, one of the most productive sources of ground water in the United States, extends beneath all of Florida, southern Georgia, and adjoining parts of Alabama and South Carolina. Many public water systems (PWSs)—including those of Jacksonville, Orlando, Clearwater, St. Petersburg, and Tallahassee—tap into the Floridan. It is also a major supplier of water for industrial, irrigation, and rural use. This aquifer provides 60% (4,124 MGD) of Florida’s potable water supplies.  Unnamed surficial and intermediate aquifers, which are present over much of the state, are used when the deeper aquifers contain non-potable water or are permeable enough to support intended uses. They supply water needs for about 10% of the population, especially in rural locations. These aquifers provide 20% (1,375 MGD) of the state’s potable water supplies. April 1, 2014, Page 18 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  In southeast Florida, the Biscayne aquifer supplies virtually all the water needs for over 4 million residents in densely populated Dade, Broward, Palm Beach, and Monroe Counties. This aquifer provides 18% (1,237 MGD) of Florida’s potable water supplies. The EPA has designated the Biscayne aquifer as a sole source drinking water aquifer.  The sand and gravel aquifer, the major source of water supply in the western part of the Florida Panhandle, provides 2% (137 MGD) of Florida’s public supply of potable water. Surface Water–Ground Water Interactions Florida’s low relief, coupled with its geologic history, has created unique hydrogeologic features. Large areas are characterized by karst topography, which forms when ground water dissolves limestone. Landforms in these areas include streams that disappear underground, springs and seeps where ground water rises to the surface, sinkholes, and caves. Surface water commonly drains underground and later reappears, sometimes in a completely different surface water basin from where it entered the ground. For example, drainage from a large karst area in Marion County provides water for Silver Springs and Silver River, which discharges to the Ocklawaha River and then to the St. Johns River and the Atlantic Ocean. Karst areas in western Marion County provide water for Rainbow Springs and Rainbow River, which discharges to the Withlacoochee River and then to the Gulf of Mexico. The entire Suwannee River drainage basin depends on ground water discharge via springs to support base flow to rivers. Florida's porous and sandy soils, high average rainfall, and shallow water table promote close and extensive interactions between ground water and surface water. By the same mechanisms, surface waters recharge underlying aquifers. The fact that Florida contains more than one-third of the first-magnitude springs in the United States is an indication of significant ground water and surface water interchange in the extensive areas of the state dominated by karst terrain. Most lakes and streams receive water from and discharge water to ground water. In general, ground water base flow can be 40% to 60% of the total stream flow, and in karst areas where springs discharge, it can provide 70% to 80% of the flow to streams. Although there are many surface water–ground water interactions, a hydrologic divide exists that interrupts the movement of Florida’s water resources. The divide is represented by an approximate line extending from near Cedar Key on the Gulf Coast to New Smyrna Beach on the Atlantic Coast. Except for the St. Johns and Ocklawaha Rivers, little, if any, surface water or ground water flows south across this barrier. Most major rivers north of the line receive part of their discharges from outside Florida, in addition to local (Florida) rain. South of the divide, Florida rain is the sole freshwater source. April 1, 2014, Page 19 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Hydrologically, the half of Florida lying south of the divide is isolated. About 75% of the state’s population lives in this area in peninsular Florida. April 1, 2014, Page 20 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 3: Issues of Environmental Interest and Water Quality Initiatives This chapter describes the major water quality issues of environmental interest and initiatives being undertaken by the state. It is important to note that Florida has well-established programs, including the permitting and TMDL programs, that address these issues, and that Florida has made great progress in reducing pollutant discharges to state waters and restoring impaired waters. Chapter 11 describes these programs in detail, as well as specific initiatives designed to address emerging concerns. Specific examples of the progress that Florida has made towards reducing nutrient pollution in the Indian River Lagoon, Lake Apopka, Sarasota Bay, and Tampa Bay are available on the EPA’s Watershed Improvement Summaries website. In addition to these programs and initiatives, the Department, in cooperation with other agencies, has launched the Florida Water Resources Monitoring Council (FWRMC), in order to facilitate discussion and communication among monitoring stakeholders throughout the state. The council comprises federal, state, local, and volunteer monitoring organizations, and is chaired by the Department. It is implementing action items in a plan developed by an earlier iteration of the FWRMC. Until the advent of the FWRMC, there had been no single venue to determine whether entities were monitoring the same waterbody, or at the same station. The group will undertake the development of a statewide monitoring atlas to display the locations of monitoring stations and the entities responsible for monitoring these sites. Metadata associated with the sites will be made available via this platform to better facilitate the monitoring programs’ design and specifics. Other initiatives include developing regional councils, establishing a salinity-monitoring network based on existing monitoring stations, establishing better coordination and liaison between freshwater and marine monitoring efforts, and providing a mechanism for data providers throughout the state to offer input for developing a STOrage and RETrieval (STORET)–style data repository that manages Florida’s monitoring data before they are submitted to the EPA’s Water Quality Exchange (WQX) database. Issues of Environmental Interest Drinking Water The Department has the primary role of regulating PWSs in Florida, under Part IV of Chapter 403, F.S., and by delegation of the federal program from the EPA. The section entitled Overview of Ground Water April 1, 2014, Page 21 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Protection Programs in Chapter 11 describes the Department’s ongoing efforts to protect drinking water supplies. A PWS is one that provides water to 25 or more people for at least 60 days each year or serves 15 or more service connections. These PWSs may be publicly or privately owned and operated. There are more than 5,500 PWSs in Florida serving over 19 million residents. Community water systems regularly test for over 80 contaminants, including bacteria, metals, organic and synthetic chemicals, and radiological parameters. Florida’s compliance rate is one of the nation’s highest and ranges from 91% to 96% annually. The contaminants of greatest occurrence and concern are total coliform bacteria and the disinfection byproducts trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acid. Systems that do have a violation of standards must inform the public and take corrective action to fix the problem, install additional treatment, or modify their operations. Additional information is available on the Department’s Drinking Water Program website. The Florida Department of Health (FDOH) and the county health departments regulate very small water systems that provide water for public consumption, but that do not fall under the definition of PWSs. Additional information is available on the FDOH Bureau of Water Programs website. The WMDs regulate the construction of water wells, both public and private, and the quantities of water that may be extracted. The use of drinking water from private wells is not regulated, but the Department and FDOH have a program to monitor water quality from private wells in areas where ground water contamination is suspected and to assist well owners with water treatment or alternative drinking water sources. Arsenic Arsenic has been detected in ground water samples from potable water wells and monitoring wells throughout Florida. Regions with high arsenic ground water exceedance levels include the Springs Coast, Lower St. Johns, Ocklawaha, Suwannee, Withlacoochee, and Tampa Bay Tributaries Basins. To date, samples from more than 1,400 private wells in Florida have been found to exceed the 10 micrograms per liter (µg/L) drinking water standard for arsenic (Chapter 62-550, Florida Administrative Code [F.A.C.]). The largest numbers of arsenic-contaminated wells have been found in Hernando, Dixie, Pasco, and Hillsborough Counties. Arsenic in ground water may occur naturally, may be introduced as a contaminant, or may be released from the geologic material into ground water because of human activities. Throughout Florida, arsenic is April 1, 2014, Page 22 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report a stable element often found in association with pyrite, a minor mineral found in most of Florida’s aquifer systems. Also, a recent unpublished study suggests that arsenic may occur in association with the mineral powellite, although much less is known about its distribution in Florida rocks (Fishler et al. in review; Pichler 2011). Potential anthropogenic arsenic sources include arsenic-based pesticides applied to cotton fields and citrus groves; road, railroad, and power line rights-of-way; golf courses; and cattle-dipping vats (which were reportedly used until the 1960s). As of 2012, the use of arsenical pesticides is restricted only to cotton fields. However, residues from past use, when bound to soil particles, do not readily dissipate. Higher numbers of reported exceedances may also be an artifact of the change in the EPA arsenic standard for ground water, which was reduced from 50 to 10 µg/L in 2001, and was fully implemented in 2006. Recent studies indicate human disturbance that introduces water or oxygen into arsenic-bearing limestone can lead to the release of soluble arsenic from the rock matrix (Arthur et al. 2005). Activities such as mining, well drilling, Aquifer Storage and Recovery (ASR) projects (Arthur et al. 2002; Price and Pichler 2006), or overpumping have all been shown to release previously stable arsenic into ground water. In addition, drought can lower the water table, allowing oxygen to permeate and leach arsenic compounds from sediments. Nitrate Contamination of wells by nitrate remains one of Florida’s most significant ground water quality concerns. This occurs mainly in rural areas where the population is served by private wells and where agriculture is the dominant land use, and where the aquifer is poorly confined. However, it can also be a problem in localized settings where domestic onsite waste treatment and disposal systems (septic systems) are clustered. From 1999 to the present, more than 2,700 private drinking water wells have been found to be contaminated by nitrate at concentrations greater than the 10 milligrams per liter (mg/L) drinking water standard. The largest numbers of wells found contaminated by nitrate are in counties that lie within the ridge citrusgrowing region (Highlands, Polk, Lake, and Orange Counties). Soil in this area is sandy, low in fertility, and tends to leach fertilizer, and the underlying ground water resource used for water supply is highly vulnerable to contamination. Citrus growers need to fertilize frequently and at higher rates, and private wells near the groves can become contaminated. Other counties with extensive agriculture and similar April 1, 2014, Page 23 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report soil and ground water conditions that have led to a significant number of nitrate-contaminated wells include Hillsborough, Hardee, Suwannee, and Jackson. Ground water contamination by nitrate remains an ongoing problem and a challenge to water resource managers. One effort to reduce fertilizer leaching into wells is the implementation of agricultural best management practices (BMPs) by farmers. Another aspect that may be reducing contamination is the transition from agricultural to residential land uses, resulting in less fertilizer use in some agricultural areas. Also, in some of these transitioning areas, public water supplies have become available to homeowners who were previously on individual wells. These factors may be partially responsible for the decrease in the number of wells found to be contaminated in recent years. Healthy Beaches Program As part of Florida’s Healthy Beaches Program, which began in 1998, FDOH monitors the state’s coastal beaches for elevated levels of bacteria. In August 2000, the beach water sampling program was extended to all 34 of Florida's coastal counties through state legislation (Senate Bill [SB] 1412 and House Bill [HB] 2145) and funding. With additional funding from the EPA in 2002, the program was expanded to include weekly sampling for fecal coliform and enterococci bacteria at 304 beach locations throughout Florida. The program has undergone changes in 2011 to reflect the current budget situation. These changes have led to a statewide baseline program that consists of biweekly (every two weeks) sampling for enterococci bacteria and the discontinuation of fecal coliform sampling. Also, year-round sampling will continue only in 15 counties, including Volusia County, those counties south of Pasco County on the west coast, and those counties south of Brevard County on the east coast. In the remaining counties, biweekly sampling will occur from March 1 through October 31. In addition, the geometric mean will no longer be used as a water quality indicator in this monitoring program. If local funding is available, some counties may still sample weekly for enterococci and maintain fecal coliform testing and the geometric mean as a standard. In a healthy environment, an array of bacteria is normally found in the soil, on plants, on and in ourselves, our pets and other animals, and in water. When concentrations of bacteria are too high, they can present problems, or they can be an indicator of other organisms that can cause problems to humans. Enterococci and fecal coliform bacteria are types of bacteria that normally inhabit the intestinal tract of humans and animals, and are used as potential indicators of fecal pollution. April 1, 2014, Page 24 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The presence of elevated levels of these bacteria in water is an indication of possible pollution that may come from stormwater runoff, pets, wildlife, or human sewage. While not necessarily pathogenic, their presence in high concentrations in recreational waters indicates that pathogens may be present. If waste pathogens are present and they are ingested while swimming, or if they enter the skin through a cut or sore, the bacteria may cause illness. The most commonly reported ailments are gastrointestinal distress and skin rashes. The rationale for selecting enterococci for analysis and the implications of the sampling results are described in more detail on the FDOH Florida Healthy Beaches Program website. When a sample exceeds the single sample maximum of 104 colony-forming units per 100 milliliters of water (CFU/100mL) of enterococci, a resample to confirm the exceedance may be taken immediately; upon confirmation of the exceedance a public health advisory is issued. If a resample is not collected, a public health advisory is issued immediately. Local media are alerted and the public is notified by way of the media, the Healthy Beaches Program website, and signs posted at the particular beach under advisory. Florida has a history of very good water quality at most beach locations. Only about 4% of all samples collected for the Healthy Beaches Program return poor results. This is one of the lowest rates in the nation. Of the 100,000 total beach days (every day that an individual beach is open counts as a beach day) in 2012; only about 2,800 beach days included swimming advisories. The most recent sampling results and information on beach advisories are available on the Healthy Beaches Program website. On the same website is a program overview with the sampling history of the original counties included (1998–2000) and the counties that were added. Bacterial and Mercury Contamination Assessment results for bacterial and mercury contamination indicate that several human health–related designated uses are not always maintained in Florida’s surface waters. Specifically, primary contact and recreation use support and shellfish harvesting use support are sometimes limited by the presence of bacteria in the water column, and fish consumption use support is commonly limited by the presence of mercury in fish tissue for a number of species in many waters across the state. It is important to note, however, that these impairments are not based on documented impacts on public health. Florida has extensive monitoring programs that issue beach advisories, shellfish bed closures, and fish consumption advisories when ambient samples reach predetermined thresholds. These thresholds are April 1, 2014, Page 25 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report conservatively designed to protect public health against the potential effects of exposure to bacteria (in water and shellfish) and mercury (in fish tissue). Additionally the Department invested in the development a TMDL to address the mercury (in fish tissue) impairments. This TMDL covers the entire state and all waterbody types (e.g. fresh water streams, estuaries). The Department’s Mercury in Aquatic Ecosystems in Florida website provides information on the mercury issue and links to other useful websites dealing with mercury. Information on the latest fish consumption advisories is available on the FDOH Fish Consumption Advisories website. Information on shellfish bed closures is available on the FDACS Shellfish Harvesting website. Recent sampling results and information on beach closures are available on the FDOH Florida Healthy Beaches Program website. Harmful Algal Blooms Florida monitors for harmful algal blooms (HABs) in fresh, estuarine, and marine waters because blooms threaten both human and environmental health. Although Florida has formal monitoring programs for certain estuarine and marine HABs, there is no formal freshwater HAB monitoring program. Instead, Florida tracks freshwater HAB reports and coordinates multi-agency responses to those blooms. The HABs are caused by a suite of unique taxa that can bloom under particular physical, chemical, and biological conditions. The drivers of some HABs are well understood, while the drivers of other HABs, such as the red tide organism Karenia brevis, are still unclear. While HABs can occur naturally, they are frequently associated with elevated nutrient concentrations; however, blooms can occur any time of year in Florida, due to its subtropical climate. From a human health perspective, marine dinoflagellates and freshwater cyanobacteria have been the primary concerns in Florida; however, species in other classes of algae, including diatoms, are emerging as human health threats. HABs may produce toxins that can harm humans through exposure to contaminated shellfish or finfish, by dermal contact, and by the inhalation of aerosols. They can also affect plant and animal communities. Additional information on the effects of HABs on public health is available on the FDOH Aquatic Toxins Program website. Any illnesses caused by exposure to harmful algae can be reported to the Poison Control Hotline (1-800-222-1222). The Gulf of Mexico Alliance (GOMA), a partnership between Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Texas, is working to increase regional collaboration to enhance the Gulf’s ecological and economic health. Reducing the effects of HABs is one of its water quality priorities. April 1, 2014, Page 26 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Freshwater HABs Cyanobacteria (or blue-green algae) blooms have received increased attention in recent years because of their potential to produce toxins that can harm humans, livestock, domestic animals, fish, and wildlife. While blooms of cyanobacteria can occur naturally, they are frequently associated with elevated nutrient concentrations, slow-moving water, and warm temperatures; however, notable blooms can occur almost any time of year due to Florida’s subtropical climate. Cyanotoxins are bioactive compounds naturally produced by some species of cyanobacteria that can damage the liver (hepatotoxins), nervous system (neurotoxins), and skin (dermatotoxins) of humans and other animals. Several cyanotoxins, namely microcystins, debromoaplysiatoxin, and the lyngbyatoxins, are potential tumor promoters. Three classes of cyanotoxins (anatoxin-a, microcystin-LR, and cylindrospermopsin) are on the 2009 EPA Contaminant Candidate 3 List. The EPA uses this list to prioritize research and criteria development. Potentially toxigenic cyanobacteria have been found statewide in rivers, streams, lakes, and estuaries. There are also concerns that freshwater cyanotoxins can be transported into coastal systems. The results of the Cyanobacteria Survey Project (1999–2001), managed by the Harmful Algal Bloom Task Force at the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FWC) Fish and Wildlife Research Institute (FWRI), indicated that the taxa Microcystis aeruginosa, Anabaena spp., and Cylindrospermopsis raciborskii were dominant, while species with the genera Aphanizomenon, Planktothrix, Oscillatoria, and Lyngbya were also observed statewide but not as frequently. Cyanotoxins (microcystins, saxitoxin [STX], cylindrospermopsins, and anatoxin) were also found statewide (Williams et al. 2007). Other cyanobacteria of concern in Florida are reported in Abbott et al. (2009b). Neither the EPA nor Florida has established any surface water quality standards for cyanotoxins, and the WHO threshold is used as an indicator of potential adverse effects in potable drinking water. There are no established limits for fish tissue concentrations or recreational exposure. The FWC does not discourage people from eating fish from cyanobacteria bloom waters so long as there is no ongoing or recent history of a fish kill and if fish are active and appear healthy on the fishing line. The FDOH recommends that people do not drink, recreate, or irrigate with water that is experiencing a cyanobacteria bloom. Research by the Department’s Bureau of Laboratories on M. aeruginosa bloom samples from Lake Munson in Leon County, Florida, indicates that even nontoxic blooms can contain strains of M. aeruginosa that possess the gene for toxin production, suggesting that nontoxic blooms may switch to April 1, 2014, Page 27 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report toxic under certain environmental conditions. This finding supports FDOH guidance to stay out of bloom waters regardless of the toxin concentrations that may have been reported, as conditions and toxin concentrations can change rapidly. In 2013, the Department’s Bureau of Laboratories evaluated Abraxis Microcystin Strip Tests to determine their usefulness in the field. By testing laboratory cultures of M. aeruginosa known to be producing toxins and cultures known not to contain the gene for toxin production and comparing the test strip results with liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS-MS) results, it was determined that the test strips can and do detect microcystin toxins below 10 µg/L. Two field samples were tested with the strips and by LC/MS-MS as well, and test strip results agreed well with LC/MS-MS results. It was determined that due to the length of time required for some steps of the strip test (approximately 45 minutes), the number of steps involved, and the sensitivity of the reagents to heat, the strips are most useful as a test once samples are taken back to the office or laboratory, where conditions can be more easily controlled. However, the strip tests do provide a much more rapid result than the LC/MS-MS analyses, which can be run later to more accurately quantify the amount of toxin in the sample, if necessary. The Department, FDOH, and other state agencies had collaborated to create a new Cyanobacteria Bloom Module in the FDOH Foodborne, Waterborne, and Vectorborne Disease Surveillance System (FWVSS) database. In 2012, technical support for FWVSS was discontinued. FDOH and the Department again collaborated to create a new Harmful Algal Bloom Tracking Module, using web-based software called Caspio. As with FWVSS, the new Caspio module allows each potential responding agency (e.g., FDOH and local county health units, the Department, FWC, the WMDs, and FDACS) to enter a new case identification number for a cyanobacteria bloom. This system can send email notifications to the cyanobacteria bloom contacts in each agency whenever a new bloom is reported or a significant update is made to an existing case. The new tool provides much more information in the notification emails than the old tool regarding the potential bloom and any response that has already occurred. Agencies have been more receptive to using this tool because of the ease of use and increase in information disseminated, and this has served to increase inter-agency cooperation on algal bloom response. Estuarine and Marine HABs2 More than 50 marine and estuarine HAB species occur in Florida and have the potential to affect public health, water quality, living resources, ecosystems, and the economy. Any bloom can degrade water Much of the information in this section was abstracted from Abbott et al. 2009b. Other sources are listed in the References section at the end of this report. 2 April 1, 2014, Page 28 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report quality because decomposing and respiring cells reduce or deplete oxygen (resulting in hypoxia and anoxia, respectively), produce nitrogenous byproducts, and form toxic sulfides. Declining water quality can lead to animal mortality or chronic diseases, species avoidance of an area, and reduced feeding. Such sublethal, chronic effects on habitats can have far-reaching impacts on animal and plant communities. Red Tide, Karenia brevis Karenia brevis, sometimes mixed with related Karenia species, causes red tides that are an ongoing threat to human and environmental health in the Gulf of Mexico. Blooms occur annually on the west coast of Florida and less frequently in the Panhandle and east coast. Karenia brevis produces brevetoxins that can kill fish and other marine vertebrates, including manatees, sea turtles, and seabirds. Wave action breaks open K. brevis cells and releases these toxins into the air, leading to respiratory irritation in humans. For people with severe or chronic respiratory conditions, brevetoxins can cause serious illness. As with other algal toxins, brevetoxins can accumulate in shellfish, and people who consume contaminated shellfish can experience neurotoxic shellfish poisoning (NSP). Not surprisingly, blooms lead to significant economic losses, including declines in shellfisheries and reductions in tourism. Florida has the most comprehensive K. brevis monitoring program in the Gulf of Mexico. A unique collaboration between FWC, FDACS, the Department, county agencies, private non-profit agencies (e.g., Mote Marine Laboratory), and universities (e.g., University of South Florida, College of Marine Science) has contributed to the success of the monitoring and management of K. brevis. Together, this scientific team collects samples by boat; deploys underwater vehicles to map blooms; uses satellite images to measure bloom extent and distribution; and produces short-term forecasts of bloom movement. Researchers work with outreach coordinators to distribute information to the public and other groups (e.g., tourism bureaus, counties) via the Web, press releases, and regional conference calls. All results are posted weekly on the FWC–FWRI website and at a toll-free number (1-866-300-9399). The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) produces and issues forecasts of the likelihood of respiratory irritation on both the Florida and Texas coasts based on a combination of the state data sets and NOAA’s models. The FWC also provides technical support to the FDACS Division of Aquaculture to protect public health during bloom events. The FDACS Division of Aquaculture closes shellfish harvesting areas to harvesting when K. brevis cell counts are above 5,000 cells per liter and reopens harvesting areas with acceptable shellfish bioassay results. The FDACS Shellfish Harvesting website lists current shellfish area closures. April 1, 2014, Page 29 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Since the program’s creation in the 1970s, there have been no reported cases of NSP resulting from the consumption of shellfish legally harvested from Florida waters. Although the protocol is in compliance with Florida’s Marine Biotoxin Contingency Plan (FDACS 2007), the currently established method used for testing shellfish is resource and time intensive, inherently nonspecific, and outdated in its use of animal testing. The FWC-FWRI is currently pursuing a method validation to improve the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of NSP toxicity assays, and modernize the NSP-related regulatory practices of FDACS. Pyrodinium bahamense Blooms of the STX-producing dinoflagellate Pyrodinium bahamense have been linked to the bioaccumulation of the neurotoxin STX in puffer fish and more than 20 cases of saxitoxin puffer fish poisoning (SPFP) in Florida (Landsberg et al. 2006). Because STX can cause paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP), FDACS, in collaboration with FWC-FWRI, monitors STX concentrations in shellfish and closes beds when toxin concentrations are greater than 80 micrograms of STX per 100 grams (µg STX/100g) of shellfish tissue. While these blooms raise serious concerns about the ecology of affected ecosystems, there have not been any wide-scale animal mortality events attributed to STXs in Florida. As a tropical species, P. bahamense has seldom bloomed north of Tampa Bay on the west coast or north of the Indian River Lagoon on the east coast. Blooms are generally limited to May through October (Phlips et al. 2006). In Florida, Pyrodinium is most prevalent in flow-restricted lagoons and bays with long water residence times and salinities between 10 and 30 practical salinity units (psu). The latter conditions competitively favor Pyrodinium because of its slow growth rates and euryhaline character (Phlips et al. 2006). Blooms also appear to be accentuated during periods of elevated rainfall and nutrient loads to lagoons (Phlips et al. 2010a), suggesting a link between coastal eutrophication and the intensity and frequency of blooms. However, discharges of naturally tannic waters from wetlands during highrainfall events can also produce favorable conditions for this organism. These observations also point to the potential role of future climate trends in defining the dynamics of HAB species in Florida (Phlips et al. 2010a). Other HAB Species Other bloom-forming marine species can be divided into two categories: toxin-producing species and taxa that form blooms associated with other problems, such as low oxygen concentrations, physical damage to organisms, and general loss of habitat. Potential toxin-producing planktonic marine HAB April 1, 2014, Page 30 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report species include the diatom group Pseudo-nitzschia spp.; the dinoflagellates Alexandrium monilatum, Takayama pulchella, K. mikimotoi, K. selliformis, Karlodinium veneficum, Prorocentrum minimum, P. rhathymum, and Cochlodinium polykrikoides; and the prymnesiophytes Prymnesium spp. and Chrysochromulina spp., and the raphidophyte Chattonella sp. (Abbott et al. 2009b). Many of these species are associated with fish or shellfish kills in various ecosystems around the world (Landsberg 2002). Additionally, benthic cyanobacteria and macroalgae blooms have been observed on Florida’s coral reefs and have been associated with mortality and disease events involving various organisms (Lapointe et al. 2004; Paul et al. 2005; Richardson et al. 2007). Although many HAB species have been observed at bloom levels in Florida (Phlips et al. 2010b), considerable uncertainty remains over the relative toxicity of the specific strains. Certain species of benthic microalgae also produce toxins that can impact human health, such as the ciguatoxin-producing dinoflagellate Gamberdiscus toxicus, implicated in ciguatera incidents in south Florida (Landsberg 2002). In addition to ichthyotoxic HAB species that directly cause fish kills, the list of HAB species linked to hypoxia or other density-related issues (e.g., allelopathy, physical damage to gills of fish) is extensive and includes almost any species that reaches exceptionally high biomass. Examples include the widespread bloom-forming planktonic dinoflagellate Akashiwo sanguinea, in the Indian River Lagoon and the St. Lucie Estuary, and the cyanobacterium Synechococcus in Florida Bay (Phlips et al. 1999; Phlips et al. 2010b). Many fish kills, particularly those occurring in the early morning hours, are due to low DO levels in the water associated with the algal blooms and are not necessarily the result of toxins. Another important issue associated with HABs is the loss or alteration of overall habitat quality. Prolonged and intense coastal eutrophication can result in domination by a select few species, resulting in a loss of diversity and alteration of food web structure and function. For example, during major Pyrodinium blooms, 80% to 90% of total phytoplankton biomass is attributable solely to this species (Phlips et al. 2006). Similar domination by a single species occurs in benthic ecosystems, where massive blooms of green and red macroalgae have periodically over-run some shallow habitats of the Florida coast (Lapointe and Bedford 2007). The FWC responds to discolored water, fish kills, and other mortality or disease events to determine whether the cause is environmental or human related. A statewide fish kill hotline (1-800-636-0511) has been in operation for 17 years. The FWC fish kill database contains information April 1, 2014, Page 31 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report on fish kills and other aquatic animal health events in Florida reported to FWC from 1972 to the present. New fish kill reports can be submitted through the website. Water Quality Initiatives The Department has identified a variety of ongoing and emerging state concerns related to water quality and is addressing these through the following special projects and initiatives: Nutrient Enrichment Significant progress has been made in reducing nutrient loads to state waters (see Chapter 11, which summarizes TMDL and BMAP activities that address nutrient loading to impaired waters and describes the permitting programs that have reduced nutrient loading from point sources and from new development). To comprehensively address nutrient enrichment in aquatic environments, the state has collected and assessed large amounts of data related to nutrients. The Department convened a Numeric Nutrient Criteria (NNC) Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) that has met 23 times since 2003. The Department began rulemaking for the establishment of NNC in lakes and streams in 2009, but suspended its rulemaking efforts when the EPA signed a Settlement Agreement that included a detailed schedule for the EPA to promulgate nutrient criteria. The Department provided its data to the EPA, which promulgated criteria in November 2010, with a 15-month delayed implementation date. Subsequently, the Department established NNC for streams, lakes, springs, and the majority of the state’s estuaries that were approved by the Florida Environmental Regulation Commission (ERC), with ratification waived by the Florida Legislature. While the rules were challenged, they were upheld in state court. In October 2013, the EPA approved additional NNC provisions, which included NNC for the remaining estuaries and coastal waters and incorporation by reference of a document titled, Implementation of Florida’s Numeric Nutrient Standards (Implementation Document), into Chapter 62-302, F.A.C. The Implementation Document describes how numeric nutrient standards in Chapters 62-302 (Water Quality Standards) and 62-303 (Identification of Impaired Surface Waters), F.A.C., are implemented by the Department. The major topics include the hierarchical approach used to interpret the narrative nutrient criterion on a site-specific basis; a summary of the criteria for lakes, spring vents, streams, and estuaries; floral measures and the weight-of-evidence approach in streams; examples of scenarios for how the criteria will be implemented in the 303(d) assessment process; and a description of how the Water Quality Based Effluent Limitation (WQBEL) process is used to implement the nutrient standards in wastewater April 1, 2014, Page 32 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report permitting. Finally, because of the complexity associated with assessing nutrient enrichment effects in streams, a summary of the weight-of-evidence evaluation involving flora, fauna, and nutrient thresholds is provided. Because the floral community is an important component of nutrient assessment in streams, the Implementation Document uses several floral metrics and tools to assess stream health, including the following:  Linear Vegetation Survey (LVS), including the calculation of a Coefficient of Conservatism and consideration of invasive exotics.  Rapid Periphyton Survey (RPS), which considers the thickness and extent of periphyton as well as autecology (interpreting species information).  Water column chlorophyll a.  Habitat Assessment as ancillary data, such as substrate type, availability, and mapping. The floral metrics, which were derived from the same minimally disturbed stream data used for the TP and TN thresholds, are useful in representing the range of potential floral responses to nutrients and were instrumental in developing the nutrient enrichment conceptual model. Floral metrics and tools are routinely used by the Department and stakeholders. These comprise the best rapid assessment tools currently available for the state of Florida. During the adoption of Florida’s NNC, it was recognized that several waterbody types did not fit the definition of streams. Consequently, the streams definition in Paragraphs 62-302.200(36)(a) and (b), F.A.C., was revised to identify certain waterbody types, such as non-perennial water segments, wetlands, lake-like waters, and tidally-influenced segments that fluctuate between fresh and marine, for which only narrative nutrient criteria would apply. The definition also identified channelized or physically altered ditches, canals, and other conveyances that are primarily used for water management purposes, such as flood protection, stormwater management, irrigation, or water supply, and have marginal or poor stream habitat or habitat components due to channelization and maintenance for water conveyance purposes, to which only narrative nutrient criteria would apply. April 1, 2014, Page 33 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Until a demonstration is made that a waterbody segment meets the definition in Paragraph 62302.200(36)(a) or (b), F.A.C., the generally applicable numeric nutrient standards for streams will be used as the Department implements its programs. A waterbody will be considered non-perennial if biological indicators, such as vascular plants and benthic macroinverterbates, show that desiccation results in dominance of taxa more typically found in wetland or terrestrial conditions. Similarly, a waterbody will be considered tidally influenced, if chloride or specific conductance data, collected during typical hydrologic conditions, along with tide and flow data that are temporally coupled with the water quality sampling events demonstrate changing salinity conditions. For potential ditches, canals, and other conveyances, information must be provided that the conveyance is primarily used for water management purposes such as flood protection, stormwater management, irrigation, or water supply. A Habitat Assessment (DEP SOP FT 3000) will be conducted. If the overall Habitat Assessment score is poor to marginal, the Substrate Diversity and Availability and Artificial Channelization scores are in the poor category, and information is provided demonstrating the conveyance is used for water management purposes, the Department will conclude that the conveyance is predominantly altered and is being maintained in a manner to serve the primary purpose for water management. The EPA’s approval of Florida’s NNC is currently a subject of litigation in federal court. If the judge rules in the EPA’s favor and the EPA rescinds its NNC, Florida’s NNC will be implemented throughout the state. Additional information is available on the Department’s NNC Development website. Algal Growth in Springs Water quality has declined in most springs since the 1970s; in particular, increased levels of nitrate and blue-green algal growth in springs are widespread. Recognizing the need to assess the status of cyanobacteria not just in springs but all waters, in 1998 the Florida Legislature approved funding for the FWC’s Harmful Algal Bloom Task Force to address potential concerns regarding algal blooms through monitoring and investigation. The state continues to monitor cyanobacteria closely and is taking measures to reduce nutrient loading and improve water quality. The FDOH Aquatic Toxins Program, in coordination with the Department, has derived and implemented several tools to help identify and assess algal blooms. Additionally, the Department’s approved nitrate criterion for spring vents (0.35 mg/L) will serve as an appropriate target for restoration efforts. April 1, 2014, Page 34 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Mercury in Fish Tissue In many coastal and inland waters, excessive concentrations of mercury in the tissue of some fish species limit the attainment of the designated use of fish consumption. Mercury levels in fish are the leading cause of water quality impairment in Florida’s lakes, coastal waters, and estuaries, and the second leading cause of impairment in the state’s rivers. To address this issue, the Department completed a statewide TMDL for mercury in fresh water and estuaries in September 2012. The project gathered and assessed a complex suite of data (on mercury emissions, deposition, and aquatic cycling bioaccumulation) and conducted modeling to quantify the needed mercury reductions in order to address mercury-related impairment in surface waters. Elements of the statewide mercury TMDL study included the following:  Collection of comprehensive, highly temporally resolved measurements of wet and dry mercury deposition at four locations, along with a suite of tracers that may be used to link deposition with sources. These sampling areas were referred to as “Supersites.”  Identification of all significant sources of mercury, whether fixed or mobile, in Florida (an emissions inventory).  Atmospheric modeling (both dispersion and receptor models) to quantify Florida mercury sources versus those sources outside Florida that must be controlled to satisfy the TMDL.  Development of an empirical, probabilistic aquatic-cycling model to predict mercury levels in fish as a function of water quality parameters. The statewide mercury TMDL requires an 86% reduction from all emission sources (local, regional, and global) and includes a wasteload allocation of 23 kilograms per year (kg/yr). The TMDL, which included an implicit margin of safety, is protective of the most sensitive components (children and women of childbearing age), and is applicable to all state waters (both fresh and marine). Saltwater Encroachment Investigations by the Department’s Florida Geological Survey (FGS) and the WMS indicate that spring flow and ground water levels in many parts of Florida are declining. As they decline, there is a tendency April 1, 2014, Page 35 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report for ground water supplies to be affected by saltwater encroachment. Florida, which is surrounded by highsalinity marine waters, has a “lens” of fresh ground water that “floats” above saline ground water. The overpumping of ground water can induce saline water upwelling and/or marine water encroachment. Ground water usage is becoming a significant environmental challenge, since the state needs plentiful water for drinking, agricultural, and industrial use, and the maintenance of natural communities. To examine ground water quality concerns, the FGS and WMS have proposed the creation of a new multiagency working group to align local, state, and federal monitoring efforts. Beginning in 2011, the Department along with other state agencies, the WMDs, and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) have been working towards the establishment of a statewide “salinity” ground water monitoring network. The objective of the proposed network will be to monitor saltwater encroachment. Arsenic in Ground Water To address the issue of arsenic contamination in ground water, the Department’s Ground Water Section and WMS, the FGS, and the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD) have initiated two studies to answer the following questions:  What are the concentrations of trace metals, with an emphasis on arsenic, in each aquifer system in the study area?  How do the concentrations vary over space and time by aquifer system?  How are concentrations related to human-induced land use and water use activities? The first study, completed in early 2011, focused on characterizing natural and anthropogenic sources of arsenic in ground water in the Tampa Bay region. Forty-eight wells, tapping the surficial, intermediate, and Floridan aquifer systems in a four-county area near Tampa Bay, were sampled for arsenic during the wet and dry seasons of 2009. The analysis evaluated the relationships and interactions among the lithology, water levels, and land use in the area. Of the three factors, land use was found to be the most significant; lithology was found to interact with land use. Study results indicate that managers and policy makers will need to consider the interrelationships between land use and lithology, which may be ultimately understood from investigating geochemical processes. April 1, 2014, Page 36 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The current study, which addresses the geochemical influences on the temporal variability of arsenic in private wells, will be completed in the near future. It is designed to identify geochemical processes relating to the temporal variability of arsenic concentrations in selected wells that tap the Floridan aquifer system. Objectives include the following:  Examining the temporal correlation between arsenic concentrations and variables potentially contributing arsenic to ground water.  Developing a better understanding of the relationship between the ground water oxidation-reduction (redox) state and arsenic concentrations in ground water.  Evaluating the relationship between solid-phase arsenic and its concentration in ground water. Monthly monitoring is being conducted at three monitoring wells and three private supply wells at two locations in Florida. The results from the study will ultimately contribute to the overall understanding of the natural and anthropogenic causes of arsenic mobilization. Ocean Acidification In 2010, the EPA solicited comments on the topic of ocean acidification with regard to impaired waters assessments and TMDLs. In November 2010, the agency issued guidance to the states on how they should work towards addressing this issue. In response to this guidance, the Department solicited information from researchers within the state to help understand the status of the issue in Florida’s coastal waters. Florida has many aquatic species that are sensitive to shifts in pH, and site-specific studies in Florida are needed. The Department continues to monitor the progress of research being done within the state but currently has no funded projects under way. Revision of Recreational Water Quality Criteria Based on beach advisories, shellfish bed closures, and ambient water quality monitoring data, concentrations of indicator bacteria above water quality standards in the water column sometimes limit primary contact and recreational use, as well as shellfish harvesting. However, these advisories or closures may not accurately identify the true risk to human health due to the limitations of the criteria used to assess these uses. Current methods for evaluating whether recreational and shellfish-harvesting areas meet water quality criteria are based on the culture of fecal indicator bacteria; these evaluations require 24 hours or April 1, 2014, Page 37 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report more to perform and are not source specific, making them impractical for short-term (same-day) management decision making. The EPA recently published its 2012 national recreational water quality criteria (Office of Water 820-F-12-058). The new criteria are still based on culture-based fecal indicator bacteria (e.g., Escherichia coli and Enterococcus spp.) but also include a more rapid molecular method (e.g., quantitative polymerase chain reaction [q-PCR] general Enterococcus) for bathing beach monitoring only. The Department is exploring the development of revised bacteria criteria. A Bacteria Criteria TAC was assembled in July 2013 that includes six representatives from various stakeholders. The TAC will assist the Department in exploring new alternatives to its current criteria. The Department’s Bureau of Laboratories has developed in-house capabilities to perform molecular biology methods that are better able to distinguish when elevated fecal indicator levels are associated with actual fecal contamination, and not environmental strains of bacteria that have no known association with increased human health risk. These new tools will be used to identify at-risk areas and prioritize restoration efforts in areas with the greatest probable risk to human health. Revision of DO Criteria In April 2013, the ERC approved the adoption of Rule 62-302.533, F.A.C., which updated the surface water quality criteria for DO in both fresh and marine waters for Class I, Class II, Class III, and Class IIILimited Waters. Florida’s previous DO criteria were adopted more than 30 years ago and were based on limited information regarding the response of southern warm water species to DO conditions. Due to natural phenomena, Florida’s DO concentrations do not relate well to the previous DO criteria in many of Florida’s healthy fresh and marine water systems. The state’s temperatures and geology introduce variables that the previous DO criteria did not consider. Florida’s revised criteria are based on a comprehensive array of scientific information that served as the basis for establishing more accurate DO criteria. The revised DO criteria also involved input from a DO peer review committee. The Department conducted an extensive statewide freshwater DO study during 2005 and 2006 in lakes and streams to collect data required to fully assess the accuracy of the current criteria and to revise the state’s DO criteria. The study confirmed that DO concentrations in approximately 70% of the minimally disturbed streams and 52% of the minimally disturbed lakes sampled during the study did not meet the previous criteria of 5 mg/L (with 10% or more of the measurements falling below the criteria naturally). April 1, 2014, Page 38 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report After evaluating data from the DO study, the Department determined the minimum DO levels that fully protect healthy, well-balanced aquatic communities using information from minimally disturbed waterways in different regions of the state. The Department derived the revised freshwater DO criteria using the relationship between the daily average DO condition (percent saturation of DO) and a measure of stream aquatic life health, the Stream Condition Index (SCI). The Department determined the DO saturation required to achieve healthy biological conditions, an average SCI score of 40 (healthy), at the 90th percentile confidence interval. The Department selected DO percent saturation rather than concentration because: (1) the daily average DO saturation provided the best correlation with SCI scores, and (2) saturation automatically accounts for the inherent relationship between temperature and DO. The Department developed different regional criteria to account for the observed regional differences in measured DO levels and biological expectations, and used the confidence interval to add a protective safety factor accounting for the uncertainty in the relationships and the naturally expected diel fluctuations in DO levels. Based on the results of the regional relationships (using regression models) between aquatic biology health and DO condition (average SCI scores and daily average DO saturations), daily average DO levels of 67%, 38%, and 34% saturation for the Panhandle West, Peninsula, and Big Bend plus Northeast bioregions, respectively, were determined to support healthy, well-balanced biological communities (see Table 3.1 and Figure 3.1). To derive revised DO criteria for Florida’s marine waters, the Department used the EPA’s Virginian Province approach using fish and invertebrate species known to inhabit Florida’s waters. The Virginian Province method uses observed laboratory responses of species sensitive to DO levels to calculate DO concentrations and durations that will protect against adverse (acute and chronic) effects to aquatic life. The application of the Virginian Province method calculated a minimum allowable DO condition criterion (percent saturation of 42%). To ensure additional protection against chronic effects, the Department also added minimum weekly and monthly average DO concentrations of 51% and 56% saturation, respectively. Maintaining weekly and monthly average DO concentrations at or above these levels will protect against the adverse effects of low DO on the reproduction (larval recruitment) of sensitive species. Table 3.1. Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Criteria Used to Assess Surface Water Resources The DO criteria for lakes, rivers, and streams depend on the bioregion (Figure 3.1). April 1, 2014, Page 39 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the bioregion, Column 2 lists the DO criterion, and Column 3 lists the designated use of the water. Dissolved Oxygen Criterion Bioregion (% saturation) Designated Use Panhandle ≥ 67% Aquatic Life Big Bend ≥ 34% Aquatic Life Northeast ≥ 34% Aquatic Life Peninsula ≥ 38% Aquatic Life Everglades ≥ 38% Aquatic Life April 1, 2014, Page 40 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 3.1. Bioregions for Lake, River, and Stream Resources April 1, 2014, Page 41 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The Department also evaluated whether the revised criteria are expected to impact threatened and endangered aquatic species. The majority of threatened or endangered species with high DO requirements are located in the western Panhandle, where the proposed DO criteria would increase. In portions of the Suwannee, New, and Santa Fe Rivers inhabited by the Gulf Sturgeon and Oval Pigtoe mussel, the proposed DO criteria require that DO levels not be lowered below baseline levels to ensure that the sturgeon and mussel are fully protected. To ensure the protection of any potential spawning of Shortnose or Atlantic Sturgeon in portions of the St. Johns River, the DO must not be below 53% saturation during February and March. With these provisions, the new DO criteria will be fully protective of threatened and endangered species throughout Florida. To avoid incorrectly listing a waterbody with natural DO levels below the proposed criteria as impaired, the Department plans to use an EPA-sanctioned provision that takes into account the natural DO regime. If the natural background DO condition of a waterbody does not attain the criteria, the applicable DO criterion is 0.1 mg/L below the concentration associated with the natural condition. For marine waters, no more than a 10% deviation from natural background DO will be allowed and only if it is demonstrated that sensitive resident aquatic species will not be adversely affected. The Department also included a provision to protect waterways that have DO conditions naturally better than the proposed concentration. This provision requires that ambient DO levels be maintained, except as provided under Rules 62-302.300 and 62-4.242, F.A.C. (antidegradation provisions). Ambient DO levels will be considered to have declined if there has been a statistically significant decreasing trend in DO levels or an increasing trend in the range of daily DO fluctuations at the 95% confidence level. This trend will be determined using a one-sided Seasonal Kendall test for trend (SKTT), after controlling for or removing the effects of confounding variables, such as climatic and hydrologic cycles, QA issues, and changes in analytical methods. Additional information is available in the Technical Support Document, Derivation of Dissolved Oxygen Criteria to Protect Aquatic Life in Florida’s Fresh and Marine Waters. April 1, 2014, Page 42 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 4: Florida’s Approach to Monitoring Surface Water and Ground Water Background The Department‘s approach to comprehensive surface water monitoring is designed to meet the monitoring-related requirements of the Federal CWA, as well as Florida’s statutory and regulatory monitoring requirements. 3 Broadly stated, these requirements are as follows:  Determine water quality standards attainment and identify impaired waters.  Identify the causes and sources of water quality impairments.  Establish, review, and revise water quality standards.  Support the implementation of water management programs.  Establish special monitoring for unique resources.  Support the evaluation of program effectiveness. The Department continues to carry out extensive statewide monitoring in order to meet these federal and state requirements. However, other governmental entities at federal, state, regional, and local levels, as well as volunteer and private organizations, assist in carrying out the monitoring. The bulk of the data used in this report comes from approximately 79 data providers across the state who conduct ambient monitoring of water chemistry, collect biological data, and sample sediments. In most cases, these data are initially loaded into the FLorida STOrage and RETrieval database (FL STORET), and annually uploaded to the EPA national STORET database. The Department evaluates these data to establish whether they meet the QA requirements of Chapter 62-160, F.A.C., and whether the data can be used to At the federal level, Section 305(b) of the 1972 CWA (Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S. Code 1251–1375, as amended) directs each state to (1) prepare and submit a report every two years that includes a description of the water quality of all of its navigable surface waters to the EPA, and (2) analyze the extent to which navigable waters provide for the protection and propagation of a balanced population of shellfish, fish, and wildlife. Section 303(d) of the CWA requires states to submit to the EPA lists of surface waters that are impaired (i.e., that do not meet their designated uses, such as drinking water, recreation, and shellfish harvesting, as defined by applicable water quality standards). The TMDLs must be developed for each of these impaired waters on a schedule. Also, Subsection 106(e)(1) of the CWA directs the EPA to determine whether states meet the prerequisites for monitoring their aquatic resources. 3 Monitoring is required under Florida law through a series of rules that govern the Department’s regulatory activities. The 1983 Water Quality Assurance Act (Chapter 83-310, Laws of Florida, currently Sections 376.30 – 376.319 and 403.063 et seq., F.S.) directs the Department to establish and maintain a ground water quality monitoring network designed to detect or predict contamination of the state’s ground water resources. In addition, Rule 62-40.540, F.A.C., Florida’s Water Policy, states that the Department “. . . shall coordinate district, state agency, and local government water quality monitoring activities in order to improve data quality and reduce costs.” April 1, 2014, Page 43 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report determine the health of the state’s ambient waters. Qualifiers are placed on these data; however, not all qualifiers indicate a QA failure. Chapter 5 provides additional details on these qualifiers. Many governmental agencies and volunteer or private organizations have their own monitoring objectives, strategy, design, and indicators, as well as procedures for QA, data management, data analyses and assessment, and reporting. Data derived by some of these organizations are beyond the scope of this report. The various federal, state, regional, and local agencies and organizations, including the Department, that carry out water quality monitoring statewide, are as follows: Federal Monitoring Agencies/Organizations:  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.  U.S. Department of Defense.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  U.S. Geological Survey.  U.S. National Park Service. Out-of-State Monitoring Agencies/Organizations:  Georgia Department of Natural Resources. Florida Monitoring Agencies/Organizations:  Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services.  Florida Department of Environmental Protection.  Florida Department of Health.  Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission. April 1, 2014, Page 44 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Regional Monitoring Agencies/Organizations:  Choctawhatchee Basin Alliance.  Loxahatchee River District.  Peace River Manasota Regional Water Supply Authority.  Northwest Florida Water Management District.  South Florida Water Management District.  Southwest Florida Water Management District.  St. Johns River Water Management District.  Suwannee River Water Management District. Local Monitoring Agencies/Organizations:  Alachua County.  Bay County.  Broward County.  Charlotte County.  City of Cape Coral.  City of Jacksonville.  City of Lakeland.  City of Lynn Haven.  City of Key West.  City of Maitland. April 1, 2014, Page 45 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  City of Naples.  City of Orlando.  City of Panama City Beach.  City of Port St. Joe.  City of Port St. Lucie.  City of Punta Gorda.  City of Sanibel.  City of Tallahassee.  City of Tampa.  City of West Palm Beach.  Collier County.  Dade County.  Escambia County.  Hillsborough County.  Lake County.  Lee County.  Leon County.  Manatee County.  Okaloosa County.  Orange County. April 1, 2014, Page 46 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  Palm Beach County.  Pinellas County.  Polk County.  Reedy Creek Improvement District.  Sarasota County.  Seminole County.  St. Johns County.  Volusia County. Volunteer/Private Monitoring Agencies/Organizations:  Baskerville Donovan, Inc.  Bream Fisherman's Association.  Cardno ENTRIX.  Conservancy of Southwest Florida.  Environmental Research and Design, Inc.  Florida LAKEWATCH/Baywatch.  Gulf Power Company.  IMC Agrico.  The Nature Conservancy.  Palm Coast Community Service Corp.  Sanibel Captiva Conservation Foundation. April 1, 2014, Page 47 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  Southeast Environmental Research Center. Florida’s Integrated Water Resources Monitoring Program As discussed earlier, water resource monitoring in Florida is conducted by the Department, the WMDs, local governments, and other entities. Over the past decade, the Department has worked closely with these monitoring entities to establish an Integrated Water Resources Monitoring (IWRM) Program that integrates surface water and ground water monitoring. Since it is fiscally and logistically prohibitive to sample every segment of river or stream, every acre of lake, or each individual monitoring well in the state annually, the IWRM also integrates three tiers of monitoring—statewide ambient monitoring networks that allow statistical inferences to be made about all waters in the state (Tier 1); strategic monitoring for verification of impairment and identification of causative pollutants (Tier 2); and specialized, site-specific monitoring (Tier 3; Tables 4.1a through 4.1d). These three tiers are composed of several core monitoring programs in the Department’s Division of Water Resource Management and Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration. These tiers are not to be viewed as a prioritization structure; they simply reflect different categorical objectives. The IWRM approach is consistent with the 2003 EPA guidance document, Elements of a State Water Monitoring and Assessment Program. In 2009, the Department prepared and submitted a report on these elements for the different monitoring programs. The report, Elements of Florida’s Water Monitoring and Assessment Program, addresses the following 10 elements: 1. Monitoring objectives. 2. Monitoring strategy. 3. Monitoring design. 4. Indicators. 5. Quality assurance. 6. Data management. 7. Data analysis and assessment. 8. Reporting. April 1, 2014, Page 48 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report 9. Programmatic evaluation. 10. General support and infrastructure planning. This section broadly discusses Elements 1 (monitoring objectives), 2 (monitoring strategy), 5 (quality assurance), 6 (data management), 9 (programmatic evaluation), and 10 (general support and infrastructure planning). The methodology and assessment sections of this report address Elements 3 (monitoring design), 4 (indicators), 7 (data analysis and assessment), and 8 (reporting). Table 4.1a. The Department's Tier I Monitoring Programs This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the program, Column 2 summarizes its activities, and Column 3 lists the water resources addressed. Program Summary Resources Addressed Status Network Consists of a probabilistic monitoring design to estimate water quality across the entire state based on a representative subsample of water resource types. Large lakes, small lakes, rivers, streams, confined aquifers, and unconfined aquifers Trend Network Comprises a fixed station design to examine changes in water quality and flow over time throughout the state. Rivers, streams, confined aquifers, and unconfined aquifers Table 4.1b. The Department's Tier I and Tier II Blended Monitoring Programs This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the program, Column 2 summarizes its activities, and Column 3 lists the water resources addressed. Program Summary Resources Addressed Springs Monitoring Network Consists of a fixed station network of freshwater springs intended to enhance the understanding of Florida’s springs, evaluate spring flow, and assess spring health. First-magnitude springs, second-magnitude springs, subaquatic conduits, river rises, and coastal submarine springs Table 4.1c. The Department’s Tier II Monitoring Programs This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the program, Column 2 summarizes its activities, and Column 3 lists the water resources addressed. Program Summary Resources Addressed Strategic Monitoring Program Addresses questions in specific basins and stream segments that are associated with determinations of waterbody impairment for the TMDL Program. All surface waters based on the schedule in the watershed management cycle April 1, 2014, Page 49 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 4.1d. The Department's Tier III Monitoring Programs This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists each program, Column 2 summarizes its activities, and Column 3 lists the water resources addressed. Program Summary Resources Addressed Intensive Surveys for TMDLs Provides detailed, time-limited investigations of the conditions of specific surface water resources that are identified as impaired. Specific surface water resources identified as impaired Water Quality Standards Development Develops, evaluates, and revises new and existing surface water quality standards. Carries out monitoring to determine concentrations to protect aquatic life and human health. Surface water and ground water Site-Specific Alternative Criteria (SSAC) Develops moderating provisions unique to a waterbody that does not meet particular water quality criteria, due to natural background conditions or human-induced conditions that cannot be controlled or abated. Surface waterbodies to which particular ambient water quality criteria may not be applicable Fifth-Year Inspections Achieves and maintains compliance through sound environmental monitoring and permitting practices. Surface waters that receive point source discharges Element 1: Monitoring Objectives The goal of the Department’s monitoring activities is to determine the overall quality of the state’s surface and ground water, how they are changing over time, and the effectiveness of water resource management, protection, and restoration programs. Monitoring activities collectively address the following broad objectives:  Identify and document the condition of Florida’s water resources, spatially and temporally, with a known certainty.  Collect data on important chemical, physical, and biological parameters to characterize waterbodies based on thresholds in Chapter 62-302, F.A.C.  Collect data from impaired waters that will be used to evaluate changes over time in response to restoration activities.  Establish a database with known data quality objectives and QA for the purpose of determining a basin’s long-term ecological health and establishing water quality standards.  Provide reliable data to managers, legislators, agencies, and the public, and aid in management decision making. April 1, 2014, Page 50 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Element 2: Monitoring Strategy Under the Department’s IWRM approach, there are three tiers of monitoring, ranging from the general to the specific, designed to fill data gaps or support specific regulatory needs. Each of the Department’s core monitoring programs has a detailed monitoring design, a list of core and supplemental water quality indicators, and specific procedures for QA, data management, data analysis and assessment, reporting, and programmatic evaluation. The Department relies on both chemical and biological sampling in its monitoring programs, and also conducts the bulk of the biological sampling that is carried out statewide. Tables 4.1a through 4.1d briefly describe the Department’s approach and the water resources addressed for each Departmental monitoring program. Based on the goals and objectives of each individual core monitoring program, sample locations are selected, monitoring parameters and sampling frequencies are determined, and sample collection and analysis are coordinated among the Department’s six districts and cooperating federal, state, and local agencies. This close coordination with other monitoring entities around the state is essential to reduce duplication of efforts and to maximize the number of waterbodies that are monitored on a regular basis. The Department’s three tiers of monitoring are as follows:  Tier I consists of the statewide surface water and ground water Status and Trend Networks. The Status Network employs a probabilistic monitoring design to estimate water quality statewide, based on a representative subsample of water resource types. The Trend Network uses a fixed station design to examine changes in water quality over time at selected sites throughout the state. The objective of these networks is to provide scientifically defensible information on the important chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of surface waters and major aquifer systems of Florida. Both networks are designed to measure condition using a variety of threshold values, including water quality standards, water quality indices, and other appropriate ecological indicators.  Tier II includes the Strategic Monitoring Program, which is designed to address questions associated with determinations of waterbody impairment in specific basins and stream segments. In addition, this tier includes the Springs Monitoring Network, which encompasses all of the extensive monitoring activities begun in 2001 to address the needs of Florida’s freshwater spring systems. April 1, 2014, Page 51 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  Tier III addresses questions that are site-specific or regulatory in nature. Examples of Tier III monitoring activities include monitoring to determine whether moderating provisions such as SSAC should apply to certain waters, monitoring tied to regulatory permits issued by the Department, monitoring to establish TMDLs (intensive surveys), and monitoring associated with evaluating the effectiveness of BMPs. Tier III also includes monitoring activities for the development of water quality standards. Element 5: Quality Assurance Because water quality monitoring is carried out by many agencies and groups statewide, the Department has a centralized QA program to ensure that data are properly and consistently collected. A QA Officer coordinates and oversees data quality activities for each program. However, QA is the responsibility of everyone associated with sampling, monitoring, and data analysis. In September 2009, the Secretary of the Department approved a program directive, DEP 972 (the QA directive), which further outlines this distributed responsibility, including each employee’s obligation to ensure that decisions are based upon defensible scientific information. Additionally, in support of the QA directive, all organizational units are required to update existing QA manuals and plans describing internal QA procedures and criteria applied to all scientific data generation, review, and use. A comprehensive QA report will be compiled from these manuals/plans and submitted to the Secretary on an annual basis. Training classes, which are conducted by Departmental staff, focus on program-specific sampling requirements. Any updates or changes to an individual program’s monitoring protocols are communicated through project management meetings, statewide meetings, and an Internet website. The accuracy of field measurements is assessed through internal Departmental programs. Staff also monitor the on-site sampling environment, sampling equipment decontamination, sample container cleaning, the suitability of sample preservatives and analyte-free water, and sample transport and storage conditions, to control the impact that these activities may have on sample integrity and representativeness. For each monitoring program, field staff is instructed to follow a comprehensive set of Departmental Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for sample collection and field testing (e.g., sonde measurements). These are incorporated by reference in Chapter 62-160, F.A.C., Quality Assurance, and are specified in the Departmental document, Standard Operating Procedures for Field Activities (DEP-SOP-001/01, March 31, 2008). Other mandatory QA/QC requirements detailed in Chapter 62-160, F.A.C., are also followed. April 1, 2014, Page 52 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Water quality samples are sent to the Department’s Central Laboratory for analyses for the majority of programs; however, some external and overflow laboratories are also used. Departmental laboratories have SOPs for handling and analyzing samples; for reporting applicable precision, accuracy, and method detection limits (MDLs); and for reporting data. Laboratory certification under the QA Rule (Rule 62160.300, F.A.C.), requires all laboratories submitting data to the Department be certified by the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Conference (NELAC) through FDOH. The certification process requires the laboratory to develop a comprehensive quality manual for internal operations, analyze performance testing samples twice a year, and undergo periodic systems audits conducted by FDOH inspectors. In addition, other mandatory QA requirements specified in Chapter 62-160, F.A.C., are followed. Contracted overflow labs are held to identical QA requirements via detailed contract language. The sampling and testing performance of field teams is evaluated by auditors from the Department’s QA program, which is administered by the Aquatic Ecology and Quality Assurance Section. Staffs from other organizational units who have been trained as auditors also conduct these evaluations. The criteria for field performance are those specified by Chapter 62-160, F.A.C., the Departmental SOPs, internal quality manuals or plans, and where applicable, contractual requirements. The quality of laboratory data and its usability for specific applications is also evaluated by auditors from the Department’s QA program and other organizational units. The criteria for laboratory data usability are those specified by Chapter 62-160, F.A.C.; the FDOH certification rule, Chapter 64E-1, F.A.C.; the NELAC standards, which are incorporated by reference in Chapter 64E-1, F.A.C.; data quality objectives specified in internal Departmental quality manuals or plans; other applicable Departmental program rules; and, where applicable, contractual requirements. In addition, a document describing the data evaluation process (Process for Assessing Data Usability, DEP-EA-001/07, March 31, 2008) is incorporated by reference into Chapter 62-160, F.A.C. Various checklists have been developed to ensure the application of consistent and systematic procedures for auditing field and laboratory data. Element 6: Data Management The smooth and timely flow of water quality data from sample collectors and analytical agencies to data analysts is a high priority. The Department’s Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration houses or oversees the majority of the surface and ground water resource monitoring programs described in this report. There are program-specific data management requirements; however, these programs serve April 1, 2014, Page 53 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report as the principal warehouses for monitoring data. Assisted by cooperating federal, state, and local agencies, sample locations are selected, monitoring parameters and frequencies determined, and sample collection and analysis coordinated to meet data quality objectives. Element 9: Program Evaluation The Department, in consultation with the EPA, reviews each monitoring program to determine how well the program serves its water quality decision needs for all state waters. The results of EPA and Departmental QA audits are used in evaluating each program to determine how well each of the EPA’s recommended elements are addressed and how to incorporate needed changes and additions into future monitoring cycles. Additionally, the QA Directive outlines the Department’s distributed responsibility for ensuring that Departmental programs and organizational units meet established data quality objectives. Element 10: General Support and Infrastructure Planning The EPA’s general support and infrastructure planning element is encompassed by a number of activities. The Department’s Central Laboratory provides laboratory support for all the core monitoring programs. Staffs from all programs provide substantial support for planning and refining field logistics, and also provide data management, review, analysis, and reporting. The results are often used to pursue and implement management actions to address areas of concern via differing program mechanisms. Evolving Approaches to Monitoring Florida continues to develop new approaches to monitoring. The Department has developed a number of biological indices to characterize the condition of surface waters and has adopted these indices for use in water resource assessments at all three tiers of monitoring. The following indicators are currently used to measure the biological health of surface waters:  The SCI is a carefully calibrated macroinvertebrate index for use in flowing streams, and is used as a definitive measure of biological health for impairment. Data generated on the species composition and abundance of organisms in a stream are used to calculate 10 biological metrics (e.g., sensitive taxa, filter feeders, clingers, very tolerant taxa, Ephemeroptera and Trichoptera taxa). Points are assigned for each metric, based on regionally calibrated criteria. The score at which the designated use of the waterbody is being met (threshold) has been determined through analyses of reference site data and a BioCondition Gradient exercise. April 1, 2014, Page 54 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  The LVS is a rapid assessment tool for evaluating ecological condition in flowing waters based on vascular plants. To employ the LVS method, a trained biologist surveys a 100meter segment of a stream, divides the stretch into 10-meter sampling units, and identifies the plant species present to the typical high-water mark, including submersed, floating, and emergent plants. The Department uses the LVS to determine if the stream floral community meets its designated use by a comparison with the reference condition.  The RPS is a rapid assessment tool for demonstrating a lack of or abundance of nuisance or problematic algal growth in streams. To conduct the RPS method, a trained biologist visits 99 points within a 100-meter segment of a stream or river, and determines the presence and thickness of algae at each point. If thick algae are abundant, the algae are identified to determine if nuisance taxa are present. The Department uses the RPS to determine if the stream algal community meets its designated use by a comparison with the reference condition.  The Lake Vegetation Index (LVI) is a multimetric index to evaluate plant (macrophyte) community health in Florida lakes. Macrophyte species lists are generated during a rapid visual field and transect survey and summarized in four metrics. The score at which the designated use of the waterbody is being met (threshold) has been determined through analyses of reference site data and a BioCondition Gradient exercise.  A Wetland Condition Index, using vegetation, macroinvertebrates, and algae, has been developed for some freshwater wetland systems (forested wetlands and depressional wetlands; a pilot study for strands and floodplains was completed in 2005). This tool was used to refine the Department’s rapid wetland assessment methodology for permitting and mitigation, and is being used to assess the effectiveness of wetland restoration projects and in other special studies. April 1, 2014, Page 55 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 5: Design for the Status and Trend Networks Background The EPA Integrated Report guidance on the requirements for water quality assessment, listing, and reporting under Sections 303(d) and 305(b) of the CWA states that “. . . a probabilistic monitoring design applied over large areas, such as a state or territory, is an excellent approach to producing, with known confidence, a ‘snapshot’ or statistical representation of the extent of waters that may or may not be impaired. A probabilistic monitoring design can assist a state or territory in determining monitoring priorities and in targeting monitoring activities” (Wayland 2001). Initiated in 2000, the Department’s probabilistic Status Monitoring Network (Status Network) provides an unbiased, cost-effective subsampling of the state’s water resources. Florida has adopted a probabilistic design so that the condition of the state’s surface and ground water resources can be estimated with a known statistical confidence. Data produced by the Status Network complement traditional CWA 303(d) and 305(b) reporting. In addition, the Department has designed a Trend Monitoring Network (Trend Network) to monitor water quality changes over time in rivers, streams, and aquifers (via wells). To achieve this goal, fixed locations are sampled at fixed intervals (monthly or quarterly). The Trend Network complements the Status Network by providing spatial and temporal information about resources and potential changes from anthropogenic or natural influences, including extreme events (e.g., droughts and hurricanes). The following resources are monitored in the Status and/or Trend Networks:  Rivers and Streams: Rivers and streams that are sampled include linear waterbodies with perennial flow that are waters of the state (Chapter 403, F.S.) or flow into waters of the state.  Lakes: Lakes include natural bodies of standing water and established reservoirs that are waters of the state and are designated as lakes on the USGS 24K NHD. The lakes population does not include many types of artificially created waterbodies, or streams/rivers impounded for agricultural use or private water supply.  Ground Water (Confined and Unconfined Aquifers): The term ground water, as used here, refers to those portions of Florida’s aquifers that have the potential for supplying potable water or affecting the quality of currently potable water. However, this does not April 1, 2014, Page 56 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report include ground water that lies directly within or beneath a permitted facility’s zone of discharge or water influenced by deep well injection (Class I and II wells). Currently, neither the Status Network nor the Trend Network is intended to monitor estuaries, wetlands, or marine waters. Other programs within the Department regulate and monitor these resources. Additionally, although new water quality standards for DO and NNC were adopted in 2013, these were after the period encompassed by this report, and therefore were not assessed in this report. Due to differences in methods employed in data screening, data analysis, study period, study design, geographic location, etc., the results in this report may not be the same as those presented in other papers. Status Network Monitoring The Status Network uses the Generalized Random Tessellation Stratified (GRTS) sampling design, supported by the EPA’s Aquatic Resource Monitoring approach, to stratify the state into discrete areas (zones) and to select sampling sites. Geographic stratification breaks the state into these zones (Figure 5.1), from which the sample sites are chosen from a target population using a spatially balanced siteselection process. The GRTS design ensures that the sites are representative of the target resources and that their selection is not biased. The resulting data can address questions at statewide and regional (zonal) scales. The Department adjusted the GRTS sample design due to the unequal distribution of water resources within Florida. Factors such as periods of drought or denials of access from large landowners can limit the list of possible sites to sample. Target resource lists are continually updated based on staff observations and comments. April 1, 2014, Page 57 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 5.1. Status Monitoring Network Reporting Units April 1, 2014, Page 58 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Water Resource Types The parent populations for the Status Network are all statewide surface and ground waters. The following water resources are the target populations:  Surface Water—Florida’s surface waters are diverse and challenging to categorize. Surface waters are divided into two groups: flowing (lotic) or still (lentic). The lotic group consists of rivers, streams, and spring runs. In Florida, the lentic group consists of many types of natural lakes (sandhill lakes, sinkhole lakes, oxbow lakes) and established reservoirs ranging in size from less than an acre to over 350,000 acres. Artificial waterbodies that are not subject to meeting water quality standards, such as stormwater retention/treatment ponds, impoundments used for agriculture, golf course ponds, or other man-made water features that are not waters of the state, are common but are not part of the target population and are removed from the resource list frame. o Rivers and Streams—Flowing surface waters that are waters of the state are divided into rivers or streams based on size, as recommended by Departmental and WMD personnel. Rivers are initially identified, and the remaining, smaller flowing surface waters are classified as streams. Segments of rivers and streams that are impounded are not included in this resource. o Large and Small Lakes—Lakes are subdivided into two populations: (1) small lakes between 10 and 25 acres, and (2) large lakes over 25 acres. The differentiation on the basis of size is intended to accommodate different sampling strategies and allows a better representation of the resource types. If all lakes were in one category, the size of large lakes would skew site selection and cause small lakes to be underrepresented.  Ground Water—Ground water resources are subdivided into two target populations for the purposes of sampling and resource characterization: (1) unconfined aquifers, and (2) confined aquifers. Unconfined aquifers are near the land surface and can be readily affected by human activities. The confined aquifer target population includes aquifers that are below a confining unit. Individual wells are selected annually from an updated list provided to the WMS by various state and federal governmental agencies. The ground water target population is chosen to represent ambient ground water conditions, including public supply wells but avoiding facility wells used for compliance. Compliance wells are not intended to represent ambient aquifer conditions and are excluded from the Status Monitoring Network. April 1, 2014, Page 59 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Geographic Design and Site Selection Location information for the state’s water resources resides in a Geographic Information System (GIS) database. The WMS staff uses these GIS data via the GRTS methodology to select sample sites. Florida’s six zones (Figure 5.1) facilitate the spatial distribution of sites throughout the state. Each year, a set of primary sites and alternate sites is randomly selected from each resource type and each zone. For surface water there are 10 primary sites (15 starting in 2012); for ground water there are 20 primary sites. In all cases there is a nine-time oversample, which means that there are nine times as many alternate sites as primaries. Thus, in 2010 and 2011 there were a total of 4 resources × 10 primary sites × 6 zones = 240 primary surface water sites, and 2 resources × 20 primary sites × 6 zones = 240 primary ground water sites. The alternate sites are required due to the high probability of sampling problems, such as landowner denials of access, dry resources, and other challenges associated with random versus fixed station sampling designs. Sampling and Frequency The annual goal of the Status Network was to collect 10 samples in 2010 and 2011 and 15 samples in 2012 from each surface water resource type in each zone and 20 samples from each ground water resource type in each zone. This totaled 840 surface water and 720 ground water samples statewide for the threeyear period. Figure 5.2 represents the sampling scheme used in 2009 and 2010; Figure 5.3 represents that for 2012. Each ground water resource type was sampled over a two-month period. The surface water resource types were sampled over a one- to two- month period with an overflow period of one month. April 1, 2014, Page 60 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 5.2. Status Network Sampling Periods for 2010 and 2011 April 1, 2014, Page 61 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 5.3. Status Network Sampling Periods for 2012 Status Network Core and Supplemental Indicators While most water quality monitoring has historically focused on chemistry, the Department’s Status and Trend Networks expand this scope to include biological and physical indicators. Together, the chemical, physical, and biological indicators provide scientific information about the condition of the state’s water resources and whether they meet their designated uses based on state and EPA guidance. Core indicators provide information about the chemical, physical, and biological status of surface and ground water, including suitability for human and aquatic uses. These data can be used to gauge condition based on water quality standards or guidance. Supplemental indicators provide additional information and aid in screening for potential pollutants of concern. Certain biological indicators (such as chlorophyll a) are collected only in surface waters (i.e., rivers, streams, lakes). Appendix A discusses the indicators for surface waters. April 1, 2014, Page 62 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report These core and supplemental indicators are often chosen to support special projects or used to develop water quality criteria. Some indicators are combined to form indices that evaluate waterbody condition— for example, the LVI uses several characteristics of a lake, and the scores are combined to provide an indication of overall lake condition. Selected indicators, such as chloride, nitrate, and bacteria, serve to assess the suitability of ground water for drinking water purposes. Likewise, the indicator lists for surface water resources are selected to detect threats to water quality, such as nutrient enrichment, which can lead to eutrophication and habitat loss. The Status Network has supported the development of biological indices to evaluate waterbody condition in Florida, and includes sampling for the LVI. In addition to the suite of water quality indicators (Table 5.1 through Table 5.6), sediment chemistry is a useful supplemental indicator of an aquatic system’s ecological health ( April 1, 2014, Page 63 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 5.8). Florida has developed geochemical- and biology-based tools to assess sediment quality. The interpretation of sediment metals data is not straightforward because metals occur naturally in Florida sediment. Thus, depending on the source region, Florida sediment metal concentrations range between two orders of magnitude. The Department uses the guidance outlined in Development of an Interpretative Tool for the Assessment of Metal Enrichment in Florida Freshwater Sediment (Carvalho et al. 2002), which estimates contamination through the use of a statistical normalizing technique. Additionally, the Department follows the guidance outlined in Development and Evaluation of Numerical Sediment Quality Assessment Guidelines for Florida Inland Waters (MacDonald et al. 2003), a biology-based tool that estimates the effects of potentially toxic contaminants in lake sediments. April 1, 2014, Page 64 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 5.1. Status Network Core and Supplemental Field Measurement Indicators This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers, and Column 3 lists the sampled resource(s). Note: For Table 5.1 through Table 5.6, all samples are unfiltered unless stated. All methods, unless otherwise stated, are based on EPA 600, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. 1 From Welch 1948 Field Measurement Indicator Analysis Method Sampled Resource(s) pH DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1100 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Temperature DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1400 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Specific Conductance DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1200 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers DO DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1500 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Turbidity DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1600 Aquifers Secchi Depth Welch (1948)1; EPA 620/R-97/001 Lakes, Streams/Rivers Total Depth Manual/electronic measuring device Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Sample Depth Manual/electronic measuring device Lakes, Streams/Rivers Micro Land Use Sampling manual (01/11), Section 4 Aquifers Depth to Water Manual/electronic measuring device Aquifers Table 5.2. Status Network Core and Supplemental Biological and Microbiological Indicators This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers, and Column 3 lists the sampled resource(s). Biological/Microbiological Indicator Analysis Method Sampled Resource(s) Habitat Assessment Standard Methods (SM) 10200 H (modified) DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 3000 Lake Vegetation Index (LVI) DEP-SOP-001/01 FS 7220 Lakes Total Coliform SM 9222B Aquifers Fecal Coliform SM 9222D Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Enterococci EPA 1600 Lakes, Streams/Rivers Chlorophyll a Lakes, Streams/Rivers Streams/Rivers Table 5.3. Status Network Core and Supplemental Organic and Nutrient Indicators This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers, and Column 3 lists the sampled resource(s). 1 Added TOC for aquifers on October 1, 2009. Organic/Nutrient Indicator Analysis Method Sampled Resource(s) Total Organic Carbon (TOC) SM 5310 B Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers1 Nitrate + Nitrite Method 353.2 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Ammonia Method 350.1 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN) Method 351.2 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Total Phosphorus (TP) Method 365.1/365.4 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers April 1, 2014, Page 65 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 5.4. Status Network Core and Supplemental Major Ion Indicators This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers, and Column 3 lists the sampled resource(s). Major Ion Indicator Analysis Method Sampled Resource(s) Chloride Method 300 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Sulfate Method 300 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Fluoride Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Calcium SM 4500 F-C Method 200.7 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Magnesium Method 200.7 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Potassium Method 200.7 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Sodium Method 200.7 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Table 5.5. Status Network Core and Supplemental Metal Indicators This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers, and Column 3 lists the sampled resource(s). Added molybdenum for aquifers on January 1, 2012. 1 Metal Indicator Aluminum, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Iron, Lead, Manganese, Molybdenum1, Zinc Analysis Method Sampled Resource(s) Method 200.7/200.8 Aquifers Table 5.6. Status Network Core and Supplemental Physical Property Indicators This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers, and Column 3 lists the sampled resource(s). Hardness added January 2012 1 Physical Property Indicator Analysis Method Sampled Resource(s) Alkalinity SM 2320 B Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Turbidity (Lab) Method 180.1 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Specific Conductance (Lab) Method 120.1 Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Color SM 2120 B Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Total Suspended Solids SM 2540 D Lakes, Streams/Rivers Total Dissolved Solids SM 2540 C Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Hardness1 SM 2340 B Lakes, Streams/Rivers, Aquifers Table 5.7. Status Network Organic and Nutrient Indicators for Sediment Analysis in Lakes This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the indicators and Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers. Note: For Table 5.7 through Table 5.8, all methods, unless otherwise stated, are based on EPA 600, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. Sediment Organic/Nutrient Indicator Analysis Method TOC In-house based on Method 415.1 TP In-house based on Method 365.4 TKN In-house based on Method 351.2 Sulfate Method 300 (modified) April 1, 2014, Page 66 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 5.8. Status Network Metal Indicators for Sediment Analysis in Lakes This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the indicators and Column 2 lists the analytical method numbers. Sediment Metal Indicator Analysis Method Aluminum, Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Iron, Lead, Nickel, Silver, Zinc Method 6010C/6020A Mercury Methyl Mercury DEP-SOP-001/01 HG-008-3 (based on EPA 245.5 and EPA 7471B) SOP HG-003-2 (based on EPA 1630) Status Monitoring Network Design Changes Starting in 2009, the Status Network was changed to an annual assessment of statewide water resource condition (a strategy described in the 2009–2011 Monitoring Design Document). A long-term benefit of the annual approach for both surface and ground water is the ability to examine trends in water quality over time. The annual probability approach, coupled with the existing Trend Network monthly sampling (discussed in the next section), provides a more comprehensive picture of changes in water quality. The Status Network design has been changed in scope but is still based on collecting a statistically valid number of samples for all resources to make an annual estimate of the condition of the state’s water resources. For this assessment, the state is divided into six zones or reporting units (Figure 5.1). As previously stated, the design is based on four surface water resources (rivers, streams, large lakes, and small lakes), and two ground water resources (confined and unconfined aquifers). In 2010–11, 60 sites for each surface water resource type were distributed throughout the state (10 in each of the six zones), and 120 sites for each ground water resource type were distributed throughout the state (20 in each zone). In 2012, the number of surface water sites was increased to 15 per resource, per zone. Based on these sample sizes, the 95% confidence interval for the estimate of statewide condition, utilizing the three-year sampling period, is approximately ±7% for surface water and ± 5% for ground water and, for the zones, approximately ±12% for surface water and ± 9% for ground water. Future Design and Reporting The results from both the Status and Trend Networks will continue to provide data on chemical, physical, and biological indicators to managers, other programs, and data users to complement their programs. Revisions to the design are anticipated as agency or other program needs change and will be reported through the modification of the Monitoring Design Document submitted to the EPA. April 1, 2014, Page 67 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Trend Network Monitoring The Trend Network is designed to determine if selected water quality indicators (Table 5.9 through Table 5.14) are changing over time in the state’s major rivers and aquifers at fixed locations. To complete a statistically valid trend analysis, any periodicity implicit in the data must be identified by collecting a sufficient number of samples at regular intervals. For example, variability in data over seasons (e.g., seasonality) has been shown for many surface water analytes; therefore, an effort is made to collect at least one sample in each season, four per year at a minimum. However, surface waters are much more likely to be influenced by seasonal changes than ground water, and therefore surface water trend sampling is conducted more frequently. Trend Network data provide a temporal reference on a regional scale for the Status Network. To facilitate the comparison of Trend Network results with those of the Status Network, the Department separates the Trend Network into surface water (rivers and streams) and ground water (confined and unconfined aquifers) resources. Table 5.9. Trend Network Field Measurement Indicators This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method number, Column 3 lists the sampling regime for surface waters, and Column 4 lists the sampling regime for ground waters. Note: For Table 5.9 through Table 5.14, all methods, unless otherwise stated, are based on EPA 600, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. 1 Completed once a year per site. X = Other sample or measurement N/A = Not applicable 2 From Welch 1948 Field Measurement Indicator Analysis Method Surface Water Ground Water pH DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1100 X X Temperature DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1400 X X Specific Conductance/Salinity DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1200 X X DO DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1500 X X Turbidity DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 1600 N/A X (1948)2; Secchi Depth Welch EPA 620/R-97/001 X N/A Total Depth Manual/electronic measuring device X X Sample Depth Manual/electronic measuring device X N/A Micro Land Use Sampling manual (01/11), Section 4 N/A X1 Depth to Water Manual/electronic measuring device N/A X April 1, 2014, Page 68 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 5.10. Trend Network Biological and Microbiological Indicators This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method number, Column 3 lists the sampling regime for surface waters, and Column 4 lists the sampling regime for ground waters. 1 Collected once a year per site. Adopted new criteria for performing the Stream Condition Index (SCI) on May 1, 2010. T = Total sample (unfiltered sample) X = Other sample or measurement N/A = Not applicable 2 Biological/Microbiological Indicator Analysis Method Surface Water Ground Water Chlorophyll a SM 10200 H (modified) T N/A N/A Biological Community (SCI)2 DEP-SOP-003/11 SCI 1000 X1 Habitat Assessment DEP-SOP-001/01 FT 3000 X1 N/A Total Coliform SM 9222B N/A T Fecal Coliform SM 9222D T T Enterococci EPA 1600 T N/A Table 5.11. Trend Network Organic and Nutrient Indicators This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method number, Column 3 lists the sampling regime for surface waters, and Column 4 lists the sampling regime for ground waters. 1 Collected once a year per site. T = Total sample (unfiltered sample) D = Dissolved sample (filtered sample) N/A = Not applicable Organic/Nutrient Indicator Analysis Method Surface Water Ground Water TOC SM 5310 B T T Nitrate + Nitrite Method 353.2 T D1/T Ammonia Method 350.1 T D1/T TKN Method 351.2 T D1/T Phosphorus Method 365.1/365.4 T D1/T Orthophosphate Method 365.1 N/A D Table 5.12. Trend Network Major Ion Indicators This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method number, Column 3 lists the sampling regime for surface waters, and Column 4 lists the sampling regime for ground waters. 1 Collected once a year per site. T = Total sample (unfiltered sample) D = Dissolved sample (filtered sample) Major Ion Indicator Analysis Method Surface Water Ground Water Chloride Method 300 T D1/T Sulfate Method 300 T D1/T Fluoride SM 4500 F-C T D1/T Calcium Method 200.7 T D1/T Magnesium Method 200.7 T D1/T Sodium Method 200.7 T D1/T Potassium Method 200.7 T D1/T April 1, 2014, Page 69 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 5.13. Trend Network Metal Indicators This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method number, Column 3 lists the sampling regime for surface waters, and Column 4 lists the sampling regime for ground waters. Collected quarterly at predetermined SCI-applicable sites from October 2009 to October 2011. Collected once a year per site. Collected once a year per site. Not collected from October 2009 to October 2011. 4 Added molybdenum for ground water on October 1, 2011 T = Total sample (unfiltered sample) N/A = Not applicable 1 2 3 Metal Indicator Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Lead, Zinc Arsenic, Iron, Lead Aluminum, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Iron, Lead, Manganese, Molybdenum4, Zinc Analysis Method Surface Water Ground Water Method 200.7/200.8 T1 N/A Method 200.7/200.8 N/A T2 Method 200.7/200.8 N/A T3 Table 5.14. Trend Network Physical Property Indicators This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the analytical method number, Column 3 lists the sampling regime for surface waters, and Column 4 lists the sampling regime for ground waters. Collected once a year per site. Hardness added January 2012. T = Total sample (unfiltered sample) D = Dissolved sample (filtered sample) 1 2 Physical Property Indicator Analysis Method Surface Water Ground Water Alkalinity SM 2320 B T D1/T Turbidity (Lab) Method 180.1 T T Specific Conductance (Lab) Method 120.1 T T Color SM 2120 B T T Total Suspended Solids (TSS) SM 2540 D T T Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) SM 2540 C T T Hardness2 SM 2340 B T T Surface Water Trend Network The Surface Water Trend Network consists of 76 fixed sites that are sampled monthly (Figure 5.4). Most of these sites are located on the nontidal portions of rivers, often at the lower end of a watershed. Where possible, stations were co-located near USGS Gage stations. The sites enable the Department to obtain biology, chemistry, and loading data at a point that reflects the land use activities of the watershed. Some Surface Water Trend Network sites are also located at or near the Florida boundary with Alabama and Georgia. These are used to obtain chemistry and loading data for rivers or streams entering Florida. Data from Surface Water Trend Network sites are used to evaluate temporal variability in Florida’s surface water resources and determine indicator trends. The sites are not designed to monitor point sources of pollution, since they are located away from known outfalls or other regulated sources. April 1, 2014, Page 70 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Ground Water Trend Network The Ground Water Trend Network consists of 49 fixed sites that are used to obtain chemistry and field data in confined and unconfined aquifers; however, only 47 stations have a sufficient period of record (Figure 5.5). These data are used to quantify temporal variability in ground water resources. Water samples are collected quarterly at all wells in the Ground Water Trend Network. Field analytes are measured monthly at the unconfined aquifer sites. A land use form, completed at all sites annually, aids in determining potential sources of contamination for ground water resources. Trend Network Core and Supplemental Indicators For data comparability, many of the same indicators are included in both the Status and Trend Network indicator lists. To maintain the historical aspect of the data, changes to the indicator list are minimized. April 1, 2014, Page 71 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 5.4. Surface Water Trend Network Sites April 1, 2014, Page 72 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 5.5. Ground Water Trend Network Sites with Sufficient Period of Record April 1, 2014, Page 73 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Data Evaluation Prior to data analyses for Status and Trend reporting, all data were checked to ensure the accuracy of the results. Data from the Trend Network that were qualified with an O, V, or Y were excluded before any analysis was conducted. 4 Additionally, some data qualified with a J were excluded from the trend analyses. 5 All remaining data were used. The Trend Network consists of 49 ground water and 76 surface water stations; of these, two ground water and two surface water stations were either recently added to the network or do not have enough data to conduct a Seasonal Kendall (SK) analysis. Seasonal cyclicity (seasonality) has been shown for many surface water constituents; therefore, an effort should be made to collect at least one sample in each season, four per year as a bare minimum. If seasonality, or any other form of cyclicity, is present, the long-term trend of the constituent may be determined only after statistically adjusting the data. This is referred to as deseasonalizing the data. The SK analysis requires a reasonable amount of data, consisting of at least two seasons and 12 data points in order to determine if a trend exists. The SK is a nonparametric test that is insensitive to outliers, missing values, and censored data. It can be conducted on all analytes, as it does not require a standard or threshold value to determine the results. The alpha level at which the hypothesis is either accepted or rejected has been set at 0.05, indicating a 95% confidence level about the trend decision. The statewide assessments provide a broad overview of the results obtained by the Status Network, while zonewide results may depict areas of concern for specific indicators. Statewide assessments can hide or minimize the impact an indicator may have within a zone. This document also presents assessments by zone, as there are now sufficient data to conduct the analyses (see Appendix B). 4 5 The qualifiers are as follows:  Data qualified with an O indicate that the site was sampled but a chemical analysis was lost or not performed.  The V value qualifier indicates that the analyte was detected in both the sample and the associated method blank, and the value of 10 times the blank value was equal to or greater than the associated sample value.  Data with the Y value qualifier indicate the laboratory analysis is from an unpreserved or improperly preserved sample, and therefore the data may not be accurate. Data qualified with a J for the following reasons were excluded from Trend Network analysis:  Analytes detected in both the sample and an associated field, equipment, or trip blank, where the value of 10 times the blank value was equal to or greater than the associated sample value.  Field instrument calibration failures. April 1, 2014, Page 74 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 6: Results of the Status and Trend Network Assessments for 2010–12 Summary of Status Network Surface Water Results Introduction The probabilistic approach discussed in Chapter 5 is used to sample and report on the condition of surface water resources from the entire state. This chapter summarizes the results of the combined assessments for 2010 through 2012. The 2010 data were reported in the most recent Integrated Report; these data are also included here because the combination of three years of data allows for regional assessments per zone (Appendix B), in addition to the statewide assessment. Four surface water resources were assessed: rivers, streams, large lakes, and small lakes. Table 6.1 summarizes the miles of rivers and streams, and acres and numbers of large and small lakes, for the waters assessed. In 2010 and 2011, approximately 10 samples were collected annually from each resource, in each zone, for 60 samples statewide. In 2012, the number of samples was increased to 15 per resource, per zone to increase the 95% confidence level to <±10%, as per EPA guidance. Table 6.1. Summary of Surface Water Resources Assessed by the Status Network’s Probabilistic Monitoring, 2010–12 This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the waterbody type, and Column 2 lists the miles of rivers and streams, and acres and numbers of large and small lakes. Note: The estimates in the table do not include coastal or estuarine waters. These calculations are from the 1:24,000 NHD. Waterbody Type Assessed Rivers 2,708 miles Streams 16,914 miles Large Lakes 1,725 lakes (1,006,773 acres) Small Lakes 2,441 lakes (36,972 acres) The indicators selected for surface water reporting include fecal coliform, DO, un-ionized ammonia, and chlorophyll a in rivers and streams and trophic state index (TSI) in small and large lakes. Tables 6.2a through 6.2c summarize the indicators and their threshold values. Tables 5.1 through 5.14 contain the complete list of indicators used in the Status Monitoring Network. The main source of information for these indicators is Chapter 62-302, F.A.C., which contains the surface water quality standards for Florida. The water quality criteria and thresholds are derived from the following: April 1, 2014, Page 75 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  Rule 62-302.530, F.A.C., Criteria for Surface Water Classifications.  Chapter 62-550, F.A.C., Drinking Water Standards.  Implementation of Florida’s Numeric Nutrient Standards.  Technical Support Document: Derivation of Dissolved Oxygen Criteria to Protect Aquatic Life in Florida’s Fresh and Marine Waters.  Chapter 62-303, F.A.C., Identification of Impaired Surface Waters.  Rule 62-520.420, F.A.C., Standards for Class G-I and Class G-II Ground Water. It is important to note that the diversity of Florida’s aquatic ecosystems also means there is a large natural variation in some water quality parameters. For example, surface waters that are dominated by ground water inflows or flows from wetland areas will have lower DO levels. Table 6.2a. Status Network Physical/Other Indicators/Index for Aquatic Life Use with Water Quality Criteria This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the indicators and Column 2 lists the water quality criteria. Both TSI and chlorophyll a are not criteria, but a threshold used to estimate the impairment of state waters. This threshold is used in the analyses of Status Monitoring Network data, based on single samples. The analyses and representation of these data are not intended to infer the verification of impairment, as defined in Chapter 62-303, F.A.C. 2 PCUs = Platinum cobalt units 1 Physical/Other Indicators/ Index for Aquatic Life Use (Surface Water) Criterion/Threshold DO 5 mg/L Un-ionized Ammonia ≤ 0.02 mg/L Fluoride ≤10 mg/L Chlorophyll a1 ≤ 20 µg/L Color ≤ 40 PCUs,2 then TSI ≤ 40 Color > 40 PCUs, then TSI ≤ 60 TSI1 Table 6.2b. Status Network Microbiological Indicators/Index for Recreational Use with Water Quality Criteria/Thresholds This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the indicators and Column 2 lists the water quality criteria/thresholds. Microbiological Indicator/ Index for Recreation Use (Surface Water) Criterion/Threshold Fecal Coliform Bacteria < 400 colonies/100mL April 1, 2014, Page 76 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.2c. The Department’s Freshwater Lake Sediment Contaminant Thresholds for Metals This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the metals, Column 2 lists the threshold effects concentration (TEC), and Column 3 lists the probable effects concentration (PEC). Metal TEC (milligrams per kilogram [mg/kg]) PEC (mg/kg) Arsenic 9.8 33 Cadmium 1.00 5 Chromium 43.4 111 Copper 32 149 Lead 36 128 Mercury 0.18 1.06 Nickel 23 48 Zinc 121 459 Silver 1 2.2 Rivers, Streams, Large Lakes, and Small Lakes The following pages present the surface water Status Network results for rivers, streams, large lakes, and small lakes. For each resource, there is a map showing the sample site locations (Figures 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, and 6.7), a figure with a summary of the statewide results (Figures 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, and 6.8), and a table of the statewide results for each indicator for a particular resource (Tables 6.3b through 6.3e). Table 6.3a explains the terms used in the statewide summary tables. Table 6.3a. Explanation of Terms Used in Tables 6.3b through 6.3e This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the terms used and Column 2 explains each term. Term Explanation Analyte Indicators chosen to base assessment of condition of waters of the state. Target Population Estimate of actual extent of resource from which threshold results were calculated. Excludes percentage of resource that was determined to not fit definition of resource. Number of Samples Number of samples used for statistical analyses after qualified data and resource exclusions are eliminated from the data pool. % Meeting Threshold Percent estimate of resource that meets a specific indicator’s criterion/ threshold value. 95% Confidence Bounds (% Meeting Threshold) Upper and lower bounds for 95% confidence of percentage meeting a specific indicator’s criterion/threshold value. % Not Meeting Threshold Percent of estimate of extent of resource that does not meet a specific indicator’s criterion/threshold value. Assessment Period Duration of probabilistic survey sampling event. April 1, 2014, Page 77 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.1. Statewide River Sample Locations April 1, 2014, Page 78 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.3b. Statewide Percentage of Rivers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Miles This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the analyte, Column 2 lists the target population, Column 3 lists the number of samples, Column 4 lists the percent meeting threshold, Column 5 lists the 95% confidence bounds, Column 6 lists the percent not meeting the threshold, and Column 7 lists the assessment period. Analyte Target Population (miles) Number of Samples % Meeting Threshold 95% Confidence Bounds (% meeting threshold) % Not Meeting Threshold Assessment Period Chlorophyll a 2,708 190 93.8% 91.8%–95.8% 6.2% 2010–12 Un-ionized Ammonia 2,708 189 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 2010–12 Fecal Coliform 2,708 190 98.3% 96.9%–99.8% 1.7% 2010–12 DO 2,708 190 96.3% 93.9%–98.6% 3.7% 2010–12 April 1, 2014, Page 79 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.2. Statewide Summary of River Results April 1, 2014, Page 80 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.3. Statewide Stream Sample Locations April 1, 2014, Page 81 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.3c. Statewide Percentage of Streams Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Miles This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the analyte, Column 2 lists the target population, Column 3 lists the number of samples, Column 4 lists the percent meeting the threshold, Column 5 lists the 95% confidence bounds, Column 6 lists the percent not meeting the threshold, and Column 7 lists the assessment period. Analyte Target Population (miles) Number of Samples % Meeting Threshold 95% Confidence Bounds (% meeting threshold) Chlorophyll a 16,914 195 94.7% 91.3%–98.2% 5.3% 2010–12 Un-onized Ammonia 16,914 195 98.8% 97.1%–100.0% 1.2% 2010–12 Fecal Coliform 16,914 195 84.5% 80.0%–89.1% 15.5% 2010–12 DO 16,914 195 84.1% 78.6%–89.6% 15.9% 2010–12 April 1, 2014, Page 82 of 296 % Not Meeting Threshold Assessment Period Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.4. Statewide Summary of Stream Results April 1, 2014, Page 83 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.5. Statewide Large Lake Sample Locations April 1, 2014, Page 84 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.3d. Statewide Percentage of Large Lakes Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Acres This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the analyte, Column 2 lists the target population, Column 3 lists the number of samples, Column 4 lists the percent meeting the threshold, Column 5 lists the 95% confidence bounds, Column 6 lists the percent not meeting the threshold, and Column 7 lists the assessment period. Analyte Target Population (acres) Number of Samples % Meeting Threshold 95% Confidence Bounds (% meeting threshold) TSI 1,006,773 209 48.2% 39.7%–56.7% 51.8% 2010–12 Un-ionized Ammonia 1,006,773 209 96.9% 94.1%–99.8% 3.1% 2010–12 Fecal Coliform 1,006,773 209 99.0% 97.4%–100.0% 1.0% 2010–12 DO 1,006,773 209 94.4% 89.1%–99.7% 5.6% 2010–12 April 1, 2014, Page 85 of 296 % Not Meeting Threshold Assessment Period Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.6. Statewide Summary of Large Lake Results April 1, 2014, Page 86 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.7. Statewide Small Lake Sample Locations April 1, 2014, Page 87 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.3e. Statewide Percentage of Small Lakes Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Lakes This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the analyte, Column 2 lists the target population, Column 3 lists the number of samples, Column 4 lists the percent meeting the threshold, Column 5 lists the 95% confidence bounds, Column 6 lists the percent not meeting the threshold, and Column 7 lists the assessment period. Analyte Target Population (lakes) Number of Samples % Meeting Threshold 95% Confidence Bounds (% meeting threshold) TSI 2,441 174 80.4% 74.2%–86.6% 19.6% 2010–12 Un-ionized Ammonia 2,441 174 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 2010–12 Fecal Coliform 2,441 173 95.9% 91.9%–99.9% 4.1% 2010–12 DO 2,441 177 97.0% 94.9%–99.1% 3.0% 2010–12 April 1, 2014, Page 88 of 296 % Not Meeting Threshold Assessment Period Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.8. Statewide Summary of Small Lake Results April 1, 2014, Page 89 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Sediment Quality Evaluation Background In aquatic environments, sediments provide essential habitat but, at the same time, may be a source of contamination and recycled nutrients. Sediment contaminants, such as trace metals, organic pesticides, and excess nutrients, accumulate over time from upland discharges, the decomposition of organic material, and atmospheric deposition. Periodic water quality monitoring cannot fully evaluate aquatic ecosystems, as it is not usually designed to assess the cumulative impact of sediment contaminants. Knowledge of a site’s sediment quality is important for environmental managers in evaluating future restoration and dredging projects. Unlike many water column constituents, the Department has no standards (criteria) for sediment and no statutory authority to establish criteria. Therefore, it is important to use scientifically defensible thresholds to estimate the condition of sediments and determine the ecological significance of these thresholds. The interpretation of marine and freshwater sediment trace metals data, which can vary by two orders of magnitude, is not straightforward because metallic elements are natural sediment constituents. For sediment metals data analyses, the Department developed two interpretive tools, available in the following publications: A Guide to the Interpretation of Metals Concentrations in Estuarine Sediments (Schropp and Windom 1988) and Development of an Interpretive Tool for the Assessment of Metal Enrichment in Florida Freshwater Sediment (Carvalho et al. 2002). These documents use a statistical normalization technique to predict background concentrations of metals in sediments, regardless of their composition. During the 1990s, several state and federal agencies developed concentration-based sediment guidelines to evaluate biological effects from sediment contaminants. These agencies employed several approaches, including a weight-of-evidence statistical strategy, which derived guidelines from studies containing paired sediment chemistry and associated biological responses. The Department selected this weight-ofevidence approach to develop its sediment guidelines. interpretation of sediment contaminant data, the To this end, to provide guidance in the Department published the following documents: Approach to the Assessment of Sediment Quality in Florida Coastal Waters (MacDonald 1994) and Development and Evaluation of Numerical Sediment Quality Assessment Guidelines for Florida Inland Waters (MacDonald et al. 2003). Rather than traditional pass/fail criteria, the weight-of-evidence approach selected by the Department uses two guidelines for each sediment contaminant: a lower guideline, the Threshold Effects Concentration (TEC), and a higher guideline, the Probable Effects Concentration (PEC). A value below the TEC indicates a low probability of harm occurring to sedimentApril 1, 2014, Page 90 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report dwelling organisms. Conversely, sediment values above the PEC have a high probability of causing biological harm. Small and Large Lakes Of the four Status Network surface water resources, large and small lakes were selected as appropriate resources to evaluate for sediment contaminants, since lakes integrate runoff within watersheds. A total of 386 samples were collected from the state’s two lake resources from 2010 through 2012: 179 from small lakes and 207 from large lakes. Samples were analyzed for major elements (aluminum and iron), a suite of trace metals (including methyl mercury), and three sediment nutrients (Tables 5.2a and 5.2b). To ensure accurate metals data, samples were prepared for chemical analyses using EPA Method 3051 (total digestion) rather than EPA Method 200.2 (referred to as the total recoverable method). Both the geochemical metals tool and the freshwater biological effects guidance values (MacDonald et al. 2003) were used to evaluate lake sediment chemistry data. Department staff compared the sediment metals concentrations with the Department’s freshwater sediment guidelines (Table 6.2d). When the concentration exceeded the TEC, the metals concentration was evaluated. If the concentration was still within the predicted naturally occurring range, the sediment sample was reclassified as “not elevated.” The results are shown in Figures 6.9 and 6.10 and Tables 6.4a and 6.4b, which display two rows for each metal. The first row contains the uncorrected metals results, while the second row, with the heading “corrected metals,” contains the results after applying the metals normalization analyses. This evaluation illustrates that the number of metals exceedances is lower than expected if the concentration were the only measure used to determine biological impact. Some sites that appear impacted, in fact, exhibit expected sediment metals concentrations. Copper (still widely employed as an aquatic herbicide), lead and zinc are the most elevated in many small lakes. Elevated lead and zinc concentrations are often due to stormwater input. Arsenic, cadmium, chromium, and silver rarely exceed the sediment guidelines. Not surprisingly, sediment metals are highest in lakes in urbanized areas, with the highest number of sites with elevated metals results from lakes in peninsular Florida. April 1, 2014, Page 91 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.4a. Statewide Percentage of Large Lakes Meeting Sediment Contaminant Threshold Values This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the metal (uncorrected and corrected), Column 2 lists the percent meeting the TEC threshold, Column 3 lists the percent not meeting the TEC threshold, Column 4 lists the percent not meeting the PEC threshold, and Column 5 lists the percent of stations greater than the TEC that include naturally occurring metal concentrations. N/A = Not applicable Metal % Meeting TEC Threshold % Not Meeting TEC Threshold % Not Meeting PEC Threshold % of Stations >TEC Due to Natural Metal Concentrations Arsenic Uncorrected 90.8% 9.2% 0.0% N/A Arsenic Corrected 90.8% 0.0% 0.0% 9.2% Cadmium Uncorrected 95.7% 4.3% 0.0% N/A Cadmium Corrected 95.7% 0.0% 0.0% 4.3% Chromium Uncorrected 77.8% 22.2% 0.0% N/A Chromium Corrected 77.8% 0.0% 0.0% 22.2% Copper Uncorrected 84.1% 11.6% 4.3% N/A Copper Corrected 84.1% 7.7% 4.3% 3.9% Silver Uncorrected 100% 0.0% 0.0% N/A Silver Corrected 100% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Nickel Uncorrected 95.7% 4.3% 0.0% NA Nickel Corrected 95.7% 0.0% 0.0% 4.3% Lead Uncorrected 86.5% 11.6% 1.9% N/A Lead Corrected 86.5% 7.7% 1.9% 4.9% Mercury Uncorrected 66.2% 33.8% 0.0% N/A Mercury Corrected 66.2% 1.9% 0.0% 31.9% Zinc Uncorrected 89.8% 9.7% 0.5% N/A Zinc Corrected 89.8% 7.7% 0.5% 2.0% April 1, 2014, Page 92 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.9. Statewide Summary of Large Lake Sediment Results April 1, 2014, Page 93 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.4b. Statewide Percentage of Small Lakes Meeting Sediment Contaminant Threshold Values This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists metal (uncorrected and corrected), Column 2 lists the percent meeting the TEC threshold, Column 3 lists the percent not meeting the TEC threshold, Column 4 lists the percent not meeting the PEC threshold, and Column 5 lists the percent of stations greater than the TEC that include naturally occurring metal concentrations. N/A = Not applicable Metal % Meeting TEC Threshold % Not Meeting TEC Threshold Arsenic Uncorrected 77.7% 22.3% 0.0% N/A Arsenic Corrected 77.7% 1.1% 0.0% 21.2% Cadmium Uncorrected 77.1% 22.9% 0.0% N/A Cadmium Corrected 77.1% 0.0% 0.0% 22.9% Chromium Uncorrected 57.0% 43.0% 0.0% N/A Chromium Corrected 57.0% 0.0% 0.0% 43.0% Copper Uncorrected 64.3% 27.9% 7.8% N/A Copper Corrected 64.3% 24.5% 7.8% 3.4% Silver Uncorrected 98.3% 1.1% 0.6% N/A Silver Corrected 98.3% 1.1% 0.6% 0.0% Nickel Uncorrected 90.5% 9.5% 0.0% N/A Nickel Corrected 90.5% 0.0% 0.0% 9.5% Lead Uncorrected 44.1% 42.5% 13.4% N/A Lead Corrected 44.1% 32.4% 13.4% 10.1% Mercury Uncorrected 44.1% 55.4% 0.5% N/A Mercury Corrected 44.1% 2.8% 0.5% 53.1% Zinc Uncorrected 69.3% 26.2% 4.5% N/A Zinc Corrected 69.3% 21.2% 4.5% 5.0% April 1, 2014, Page 94 of 296 % Not Meeting PEC Threshold % of Stations >TEC Due to Natural Metal Concentrations Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.10. Statewide Summary of Small Lake Sediment Results April 1, 2014, Page 95 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Summary of Status Network Ground Water Results The Department’s Watershed Monitoring Section has monitored ground water quality since 1986 in both confined and unconfined aquifers. The current Status Network ground water monitoring program uses a probabilistic monitoring design to estimate confined and unconfined aquifer water quality across the state. This estimate is, by necessity, based on a subsampling of wells representing both the confined and unconfined aquifers. The wells used in this evaluation include private, public, monitoring, and agricultural irrigation wells. The assessment period for this report is January 2010 through December 2012. Table 6.5 describes the ground water indicators used in the analyses and lists primary drinking water standards (thresholds). Some of the more important analytes include total coliform, nitrate-nitrite, trace metals such as arsenic and lead, and sodium (salinity), all of which are threats to drinking water quality. Table 6.5. Status Network Physical/Other Indicators/Index for Potable Water Supply for Ground Water with Water Quality Criteria/Thresholds This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, and Column 2 lists the water quality criteria/threshold for that indicator. Primary Indicator/Index for Potable Water Supply (Ground Water) Criterion/Threshold Fluoride ≤4 mg/L Arsenic ≤10 µg/L Cadmium ≤5 µg/L Chromium ≤100 µg/L Lead ≤15 µg/L Nitrate-Nitrite ≤10 mg/L Sodium ≤160 mg/L Fecal Coliform < 2 CFU/100mL Total Coliform Bacteria ≤4 CFU/100mL For each Status Network ground water resource (confined aquifers and unconfined aquifers), there is a map showing the sample site locations (Figures 6.11 and 6.13), a figure summarizing the statewide results (Figures 6.12 and 6.14), and a table containing the statewide results for each indicator for a particular resource (Tables 6.6b and 6.6c). Table 6.6a contains a legend for the terms used in Tables 6.6b and 6.6c. Tables 6.6b and 6.6c provide an estimate of the quality of Florida’s confined and unconfined aquifers by listing the percentage of the resource that meets a potable water threshold. April 1, 2014, Page 96 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.6a. Legend for Terms Used in Tables 6.6b and 6.6c This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the terms and Column 2 provides an explanation. Term Analyte Target Population Number of Samples % Meeting Threshold 95% Confidence Bounds (% Meeting Threshold) % Not Meeting Threshold Assessment Period Explanation Indicators chosen to base assessment of the condition of waters of the state. Number of wells from which inferences are based. Excludes percentage of resource that was determined to not fit definition of resource. Number of samples used for statistical analysis after qualified data and resource exclusions are eliminated from the data pool. Percent estimate of resource extent that meets a specific indicator’s criterion/threshold value. Upper and lower bounds for 95% confidence of percentage meeting a specific indicator’s criterion/threshold value. Percent of estimate of extent of resource that does not meet a specific indicator’s criterion/threshold value. Duration of probabilistic survey’s sampling event. April 1, 2014, Page 97 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.11. Statewide Confined Aquifer Well Locations April 1, 2014, Page 98 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.6b. Statewide Percentage of Confined Aquifers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Primary Drinking Water Standards Units: Number of wells in list frame This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the analyte, Column 2 lists the target population, Column 3 lists the number of samples, Column 4 lists the percent meeting the threshold, Column 5 lists the 95% confidence bounds, Column 6 lists the percent not meeting the threshold, and Column 79 lists the assessment period. Analyte Target Population (wells in list frame) Number of Samples Arsenic 10,181 324 % Meeting Threshold 95% Confidence Bounds (% meeting) % Not Meeting Threshold Assessment Period 98.7% 97.1%–100.0% 1.3% 2010–12 Cadmium 10,181 324 99.9% 99.6%–100.0% 0.1% 2010–12 Chromium 10,181 324 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 2010–12 Lead 10,181 324 99.5% 99.1%–99.9% 0.5% 2010–12 Nitrate-Nitrite 10,181 324 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 2010–12 Sodium 10,181 324 96.3% 95.4%–97.3% 3.7% 2010–12 Fluoride 10,181 324 99.3% 98.0%–100.0% 0.7% 2010–12 Fecal Coliform 10,181 323 99.8% 99.4%–100.0% 0.2% 2010–12 Total Coliform 10,181 322 88.8% 81.2%–96.4% 11.2% 2010–12 April 1, 2014, Page 99 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.12. Statewide Summary of Confined Aquifer Results April 1, 2014, Page 100 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.13. Statewide Unconfined Aquifer Well Locations April 1, 2014, Page 101 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.6c. Statewide Percentage of Unconfined Aquifers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Primary Drinking Water Standards Units: Number of wells in list frame This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the analyte, Column 2 lists the target population, Column 3 lists the number of samples, Column 4 lists the percent meeting the threshold, Column 5 lists the 95% confidence bounds, Column 6 lists the percent not meeting the threshold, and Column 7 lists the assessment period. Analyte Target Population (wells in list frame) % Meeting Threshold 95% Confidence Bounds (% meeting) Number of Samples % Not Meeting Threshold Assessment Period Arsenic 10,920 346 99.5% 99.2%–99.9% 0.5% 2010–12 Cadmium 10,920 346 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 2010–12 Chromium 10,920 346 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 2010–12 Lead 10,920 346 98.4% 97.1%–99.6% 1.6% 2010–12 Nitrate-Nitrite 10,920 345 97.0% 93.5%–100.0% 3.0% 2010–12 Sodium 10,920 346 98.1% 97.1%–99.1% 1.9% 2010–12 Fluoride 10,920 346 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 2010–12 Fecal Coliform 10,920 345 93.1% 88.9%–97.4% 6.9% 2010–12 Total Coliform 10,920 345 78.1% 70.6%–85.6% 21.9% 2010–12 April 1, 2014, Page 102 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.14. Statewide Summary of Unconfined Aquifer Results April 1, 2014, Page 103 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Summary of Surface and Ground Water Trend Network Results Surface Water Trends The flow rate of rivers can be highly variable and can complicate data analysis unless taken into consideration. Where available, flow rates from associated USGS gauging stations were collected at the same time as surface water samples. The surface water quality data were adjusted for flow before SK data analyses were conducted. Since ground water flows very slowly, there is little to no seasonality to the data. Therefore, no adjustment to the ground water data was necessary prior to any analysis was performed. If a trend was found to exist for either seasonally adjusted or nonadjusted data, the corresponding slope was determined using the Sen Slope (SS) estimator (Gilbert 1987). The estimator measures the median difference between successive concentration observations over the time series. The SS was used only to measure the direction of the slope, not as a hypothesis test. Therefore, reporting the trend as increasing, decreasing, or no trend indicates the direction of the slope and does not indicate the impairment or improvement of the analyte being measured in the waters. Thirty-eight surface water stations were adjusted for flow, while the remaining 38 stations were not flow adjusted. Table 6.7 provides a general statewide overview of the analyses conducted on the surface water trend data (1999–2012). For the results of the analyses by station, see Tables 6.8a through 6.8c. Table 6.8a contains the legend for the acronyms and abbreviations used in Tables 6.8b and 6.8c. Tables 6.8b and 6.8c present the results of the trend analyses, and Figures 6.15 through 6.22 show the results graphically for each indicator. April 1, 2014, Page 104 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.7. Surface Water Trend Summary (1999–2012) This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the indicators; Columns 2, 3, and 4 show the percentages of increasing, decreasing, and no trend for the flow-adjusted, respectively; and Columns 5, 6, and 7 list the nonflow-adjusted percentages. Note: Flow-adjusted site percentages were calculated based on a sample size of 38 stations that are associated with a USGS gauging station and adjusted for water flow. Nonflow-adjusted site percentages were calculated based on a sample size of 38 stations. Indicator FlowAdjusted Sites % Increasing FlowAdjusted Sites % Decreasing FlowAdjusted Sites % No Trend NonflowAdjusted Sites % Increasing NonflowAdjusted Sites % Decreasing NonflowAdjusted Sites % No Trend Nitrate-Nitrite 39% 21% 40% 26% 13% 61% TKN 39% 24% 37% 18% 21% 61% TP 11% 42% 47% 3% 58% 39% TOC 29% 21% 50% 13% 16% 71% Chlorophyll a 45% 18% 37% 34% 45% 21% Fecal Coliform 26% 8% 66% 29% 5% 66% pH 18% 32% 50% 29% 5% 66% DO 45% 8% 47% 42% 8% 50% Table 6.8a. Legend for the Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in Tables 6.8b and 6.8c This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the acronym or abbreviation, and Column 2 spells out the acronym. Acronym/Abbreviation Indicator TKN Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen TP Total Phosphorus TOC Total Organic Carbon DO Dissolved Oxygen pH pH, Field April 1, 2014, Page 105 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.8b. Trends for Specified Analytes for Surface Water Trend Network Stations Associated with a USGS Gaging Station and Adjusted for River Flow This is a 10-column table. Column 1 lists the stations, Column 2 lists the rivers, and Columns 3 through 10 lists the analytes. Positive trends are indicated with a plus sign (+), negative trends are indicated with a minus sign (-), and no trends are indicated by zero (0). NitrateFecal Station River Nitrite TKN TP TOC Chlorophyll a Coliform pH 3494 Barron + + + + 0 0 Fisheating 3497 0 0 0 + + 0 + Creek 3500 St. Lucie 0 0 0 + DO 0 0 + 3509 Anclote - - - 0 - + - 0 3513 Withlacoochee + + + + + 0 - 0 3515 St. Johns 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 3517 Ocklawaha + + 0 + 0 + 0 0 3522 Suwannee + + 0 0 + 0 0 0 3524 Apalachicola + 0 - 0 + 0 - + 3527 Ochlockonee 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 + 3528 St. Marks + 0 0 - - + + + 3530 Suwannee + 0 0 0 + 0 0 + 3531 Econfina Creek + + - 0 - 0 + + 3532 Telogia Creek 0 0 - 0 - 0 0 + 3534 Choctawhatchee + 0 - 0 + 0 - + 0 3535 Suwannee 0 + + + 0 0 0 3539 Withlacoochee + 0 + 0 + 0 0 0 3541 Escambia + + 0 0 + 0 - + 3542 Perdido - + 0 + - 0 - 0 3543 Apalachicola + 0 - 0 + 0 0 + 3545 Blackwater 0 0 - 0 - + 0 + 3549 Escambia + + + 0 + + - + 3554 Alafia - + - + + 0 0 0 3555 Little Manatee 0 + - + 0 + - 0 3556 Peace - + 0 + + + - - 3557 St. Johns 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 3558 Miami Canal - 0 - 0 0 0 + 0 3559 Hillsboro Canal 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 + 3560 Withlacoochee 0 - - - 0 + 0 + 3561 Charlie Creek 0 + 0 + 0 0 - 0 3563 New 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3564 0 + 0 + 0 0 0 0 - - 0 - + 0 - + 3566 Waccasassa Elevenmile Creek Weeki Wachee + + - - - - - - 3568 Caloosahatchee - 0 0 0 + + + + 3569 Little Econ - - - - 0 + + 0 3572 Miami Homosassa Spring 0 - - - + 0 0 + + - 0 - 0 - 0 0 3565 21380 April 1, 2014, Page 106 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.8c. Trends for Specified Analytes for Surface Water Stations from the Trend Network and not Adjusted for River Flow This is a 10-column table. Column 1 lists the stations, Column 2 lists the rivers, and Columns 3 through 10 lists the analytes. Positive trends are indicated with a plus sign (+), negative trends are indicated with a minus sign (-), no trends are indicated by zero (0). NitrateFecal Station River Nitrite TKN TP TOC Chlorophyll a Coliform pH Golden Gate 3495 + 0 + 0 + Canal DO + 3499 Myakka 0 + 0 + + 0 0 0 3501 Kissimmee 0 0 - - + 0 0 + 3502 Phillippe Creek 0 + 0 0 + + 0 - 3504 C-25 Canal - 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 3505 Manatee + + - 0 + + 0 0 3506 C-38 Canal 0 - - - + 0 - - 3507 Hillsborough 0 0 - 0 0 0 - 0 3508 Indian River Lagoon + - - - + - + + 3516 Tomoka 0 0 + - - + + 0 3519 Suwannee 0 + 0 0 0 + 0 0 3521 Santa Fe - + 0 0 - + 0 0 3526 Aucilla 0 0 0 0 - 0 + 0 3533 East Bay - 0 - 0 - 0 0 + 3536 Alaqua Creek - 0 - + - 0 0 + 3537 Nassau 0 0 0 0 + 0 + 0 3538 Alapaha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3540 Ochlockonee 0 0 - 0 + 0 0 + 3544 St. Marys 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 3546 Yellow 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 + 3547 Cowarts Creek + 0 - 0 - 0 0 0 3548 Choctawhatchee + 0 0 0 + 0 0 + 3550 Brushy Creek - - - + - - 0 + 3551 Yellow 0 0 - 0 - 0 0 + 3552 Chipola 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 + 3553 St. Johns 0 0 - 0 + 0 + + 3563 New 0 0 - + - 0 + + 3570 Aerojet Canal + + - 0 0 + + + 3571 Black Creek Canal + 0 0 - + 0 0 + 6976 Econfina 0 + 0 + - + 0 0 6978 Steinhatchee 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 21179 Spruce Creek 0 - - 0 0 + + 0 21200 Rice Creek 0 - - 0 - 0 + + 21201 Moultrie Creek 0 - - 0 - 0 + 0 21202 Orange Creek + - - 0 - 0 0 0 21380 Homosassa Springs + - 0 0 - 0 0 - 21460 Wrights Creek 0 0 0 0 - + 0 0 21461 Big Coldwater Creek + 0 - 0 - + 0 0 April 1, 2014, Page 107 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.15. Surface Water Trends for Nitrate-Nitrite, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 108 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  There were 24 stations with increasing trends and 13 stations with decreasing trends for nitrate-nitrite around the state. The far western Panhandle had four of the decreasing trend stations, while the remaining stations were located throughout the rest of the state. Trends in nitrate-nitrite may indicate changes in anthropogenic input. April 1, 2014, Page 109 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.16. Surface Water Trends for TKN, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 110 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  Twenty-two stations had increasing trends for TKN, and 16 stations had decreasing trends. The TKN is ammonia plus organic nitrogen. April 1, 2014, Page 111 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.17. Surface Water Trends for TP, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 112 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  There were five stations with increasing trends for TP and 37 stations with decreasing trends across the state. One of the areas of increasing trends is the Suwannee River. Phosphorus is found naturally in ground water in many areas of the state. April 1, 2014, Page 113 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.18. Surface Water Trends for TOC, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 114 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  There were 15 stations with increasing trends and 14 stations with decreasing trends for TOC across the state. There is no distinct pattern to either the increasing or decreasing trends. April 1, 2014, Page 115 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.19. Surface Water Trends for Chlorophyll a, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 116 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  The trends for chlorophyll a were mixed, with 30 stations having an increasing trend and 22 stations a decreasing trend, with much of peninsular Florida increasing. Chlorophyll a is a photosynthetic pigment and may be used as a surrogate indicator of changes in plant biomass related to nutrients. April 1, 2014, Page 117 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.20. Surface Water Trends for Fecal Coliform Bacteria, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 118 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  There were 21 stations with an increasing trend for fecal coliform bacteria and five stations with a decreasing trend. Increased levels of fecal coliform in surface waters can indicate inadequate treatment of domestic wastewater, sewer line spills, or failing septic tanks; however, there are also many natural sources of coliform, and the EPA no longer supports the use of fecal coliform as an indicator organism. April 1, 2014, Page 119 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.21. Surface Water Trends for pH, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 120 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  There were 17 stations with increasing trends and 14 stations with decreasing trends for pH around the state. April 1, 2014, Page 121 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.22. Surface Water Trends for DO, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 122 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights  There were 32 stations with increasing trends for DO concentrations and five stations with decreasing trends. The Panhandle stations had either no trends or increasing trends, while the rest of the state had mixed results. April 1, 2014, Page 123 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Ground Water Trends Ground water trend analyses were performed in the same manner as the surface water trend analyses. As stated previously, reporting the trend as increasing, decreasing, or no trend indicates the direction of the slope and does not indicate the impairment or improvement of the analyte being measured in the waters. Twenty-three of the wells tap confined aquifers, while 24 tap unconfined aquifers. Table 6.9 provides a general statewide overview of the analyses conducted on the ground water trend data (1999–2012). For the results of the analyses by station, see Tables 6.10b and 6.10c. Figures 6.23 through 6.41 show the results graphically for each analyte. At some locations there are multiple wells tapping different areas of the aquifers. These are shown in the figures as a bubble grouping. Table 6.10a contains the legend for the acronyms and abbreviations used in Tables 6.10b and 6.10c. Table 6.9. Ground Water Trend Summary (1999–2012) This is a nine-column table. Column 1 lists the indicators, Columns 2, 3, 4, and 5 show the percentages of increasing, decreasing, no trend, and insufficient data for the confined aquifers, respectively; and Columns 6, 7, 8, and 9 list the unconfined aquifers percentages. Note: Unconfined aquifer percentages were calculated based on a sample size of 24 stations. Confined aquifer percentages were calculated based on a sample size of 23 stations. Indicator Confined Aquifers % Increasing Confined Aquifers % Decreasing Confined Aquifers % No Trend Confined Aquifers % Insufficient Data Unconfined Aquifers % Increasing Unconfined Aquifers % Decreasing Unconfined Aquifers % No Trend Unconfined Aquifers % Insufficient Data Temperature Specific Conductance DO 4% 35% 61% 0% 8% 71% 21% 0% 35% 22% 43% 0% 58% 21% 21% 0% 44% 4% 52% 0% 50% 17% 33% 0% pH 13% 35% 52% 0% 25% 33% 42% 0% Depth to Water 9% 0% 87% 4% 12% 17% 67% 4% TDS 17% 22% 61% 0% 38% 8% 54% 0% TOC 9% 17% 74% 0% 4% 50% 46% 0% Nitrate + Nitrite OrthoPhosphate Phosphorus 0% 4% 91% 5% 12% 17% 71% 0% 17% 13% 70% 0% 8% 21% 71% 0% 9% 17% 70% 4% 8% 25% 67% 0% Potassium 30% 0% 65% 5% 8% 0% 67% 25% Sulfate 22% 4% 70% 4% 25% 25% 50% 0% Sodium 39% 0% 56% 5% 29% 21% 50% 0% Chloride 35% 0% 61% 4% 33% 8% 59% 0% Calcium 22% 4% 70% 4% 38% 4% 58% 0% Magnesium 22% 0% 74% 4% 37% 17% 46% 0% Alkalinity 35% 4% 57% 4% 42% 12% 46% 0% Total Coliform 0% 0% 100% 0% 4% 0% 75% 21% Fecal Coliform 0% 0% 100% 0% 4% 0% 50% 46% April 1, 2014, Page 124 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.10a. Legend for the Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in Tables 6.10b and 6.10c This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the acronym or abbreviation, and Column 2 spells out the acronym. Acronym/Abbreviation Indicator Temp Temperature (°C) SC Specific Conductance, Field DO Dissolved Oxygen, Field pH pH, Field WL Depth to Water (from measuring point) TDS Total Dissolved Solids (TDS measured) TOC Total Organic Carbon NO X Nitrate + Nitrite, Dissolved (as N) Ortho P Orthophosphate, Dissolved (as P) P Phosphorus, Dissolved (as P) K Potassium, Dissolved SO 4 Sulfate, Dissolved Na Sodium, Dissolved Cl Chloride, Dissolved Ca Calcium, Dissolved Mg Magnesium, Dissolved ALK Alkalinity, Dissolved (as calcium carbonate [CaCO3]) TC Coliform, Total (membrane filter [MF] method) FC Coliform, Fecal (MF method) April 1, 2014, Page 125 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.10b. Trends for Specified Analytes for Stations in the Ground Water Trend Monitoring Network, Confined Aquifers This is a 20-column table. Column 1 lists the stations, and Columns 2 through 20 list the individual analytes. Note: A positive trend is indicated with a plus sign (+), a negative trend is indicated with a minus sign (-), no trend is indicated by a zero (0), and ISD indicates insufficient data to determine a trend. * Trend is based on data collected from December 2000– June 2011. Station Temp SC DO pH WL TDS TOC NO X Ortho P P K SO 4 Na Cl Ca Mg ALK TC FC 243 0 + 0 0 0 + 0 - + - 0 0 + 0 0 + + 0 0 312 0 - 0 + - 0 0 + 0 - 0 0 + 0 + 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 + + 0 + 0 + 0 0 615* + 0 0 0 707 - 0 + - 0 + 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 737 - + + - 0 0 0 0 - - + 0 + + 0 + 0 0 0 775 + - 0 - + 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 997 0 - 0 + - 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 + 0 0 + + 0 0 1417 0 + 0 0 0 + + 0 0 0 + - + 0 + + + 0 0 1420 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1674 0 - - - 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 + + + - 0 - 0 0 1762 0 0 0 + 0 0 - 0 0 0 + 0 + + 0 0 0 0 0 1763 - + 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 + + + + + + 0 0 0 0 1779 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 1780 - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 2187 0 - + + + 0 0 ISD 0 ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD 0 0 2353 0 + + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + 0 + 0 + 0 0 2404 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 2585 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + 0 0 0 0 0 2675 - + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2873 0 0 + 0 0 - 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3108 0 - + + 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3433 0 0 + 0 ISD 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 + - 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 + + + + 0 0 0 0 7935 April 1, 2014, Page 126 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 6.10c. Trends for Specified Analytes for Stations in the Ground Water Trend Monitoring Network, Unconfined Aquifers This is a 20-column table. Column 1 lists the stations, and Columns 2 through 20 list the analytes. Note: A positive trend is indicated with a plus sign (+), a negative trend is indicated with a minus sign (-), no trend is indicated by zero (0), and ISD indicates insufficient data to determine a trend. Station Temp SC DO pH WL TDS TOC NO X Ortho P P K SO 4 Na Cl Ca Mg ALK TC FC 67 - + - 0 ISD + 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ISD 0 91 - + 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 129 - + 0 0 - - - 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 + 0 ISD 131 0 + 0 - - + - 0 0 0 ISD 0 + + + 0 - 0 ISD 245 + + + 0 0 0 - 0 0 - ISD + + + 0 + 0 0 ISD 313 0 0 + + 0 0 - 0 0 0 ISD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 736 - 0 + - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 996 - - + - 0 0 0 + - - 0 - - 0 0 0 0 ISD ISD 1087 - 0 + - - 0 - 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 + + 0 0 0 1100 - + 0 - + + - 0 0 0 0 + 0 + + + + 0 0 1764 - 0 0 + 0 0 + 0 0 + + - 0 + + - + 0 ISD 1781 - - + - - - 0 + - - 0 0 + + - 0 - 0 0 1931 - + - 0 + + 0 0 + 0 ISD + + 0 + + + ISD 0 1943 - + - 0 0 0 - - - - ISD - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2003 - + - 0 0 0 0 - + + 0 0 - 0 0 + 0 0 + 2259 - + 0 - 0 + - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + + + + 0 2465 0 + + 0 0 + 0 - 0 0 ISD - - 0 + + + ISD ISD 2793 - + 0 - 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 + 0 + + 0 ISD 2872 + - + 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 - 0 + 0 - 0 0 ISD 3109 - + + + 0 + - 0 - 0 + + + + + + - 0 ISD 3398 - + 0 + 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 ISD 3490 0 - + 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 - - 0 - + ISD ISD 6490 - - + + 0 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 - + 0 0 7934 0 0 + + + + - + 0 0 0 + - - + 0 0 0 0 April 1, 2014, Page 127 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.23. Ground Water Trends for Temperature, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 128 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported one station with an increasing trend and eight stations with a decreasing trend for temperature.  There were two stations with increasing trends in the unconfined aquifer wells and 17 stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 129 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.24. Ground Water Trends for Specific Conductance, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 130 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported eight stations with an increasing trend and five stations with a decreasing trend for specific conductance.  There were 14 stations with increasing trends in the unconfined aquifer wells and five stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 131 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.25. Ground Water Trends for DO, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 132 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported 10 stations with an increasing trend and one station with a decreasing trend for DO.  There were 12 stations with increasing trends in the unconfined aquifer wells and four stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 133 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.26. Ground Water Trends for pH, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 134 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported three stations with an increasing trend and eight stations with a decreasing trend for pH.  There were six stations with increasing trends in the unconfined aquifer wells and eight stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 135 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.27. Ground Water Trends for Depth to Water, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 136 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported two stations with increasing trends for depth to water, no stations with decreasing trends, and one station with insufficient data to determine a trend. Increasing trends indicate the water level in the well is falling relative to mean sea level; a decreasing trend indicates the water level in the well is rising.  There were three stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and four stations with a decreasing trend. One station had insufficient data. April 1, 2014, Page 137 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.28. Ground Water Trends for Total Dissolved Solids, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 138 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported four of the stations with an increasing trend and five stations with a decreasing trend for TDS.  There were nine stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and two stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 139 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.29. Ground Water Trends for Total Organic Carbon, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 140 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported two of the stations with an increasing trend and four stations with a decreasing trend for TOC.  There was one station with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and 12 stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 141 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.30. Ground Water Trends for Nitrate-Nitrite, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 142 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported no stations with an increasing trend and two of the stations with a decreasing trend for nitrate-nitrite.  There were three stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and four stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 143 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.31. Ground Water Trends for Orthophosphate, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 144 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported four stations with an increasing trend and three of the stations with a decreasing trend for orthophosphate.  There were two stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and five stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 145 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.32. Ground Water Trends for Total Phosphorus, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 146 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported two stations with an increasing trend and four stations with a decreasing trend for phosphorus. One station had insufficient data.  There were two stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and six stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 147 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.33. Ground Water Trends for Potassium, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 148 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported seven stations with increasing trends and none of the stations with a decreasing trend for potassium. One station had insufficient data.  There were two stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and no stations with decreasing trends. Six stations had insufficient data. April 1, 2014, Page 149 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.34. Ground Water Trends for Sulfate, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 150 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported five stations with an increasing trend and one of the stations with a decreasing trend for sulfate. One station had insufficient data.  There were six stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and six stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 151 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.35. Ground Water Trends for Sodium, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 152 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported 10 stations with an increasing trend and no stations with a decreasing trend for sodium. One station had insufficient data.  There were seven stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and five stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 153 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.36. Ground Water Trends for Chloride, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 154 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported eight stations with an increasing trend and no stations with a decreasing trend for chloride. One station had insufficient data.  There were eight stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and two stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 155 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.37. Ground Water Trends for Calcium, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 156 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported five stations with an increasing trend and one station with a decreasing trend for calcium. One station had insufficient data.  There were nine stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and one station with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 157 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.38. Ground Water Trends for Magnesium, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 158 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported five stations with an increasing trend and no stations with decreasing trends for magnesium. One station had insufficient data.  There were nine stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and four stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 159 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.39. Ground Water Trends for Alkalinity, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 160 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported eight stations with an increasing trend and one station with a decreasing trend for alkalinity. One station had insufficient data.  There were 10 stations with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and three stations with a decreasing trend. April 1, 2014, Page 161 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.40. Ground Water Trends for Total Coliform, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 162 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported no stations with either an increasing or decreasing trend for total coliform.  There was one station with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and no stations with a decreasing trend. Five stations had insufficient data. April 1, 2014, Page 163 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 6.41. Ground Water Trends for Fecal Coliform, 1999–2012 April 1, 2014, Page 164 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Highlights:  The trend analyses for the confined aquifer wells reported no stations with either an increasing or decreasing trend for fecal coliform.  There was one station with an increasing trend in the unconfined aquifer wells and no stations with a decreasing trend. Eleven stations had insufficient data. April 1, 2014, Page 165 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 7: Overview of Strategic Monitoring and Assessment Methodology for Surface Water Historical Perspective on the Assessment Methodology In 1999, the Florida Legislature enacted the FWRA (Section 403.067, F.S.), which authorized the Department to develop a rule under which waters of the state would be assessed to determine impairment status for the purpose of developing TMDLs, as required by the CWA. Beginning in July 1999, the Department held extensive meetings of a TAC to establish and develop the scientific basis for the new rule. At the conclusion of this process, the ERC adopted Florida’s Identification of Impaired Surface Waters Rule (IWR; Chapter 62-303, F.A.C.) on April 26, 2001. Although the IWR has been amended since it was initially adopted, the basic methodology has not changed. The IWR was most recently amended on August 1, 2013, to include a revised DO criterion and numeric interpretations of the narrative nutrient criterion. The current IWR is available online. Assessment Methodology: The Impaired Surface Waters Rule According to the EPA, “The assessment methodology constitutes the decision process (including principles of science, statistics, and logic used in interpreting data and information relevant to water quality conditions) that a state employs to determine which of the five integrated reporting categories a waterbody segment belongs. It is important that assessment methodologies must be consistent with applicable water quality standards. They should also be consistent with sound science and statistics” (Regas 2005). The Department evaluates the water quality of the waters of the state using the science-based methodology described in Chapter 62-303, F.A.C. The IWR describes a detailed process by which waters of the state (waterbody segments) are evaluated for attainment and whether they are meeting applicable water quality standards, and includes a statistical methodology (the binomial method) for identifying waters with exceedances of water quality criteria designed to protect aquatic life. The methodology has been designed to provide a required level of confidence to ensure that the outcome of the water quality assessment is representative of current water quality conditions. In addition to assessment and listing thresholds, the IWR also: (1) describes data sufficiency requirements; (2) addresses data quality objectives; and (3) describes the requirements for delisting segments previously identified as April 1, 2014, Page 166 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report impaired, or those placed on the 1998 303(d) list. Although new water quality standards for DO and NNC were adopted, these were after the period encompassed by this report, and therefore were not analyzed, nor were they used to assess attainment in this report. While blooms of cyanobacteria can occur naturally, they are frequently associated with elevated nutrient concentrations, slow-moving water, and warm temperatures; however, notable blooms can occur almost any time of year due to Florida’s subtropical climate. Appendix C describes the provisions of the IWR methodology in greater detail. Description of the Watershed Management Approach The IWR is implemented following the Department’s watershed management approach. Under this approach, which is based on a five-year basin rotation, Florida’s 52 hydrologic unit code (HUC) basins (51 HUCs plus the Florida Keys) are distributed among 29 basin groups. These basin groups are located within the six Department districts, with five basin groups in each of the Northwest, Central, Southwest, South, and Southeast Districts, and four basin groups in the Northeast District. One basin group in each district is assessed each year (except for the Northeast). Table 7.1 lists the basin groups for each of the Department districts that are included in each year of the basin rotation. Table 7.1. Basin Groups for Implementing the Watershed Management Cycle, by Departmental District This is a six-column table. Column 1 lists the Department districts, and Columns 2 through 5 list the basin groups for each of the basin rotations, Groups 1 through 5, respectively. - = No basin assessed Departmental District Northeast Group 1 Basins Ochlockonee– St. Marks Suwannee Group 2 Basins Apalachicola– Chipola Lower St. Johns Group 3 Basins Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew - Central Ocklawaha Middle St. Johns Upper St. Johns Kissimmee River Southwest Tampa Bay Sarasota Bay– Peace–Myakka Withlacoochee Springs Coast South Everglades West Coast Tampa Bay Tributaries Charlotte Harbor Caloosahatchee Fisheating Creek Florida Keys Southeast Lake Okeechobee St. Lucie– Loxahatchee Lake Worth Lagoon– Palm Beach Coast Southeast Coast– Biscayne Bay Everglades Northwest Group 4 Basins Group 5 Basins Pensacola Perdido Nassau–St. Marys Upper East Coast Indian River Lagoon Implementation of the TMDL Program under the Rotating Basin Approach The implementation of the TMDL Program (monitoring, assessment, identification of impaired waters, development of TMDLs, and development of BMAPs and implementation of TMDLs) under the rotating basin approach includes five distinct phases (Table 7.2), as follows: April 1, 2014, Page 167 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 7.2. Phases of the Basin Management Cycle This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the phase of the basin rotation, Column 2 lists the corresponding year of the five-year basin rotation, and Column 3 describes the activities associated with each phase. Phase Activities Year 1 - Identify stakeholders/participants - Obtain data and enter into Florida STORET - Conduct basin kick-off technical working group meeting to introduce cycle - Primary Products: >Develop Planning List of potentially impaired waters >Develop Strategic Monitoring Plan (SMP) for assessments performed in support of TMDL Program Phase 2: Strategic Monitoring Years 2–3 - Carry out strategic monitoring to collect additional data identified in Phase 1 - Acquire additional data and enter into Florida STORET - Evaluate new data and incorporate findings into draft version of Verified List of impaired waters and Delist List (additional ancillary lists are distributed, but are not adopted by Department Secretary as update to 303[d] list) - Distribute draft Verified List of impaired waters and Delist List for review - Conduct public meetings and request/respond to public comments from stakeholders on draft version of Verified List of impaired waters and Delist List - Primary Products: >Finalize Verified List of impaired waters and Delist List for Secretarial adoption >Adopt Verified List of impaired waters and Delist List by Secretarial Order >Submit finalized Verified List of impaired waters and Delist List to EPA as update to 303(d) list Phase 3: TMDL Development Years 2–4 - Complete TMDLs for verified impaired waters according to prioritization Phase 1: Preliminary Basin Evaluation  Schedule Phase 4: Development of BMAPs Year 4 - Finalize management goals/objectives - Develop draft BMAP, including TMDL allocation - Identify monitoring and management partnerships, needed rule changes and legislative action, and funding opportunities - Develop Monitoring and Evaluation Plans - Seek funding - Obtain participant commitment to implement plans Phase 5: Implementation Year 5+ - Implement BMAPs - Carry out rule development/legislative action Phase 1: Development of the Planning List During the first phase of any basin rotation cycle, the Department initially evaluates all readily available water quality and biological data, using the methodology described in the IWR. During this phase, water segments that are identified as potentially not meeting water quality standards are included on a Planning List.  Phase 2: Development of the Verified List of Impaired Waters During the second phase of the basin rotation, the Department implements additional sampling and strategic monitoring activities, focusing on those waters that were April 1, 2014, Page 168 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report identified and placed on the Planning List during the first phase of the basin rotation. The goal of these activities is to ensure that sufficient data and/or ancillary information are available to determine (i.e., to “verify”)—using the methodology described in the IWR—whether a waterbody segment is impaired and if the impairment is caused by a pollutant. In conjunction with the determination of impairment status, the Department actively solicits stakeholder input, and assessment results are finalized at the end of the second phase based on available data. To conclude the second phase of the basin rotation, after the assessments have been completed, those waterbody segments identified and verified as impaired are placed on the state’s Verified List of impaired waters. Correspondingly, those waterbody segments determined to be no longer impaired or in need of a TMDL are placed on the Delist List. Both the Verified and Delist Lists are adopted by Secretarial Order and submitted to the EPA to update the state’s 303(d) list. Waterbody segments identified as not meeting water quality standards due to a pollutant are prioritized for TMDL development. The priority ranking considers the severity of the impairment and the designated uses of the segment, taking into account the most serious water quality problems, most valuable and threatened resources, and risk to human health and aquatic life. Segments verified as impaired are initially assigned a medium priority. A high priority is assigned if: (1) the impairment poses a threat to potable water supplies or to human health, or (2) the impairment is due to a pollutant that has contributed to the decline or extirpation of a federally listed threatened or endangered species. Impairments due to exceedances of fecal coliform criteria are assigned a low priority. Waters listed due to fish consumption advisories for mercury are designated high priority. In September 2012, the Department adopted a statewide mercury TMDL that requires an 86% reduction in all emission sources. The Department intends to address all listings with a high priority within five years after they are added to the Verified List, to address listings with a medium priority within five to 10 years (subject to available resources), and to address listings with a low priority within 10 years. April 1, 2014, Page 169 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  Phase 3: TMDL Development The third phase of the basin rotation cycle consists primarily of TMDL development and is initiated when the Verified List is adopted by Secretarial Order. When TMDLs are completed for segments on the Verified List, they are adopted by rule, and those segments are subsequently removed from the state’s Verified List of impaired waters.  Phases 4 and 5: BMAP Development and Implementation During the fourth phase of the watershed management cycle, a BMAP aimed at reducing the pollutant loads linked to the verified impairments may be developed, and implementation is initiated in the fifth phase of the basin rotation cycle to achieve the pollutant reduction goals of the TMDL. Focus on Outcomes One of the key benefits provided by the iterative nature of the watershed management cycle is the ability to evaluate the effectiveness of management activities (i.e., BMAP and TMDL implementation, the extent to which water quality objectives are being met, and whether individual waters are no longer impaired) using the results of monitoring conducted in subsequent cycles of the basin rotation. For example, each adopted BMAP includes a monitoring component designed to assess progress in improving water quality in conjunction with the implementation of pollutant load reduction projects. The monitoring program (ambient and stormwater) is developed collaboratively with local stakeholders to ensure that there is cooperation in the sampling effort and that the sampling program is adequately robust to demonstrate water quality changes in the impaired waterbody. Monitoring results are uploaded to Florida STORET, and water quality trend evaluations are conducted during the basin rotation cycle. These results are used to inform future monitoring, assessment, and restoration activities. Assessment Periods for the Planning and Verified List Assessments Table 7.3 displays the time frames for the assessment periods for the Planning and Verified Lists for each of the five basin groups for the first three cycles of the basin rotation. Assessments for the second basin rotation were recently completed, and assessments for the waters in the first basin group for the third cycle were performed in 2012 and adopted by Secretarial Order in February 2013. April 1, 2014, Page 170 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 7.3. Data Used in Developing the Planning and Verified Lists for the Basin Rotation Cycles This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the cycle rotation, Column 2 lists the basin group, Column 3 lists the planning period, and Column 4 lists the verified period. Cycle Rotation Basin Group Planning Period Verified Period 1 1 1989–1998 1/1/1995–6/30/2002 1 2 1991–2000 1/1/1996–6/30/2003 1 3 1992–2001 1/1/1997–6/30/2004 1 4 1993–2002 1/1/1998–6/30/2005 1 5 1994–2003 1/1/1999–6/30/2006 2 1 1995–2004 1/1/2000–6/30/2007 2 2 1996–2005 1/1/2001–6/30/2008 2 3 1997–2006 1/1/2002–6/30/2009 2 4 1998–2007 1/1/2003–6/30/2010 2 5 1999–2008 1/1/2004–6/30/2011 3 1 2000–09 1/1/2005–6/30/2012 3 2 2002–11 1/1/2007–6/30/2014 3 3 2003–12 1/1/2008–6/30/2015 3 4 2004–13 1/1/2009–6/30/2016 3 5 2005–14 1/1/20010–6/30/2017 Determination of Use Attainment Section 303(c) of the CWA requires that water quality standards established by the states and tribes include appropriate uses to be achieved and protected for jurisdictional waters. The CWA also establishes the national goal of “fishable and swimmable” for all waters wherever that goal is attainable. In Florida, the designated uses for waters of the state are established and protected within a surface water quality classification system (Chapter 62-302, F.A.C.). Class-specific water quality criteria for specific analytes describe the water quality necessary to meet the present and future most beneficial designated uses for surface water in the state. The section on Florida’s Water Quality Standards (WQS) Program in Chapter 11 of this report provides the details of this classification system. Table 7.4 summarizes the EPA reporting categories based on designated use attainment and the corresponding surface water classifications that have been implemented in the Florida Surface Water Quality Standards (Chapter 62-302, F.A.C.). April 1, 2014, Page 171 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 7.4. Designated Use Attainment Categories for Surface Waters in Florida This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the designated use attainment category used in the IWR evaluation, and Column 2 lists the applicable Florida surface water classification. Designated Use Attainment Category Used in the IWR Evaluation Applicable Florida Surface Water Classification Aquatic Life Use Support-Based Attainment Class I, II, and III Primary Contact and Recreation Attainment Class I, II, and III Fish and Shellfish Consumption Attainment Class II Drinking Water Use Attainment Class I Protection of Human Health Class I, II, and III Although the IWR establishes the assessment methodology for identifying impaired waters, the EPA has actively encouraged states to use a five-category reporting system in reporting the status of all jurisdictional waters (segments) in meeting their relevant water quality standards. Under this reporting system, states may establish additional subcategories to further enhance or refine the framework provided by the EPA. The system that the Department has developed and implemented to report use attainment based on IWR assessment results and listing decisions is based on EPA’s five-category system, but includes additional subcategories (see Table 7.5). For example, under the EPA reporting framework, Category 3 identifies segments for which there are insufficient data to determine whether water quality standards are being met. The Department has implemented Subcategories 3a and 3b to distinguish between those waterbody segments for which no data and/or information are available (3a), and those segments for which some data and/or information may be available, but those data do not meet the data sufficiency requirements as described in the IWR (3b). Although assessments performed under the IWR and listing decisions are based on specific assessment periods, the EPA has also encouraged listing decisions for specific segments to incorporate an additional review of all water quality data from the entire period of record (POR). To accommodate this request, the Department has developed a process to incorporate additional data from the entire period of record (when these are available and can be determined to meet Departmental QA requirements). Figure 7.1 illustrates the process by which additional data from the POR are incorporated into assessments performed under the IWR. April 1, 2014, Page 172 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 7.5. Categories for Waterbodies or Waterbody Segments in the 2014 Integrated Report This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the waterbody categories, Column 2 describes the category, and Column 3 provides comments regarding the Department’s use of the category. Note: The descriptions in this table reflect the EPA’s use attainment categories. In the Basin Status Reports for Groups 1 through 3 and in the Water Quality Assessment Reports for Groups 1 through 2 that were previously produced, Categories 4b and 4c were reversed. That is, the description of Category 4b was previously listed as Category 4c, and the description of Category 4c was listed as Category 4b. The TMDLs are established only for impairments caused by pollutants (a TMDL quantifies how much of a given pollutant a waterbody can receive and still meet its designated uses). For purposes of the TMDL Program, pollutants are chemical and biological constituents, introduced by humans into a waterbody, that may result in pollution (water quality impairment). Other causes of pollution, such as the physical alteration of a waterbody (e.g., canals, dams, and ditches) are not linked to specific pollutants. 1 Category Description Comments 1 Indicates that all designated uses are attained. Currently not used by the Department. 2 Indicates that sufficient data are available to determine that at least one designated use is attained and insufficient data or no information are available to determine if remaining uses are attained. If attainment is verified for some designated uses of a waterbody or segment, the Department will propose partial delisting for those uses that are attained. Future monitoring will be recommended to acquire sufficient data and/or information to determine if the remaining designated uses are attained. 3a Indicates that no data and/or information are available to determine if any designated use is attained. Future monitoring will be recommended to acquire sufficient data and/or information to determine if designated uses are attained. 3b Indicates that although some data and/or information are available, available data are insufficient to determine if the designated use is attained. Future monitoring will be recommended to acquire sufficient data and/or information to determine if designated uses are attained. 3c Indicates that sufficient data are available to determine that at least one designated use is not attained using the Planning List methodology in the IWR. These waters are placed on the Planning List and will be prioritized for future monitoring to acquire sufficient data and/or information to determine if designated uses are attained. 3d Indicates that sufficient data are available to determine that at least one designated use is not attained using the Verified List methodology. It has been determined that water quality standards for these waters are not being met. However, no impairment has yet been verified, and it has not yet been determined whether TMDL development will be required. 4a Indicates a segment that has been identified as not attaining one or more designated uses, but TMDL development is not needed because a TMDL has already been completed. After the EPA approves a TMDL for the impaired waterbody or segment, it will be included in a BMAP to reduce pollutant loading toward attainment of designated use(s). 4b Indicates a segment that has been identified as not attaining one or more designated uses, but does not require TMDL development because the water will attain water quality standards due to existing or proposed pollution control measures. Pollutant control mechanisms designed to attain applicable water quality standards within a reasonable time frame have either already been proposed or are already in place. Indicates a segment that has been identified as not attaining one or more designated uses, but the impairment is not caused by a pollutant and therefore TMDL development is not needed.1 This category includes segments that do not meet their water quality standards due to naturally occurring conditions or pollution; such circumstances more frequently appear linked to impairments for low DO or elevated iron concentrations. In these cases, the impairment observed is not caused by specific pollutants but is believed to represent a naturally occurring condition, or to be caused by pollution. 4c April 1, 2014, Page 173 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Category Description 4d Indicates a segment that has been identified as not attaining one or more designated uses, but no causative pollutant has been identified. This category includes segments that do not meet their water quality standards, but no causative pollutant has been identified. This typically applies to low DO or failed biological assessments. 4e Indicates a segment that has been identified as not attaining one or more designated uses, but recently completed or ongoing restoration activities are expected to restore the designated uses. Restoration activities for this waterbody have been completed or are ongoing, such that once the activities are completed or the waterbody has had a chance to stabilize, the Department believes it will meet its designated uses. One or more designated uses is not attained and a TMDL is required. Waterbodies or segments in this category are impaired for one or more designated uses by a pollutant or pollutants. Waters in this category are included on the basin-specific Verified List adopted by the Secretary of the Department as Florida’s impaired waters list and submitted to the EPA as Florida’s 303(d) list of impaired waters at the end of Phase 2. 5 Comments Sources of Data Chapter 62-303, F.A.C., provides that the primary source for data used for assessment purposes is Florida STORET (or its successor database). Although the vast majority of IWR assessments rely almost entirely on data from Florida STORET, this data source is supplemented, as required, with data obtained from other sources. Data acquired from Legacy STORET currently account for approximately only 35% of the data available for assessment purposes, with data from Florida STORET accounting for the majority of the remainder. A relatively small proportion of the data used in the IWR assessment is provided directly by individual organizations and data providers without having first been loaded into Florida STORET. Table 7.6 lists the organizations that have provided data used for assessments performed under the IWR. These data are routinely made available by the Department in the IWR database, which is linked to the Watershed Assessment Program website (data for many of these agencies and organizations are available via links on their own website[s]). Additional information used to assess waterbody health is acquired from FDOH, including fish consumption advisories and information for beach closures, advisories, and/or warnings. The FDACS provides information pertaining to the classification of shellfish-harvesting areas. April 1, 2014, Page 174 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 7.1. Period of Record (POR) Assessment Flow Chart April 1, 2014, Page 175 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 7.6. Organizations Providing Data Used in the IWR Assessments This is a single-column table listing the organizations providing data. Name of Organization Alabama Department of Environmental Management Alachua County Atkins Babcock Ranch Community Independent Special District Bream Fishermen Association Brevard County Broward County Cardno ENTRIX Charlotte County Charlotte Harbor National Estuary Program Choctawhatchee Basin Alliance City of Cape Coral City of Jacksonville City of Key West City of Lakeland City of Maitland City of Naples City of Orlando City of Port St. Joe City of Port St. Lucie City of Punta Gorda City of Sanibel City of Tallahassee City of Tampa City of West Palm Beach Collier County Conservancy of Southwest Florida Dade County Emerald Coast Utility Authority Environmental Research and Design, Inc Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services Florida Department of Environmental Protection Florida Department of Health Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission Florida LAKEWATCH/Baywatch Georgia Department of Environmental Resources Georgia Environmental Protection Division Gilchrist County Gulf Power Company Hillsborough County IMC-Agrico Indian River County Jacksonville Electric Authority April 1, 2014, Page 176 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Name of Organization Lake County Lake Worth Drainage District Lee County Leon County Loxahatchee River District Manatee County Marine Resources Council of East Florida McGlynn Laboratories Mote Marine Laboratory Northwest Florida Water Management District Orange County Palm Beach County Palm Coast Community Service Corporation Pasco County Peace River Manasota Regional Water Supply Authority Pinellas County Polk County Reedy Creek Improvement District Sanibel-Captiva Conservation Foundation Sarasota County Save the Bay Association Seminole County SMR Communities South Florida Water Management District Southwest Florida Water Management District St. Johns County St. Johns River Water Management District St. Lucie County Suwannee River Water Management District Tampa Bay Water Authority The Nature Conservancy U.S. Army Corps of Engineers U.S. Department of Defense U.S. Environmental Protection Agency U.S. Forest Service U.S. Geological Survey U.S. National Park Service Volusia County Watershed Action Volunteers IWR Strategic Monitoring The goal of the IWR strategic monitoring is to ensure that sufficient data are available with which to make reliable assessment decisions. The IWR strategic monitoring is driven by a set of Strategic Monitoring Plans (SMPs) that are provided to each of the Department’s district offices annually. Samples collected April 1, 2014, Page 177 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report by district staff may be supplemented by contract sampling when required to ensure that an adequate sample size will be available to perform assessments under the IWR, particularly in the case of highpriority waters. Analyses of samples that are collected under the SMPs are primarily performed by the Department’s Central Laboratory. Results for analyses of samples collected under the SMPs are subsequently made available for IWR assessment purposes and, more generally, to the entire TMDL Program, as well as for other programmatic needs and public consumption, after they have been loaded into Florida STORET. Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Criteria The IWR addresses QA/QC by requiring all data providers to use established SOPs and NELAC-certified laboratories to generate results intended for use in assessments performed under the IWR. In addition, all data are required to meet QA rule requirements (Chapter 62-160, F.A.C.). To ensure that the QA/QC objectives of the TMDL Program are being met, the Department’s Environmental Assessment Section (EAS), upon request, conducts audits of data providers on behalf of the TMDL Program. Rationales for Not Using Existing Data In assessing surface water quality under the IWR, the Department attempts to assemble and use all existing and readily available ambient surface water quality data. Measurements or observations that are known not to be representative of ambient waters (e.g., data for water coming out of a discharge pipe or known to have been collected within approved mixing zones) are not included in assessments performed under the IWR. Data gathered from locations that may not be representative, or during periods that are unrepresentative, of the general condition of the waterbody (e.g., samples collected during or immediately after a hurricane, or linked to a short-term event such as a sewage spill) are subject to additional review before they are included in the IWR assessment process. During the review of water quality data, specific errors or discrepancies that may preclude data from being used for assessment purposes are sometimes encountered. These types of errors or discrepancies may include systemic issues in the data received from a particular data provider (e.g., errors in the conversion of units, errors caused by using an incorrect fraction to characterize an analyte, or other data-handling errors that may have occurred in conjunction with the data-loading process). April 1, 2014, Page 178 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report When such errors or discrepancies are encountered, the data are excluded from further processing, and the Department works with the data provider to resolve the issue. After the problems have been resolved, the corrected data are (re)loaded to Florida STORET and made available for assessments performed under the IWR. If, as a result of QA/QC audits performed on behalf of the TMDL Program, deficiencies are noted, specific portions of the data received from the audited agency may be excluded from assessments performed under the IWR. For audits of agencies where deficiencies have been identified, the EAS will provide a recommendation for data use to the TMDL Program. Such recommendations generally apply only to the water quality data for specific analytes, and within a specific time frame. Specific sets of data may also be excluded for regulatory reasons. Table 7.7 provides additional details about the specific types of data that have been excluded from assessments performed under the IWR. Public Participation in the Process During the assessment and list development process, the Department provides numerous opportunities for public participation in meetings and workshops held during each listing cycle within assessed basins throughout the state. Citizens, stakeholders, and other interested parties are encouraged to provide comments and feedback on the draft lists in person at basin-specific public meetings held throughout the state, and/or in writing. The public is notified of upcoming list development activities through e-mails to basin-specific interested parties via distribution lists that are maintained by the Department, as well as in announcements in the Florida Administrative Register (FAR). Notices may also be published in selected newspapers located throughout the state. In addition, this information is posted on the Department’s Watershed Assessment website. The types of information solicited by the Department through the public participation process typically include the following:  Comments on the appropriateness of the listing for individual waterbody segments. April 1, 2014, Page 179 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  Updated and/or more recent information about the listed waters, including water quality and bioassessment data.  Additional supporting information (such as evidence of algal blooms or site-specific studies about nutrient impairment in area waters).  Information about planned pollution control mechanisms. Additional types of information of particular interest to the Department during the most recently completed assessment cycle also included the following:  Information on the existing uses of waterbodies and other designated uses that may no longer be attained (e.g., shellfish harvesting). When additional information or data is provided prior to and/or during the public comment period, it is evaluated and, if necessary, the assessment results may be revised before the lists are finalized by Secretarial adoption and subsequently submitted to the EPA. April 1, 2014, Page 180 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 7.7. Types of Data Excluded from IWR Assessments This is a single-column table listing the types of excluded data. Excluded Data Results reported in Florida STORET that did not include units, or included units that were inappropriate for the particular analyte. These were excluded because the result values could not accurately be quantified or relied upon for assessment purposes under the IWR. Results reported as negative values. It was concluded that, except in cases where documentation was presented that indicated otherwise, any results reporting a negative value for the substance analyzed represent reporting errors. Credible data could not have any values less than the detection limit (in all cases a positive value) reported, and therefore results reported as negative values could not be relied upon for assessment purposes under the IWR. Results reported as “888" "8888" "88888" "888888" "8888888" and "999" "9999" "99999" "999999" "9999999." Upon investigation, all data reported using these values were found to be provided by a particular water management district (WMD). The district intentionally coded the values in this manner to flag the fact that they should not be used, as the values reported from the lab were suspect. The data coded in this manner were generally older. J-qualified results from the same WMD were excluded from the assessments after the district brought to the Department’s attention that its intent in using the J-qualifier was not consistent with the Department’s use of the J-qualifier. Extremely old USGS data (from the beginning of the previous century). These results did not have complete date information available, and accurate date information is required to be able to assess results under the IWR. The USGS data using USGS parameter codes 32230 or 32231 were also excluded from assessments performed under the IWR, based on information in a memo that was sent from the USGS. Results for iron that were confirmed to be entered into dbHydro (SFWMD’s environmental database) using an incorrect Legacy STORET parameter code. These results were limited to a subset of the results reported by a particular WMD. Results reported associated with “K,” "U," "W," and "T" qualifier codes (all of which suggest that the result was below the method detection limit [MDL]) when the reported value of the MDL was greater than the criterion, or the MDL was not provided. To be able to compare a non-detect result with a criterion value, it is necessary to know that it was possible to measure as low as the numeric value of the criterion. Results reported using an “I” qualifier code (meaning that the result value was between the MDL and the practical quantitation limit [PQL]) if the MDL was not provided, or where the MDL and PQL were inconsistent with the rest of the data record. April 1, 2014, Page 181 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Excluded Data Results reported for metals using an “I” qualifier code if the applicable criterion was expressed as a function of hardness, and the numeric value of the metal criteria corresponding to the reported hardness value was between the MDL and PQL. Results reported using an “L” qualifier code (meaning that the actual value was known to be greater than the reported value) where the reported value for the upper quantification limit was less than the criterion. The reasoning for excluding these data follows a similar logic as the cases discussed above for results reported as below the MDL. Results reported with a “Z” qualifier code (which indicates that the results were too numerous to count). These results were excluded because there was no consistency among data providers in how data using this qualifier code were reported. Some data providers entered numeric estimates of bacteria counts, while others entered the dilution factor. As a result, the meaningful interpretation of data reported using this qualifier was not uniformly possible. Results reported with an “F” qualifier code (which indicates female species). Since the IWR does not assess any analytes for which this qualifier code would be appropriate, the intended meaning of the use of this code is unknown. The reported result is therefore rendered uninterpretable (although there are very few instances of the use of this qualifier code in the IWR dataset, and some agencies may use this to indicate a field measurement). Results reported with an “O” qualifier code (which indicates that the sample was collected but that the analysis was lost or not performed). The exclusion of results reported using this qualifier code is self-explanatory. Results reported with an “N” qualifier code (which indicates a presumption of evidence of the presence of the analyte). Comparing concentrations of analytes with water quality criteria requires a numeric result value. Presence or absence, for the purposes of assessments performed under the IWR, is not sufficient information upon which to base an impairment decision. Results reported with a "V" or "Y" qualifier code (which indicates the presence of an analyte in both the environmental sample and the blank, or a laboratory analysis that was from an unpreserved or improperly preserved sample). Such data may not be accurate. The use of these codes indicates that the reported result was not reliable enough to be used in IWR assessments. Results reported with a “Q” qualifier code (which indicates that the holding time was exceeded). These data were reviewed to validate whether the appropriate holding times were used, and if so, whether the holding times were exceeded. When appropriate, such data were excluded from the assessments. These reviews were performed manually, not as part of the automated processing of the IWR data. April 1, 2014, Page 182 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Excluded Data Results reported for mercury not collected and analyzed using clean techniques, as required by the IWR. The use of clean techniques removes the chance for contamination of samples collected and analyzed for mercury. Mercury concentrations obtained from contaminated samples would not be representative of the true mercury concentrations in the target waterbody segments. Results recommended for exclusion from the Department’s EAS as a result of lab audits performed on behalf of the TMDL Program. The data excluded based on lab audits were generally analyte specific and referred to a specific time frame. While the data issues encountered were variable, the lack of acceptable, or verifiable, records was a common issue. Certain DO measurements collected using a field kit (as opposed to a sonde). April 1, 2014, Page 183 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 8: Results for Attainment of Designated Uses in Surface Waters Surface Waters Assessed For assessment purposes, the Department has delineated the waters of the state into assessment units, each having unique waterbody identifiers (WBIDs), with each WBID representing a relatively homogenous and hydrologically distinct segment of a major surface water feature of the state. Each WBID is further characterized by a waterbody type (including rivers/streams, lakes, estuaries, coastal waters, and beaches) and a waterbody class. For assessments performed under the IWR during the most recent basin rotation, there were 6,539 distinct WBIDs in the state’s waterbody system. Historically, river and stream segments have averaged about five miles long, most frequently bounded by headwaters, river mouths, or other major intersecting streams, and include only perennial waters of significant size. Estuary segments have averaged approximately five square miles in size (often bounded by bridges). For small lakes, segments may encompass an entire lake; however, for larger lakes, or for those lakes having areas characterized by distinct water quality, a lake may be represented by multiple segments. To the extent possible, mileages for streams and square miles for lakes and estuaries were derived from the 1:24,000 NHD GIS coverage. The use support determinations presented in this report are based on assessments performed under the IWR for the most recently completed cycle of the basin rotation. The assessment results summarized in this report correspond to assessment results previously submitted to the EPA, updated with the most recent set of assessment results for the Group 5 waters. Combined, these data represent the assessment results for 14,454.2 miles of rivers and streams, 1,964.6 square miles of lakes, 5,473.1 square miles of estuaries, 6,486.9 square miles of coastal waters, and 104.3 miles of beaches (Table 8.1). Under the IWR methodology, assessments compare measures of surface water quality parameters with the class-specific criteria from the Florida Surface Water Quality Standards (Chapter 62-302, F.A.C.), which provide a benchmark against which the attainment of designated use can be determined. Attainment status is reported using the state’s implementation of the EPA reporting categories and subcategories. Although individual assessments performed under the IWR are waterbody and analyte specific, use support for each WBID has been determined by summarizing the results of individual assessments over all assessments performed for the respective WBID to determine a summary assessment category. Based on the summary assessment category, a corresponding use attainment status is determined. April 1, 2014, Page 184 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.1. Total Number of Waterbody Segments and Size of Assessed Waterbody Segments by Waterbody Type This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the waterbody type, Column 2 lists the number of waterbody segments, and Column 3 lists the miles or square miles of waters assessed. Note: Waters in EPA Category 3a (no data and/or information are available to determine if any designated use is attained ) are not included when reporting the miles or square miles of the waterbody segments that were assessed, but are included in the total number of waterbodies. - = Empty cell/no data Waterbody Type Total Number of Waterbody Segments Size of Waters Assessed Rivers/Streams 4,030 14,454.2 miles Lakes 1,394 1,964.6 square miles Estuaries 592 5,473.1 square miles Coastal Waters 226 6,486.9 square miles Beaches 297 104.3 miles Total 6,539 - 303(d) Listed Waters Only those waterbody segments assessed under the IWR that are placed in EPA Category 5 are included on the state’s Verified List of impaired waters adopted by Secretarial Order. The Category 5 waterbody segments are those that will require the development of a TMDL and are subsequently submitted to the EPA as additions to the 303(d) list. Although water quality standards are not met for waterbody segments placed in EPA Category 4 (including Subcategories 4a, 4b, 4c, 4d, or 4e), these segments are not included on the Verified List for the following reasons:  Although waterbody segment/analyte combinations in Subcategory 4a do not meet water quality standards, a TMDL is not required, as one has already been developed.  Although waterbody segment/analyte combinations in Subcategories 4b or 4c do not meet water quality standards, a TMDL is not needed to restore waterbody health (waterbody segment/analyte combinations in Subcategory 4c actually do support their designated uses). Waterbody segment/analyte combinations in Categories 4d or 4e are included on the 303(d) list submitted to the EPA because it has been determined they do not meet water quality standards and a TMDL may be required in the future to restore waterbody health: April 1, 2014, Page 185 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  For waterbody segment/analyte combinations in Subcategory 4d, more information is needed to determine the causative pollutant that needs to be reduced in a TMDL.  Waterbody segment/analyte combinations in Subcategory 4e already have ongoing restoration activities; however, if these activities are not successful in restoring waterbody health, a TMDL would then be required. Summary of Causes of Impairment The most frequently cited causes of impairment for rivers and streams, as well as for lakes and estuarine segments, are DO, fecal coliform, mercury (in fish tissue), and nutrients. The most common causes of impairment by waterbody type are as follows:  Out of 4,030 river/stream segments assessed: DO, fecal coliform, mercury (in fish tissue), and nutrients (based on the assessment of chlorophyll a).  Out of 1,394 lake segments assessed: Mercury (in fish tissue), DO, and nutrients (TSI).  Out of 592 estuarine segments assessed: Mercury (in fish tissue), DO, nutrients (based on the assessment of chlorophyll a), and fecal coliform.  Out of 226 coastal segments assessed: Mercury (in fish tissue) and DO. The Department has conducted Florida-specific research to revise the former DO criteria for both fresh and marine waters to reflect the needs of Florida’s aquatic species and subtropical environment, which results in unique water quality conditions compared with the rest of the country. The current standard for DO replaces an outdated standard that was based upon national guidance from results of research conducted during the 1960s and 1970s. These new criteria reflect natural differences and improve assessment decisions by reducing the number of cases where waters are assessed as impaired for DO when designated uses are, in fact, being supported. This will better focus public resources towards meaningful environmental action. In April 2013, the Florida ERC approved adoption of these criteria (Rule 62-302.533, F.A.C.) Tables 8.2a through 8.2c present the distribution of impairments by waterbody type and EPA reporting category for the most frequently identified causes of impairment (other than DO) for each waterbody type (including rivers/streams, lakes, estuaries, and coastal waters). For the summary information presented in April 1, 2014, Page 186 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report these tables, assessment results were categorized into groupings depending on whether the assessment that was performed fell into the following categories: 1. Pathogens: Assessment results classified as pathogens included results for all waterbody segments that were assessed for fecal coliform, results for all assessed waterbody segments that had a waterbody type of “BEACH,” and results for all Class 2 waterbody segments that were assessed for changes in shellfish classification. 2. Nutrients: Assessment results classified as nutrients included results for all waterbody segments that were assessed for either nutrients (chlorophyll a) or nutrients (historic chlorophyll) when the waterbody type was not a lake; and nutrients (TSI), nutrients (historic TSI), or nutrients (TSI trend) for waterbody segments that were lakes (note here that due to data sufficiency requirements, it would be extremely rare, if not impossible, to have a waterbody segment that had not been assessed for nutrients [TSI] but that was assessed for nutrients [TSI trend]). 3. Mercury: Assessment results classified as mercury included only those assessments based on the results of fish tissue studies for mercury performed by FDOH. All results representing EPA Category 3a were excluded from these analyses. Results were first summarized by applying a ranking order to the assessment results within each of the groupings based on EPA categories, in order to develop a single grouping-specific assessment to represent each waterbody segment. Results were then summarized by waterbody type and EPA reporting category. Tables 8.3a through 8.3d summarize the number and size of waterbody segments that have been assessed as impaired (and for which a TMDL may be required—i.e., in Subcategories 4d, 4e, or 5) by impairment cause. Summary assessment results for lakes are largely influenced by assessment results for Lake Okeechobee. Covering 730 square miles, Lake Okeechobee is by far the largest lake in the state and is included among the Category 5 waters. In addition, all estuaries and coastal waters have been assessed for mercury (based on analyses of mercury in fish tissue) and are also included among the waters assessed as impaired (in EPA Category 5). April 1, 2014, Page 187 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.2a. Assessment Results for Pathogens by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) The three tables below are each 11-column tables. Column 1 lists the waterbody type assessed, Columns 2 through 10 list the number of WBIDs in each of the EPA reported categories, and Column 11 summarizes the total number of WBIDs in each of the reporting categories. Note: There are no waters in EPA Category 1 (attaining all designated uses) because the Department does not sample for all uses. Category 2 comprises waters attaining all the uses that are sampled for. The EPA Integrated Report categories are as follows: 1—Attains all designated uses. 2—Attains some designated uses. 3a—No data and information are available to determine if any designated use is attained. 3b—Some data and information are available, but they are insufficient for determining if any designated use is attained. 3c—Meets Planning List criteria and is potentially impaired for one or more designated uses. 4a—Impaired for one or more designated uses and a TMDL has been completed. 4b—Impaired for one or more designated uses, but no TMDL is required because an existing or proposed pollutant control mechanism provides reasonable assurance that the water will attain standards in the future. 4c—Impaired for one or more designated uses but no TMDL is required because the impairment is not caused by a pollutant. 4d—No causative pollutant has been identified. 4e—Impaired, but recently completed or ongoing restoration activities should restore the designated uses of the waterbody. 5—Water quality standards are not attained and a TMDL is required. - = Empty cell/no data Waterbody Type Cat. 2 Cat. 3B Cat. 3C Cat. 4A Cat. 4B Beach 170 12 9 - Coastal 91 13 - - Estuary 213 44 11 4 Cat. 4D - Cat. 4E - Cat. 5 Total - Cat. 4C - 77 268 - - - - 19 123 - - - - 154 426 - - Lake 291 537 11 - - - 11 850 Stream 398 726 80 23 - - - - 343 1,570 Total 1,163 1,332 111 27 0 0 0 0 604 3,237 April 1, 2014, Page 188 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.2b. Assessment Results for Nutrients by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) - = Empty cell/no data Waterbody Type Cat. 2 Cat. 3B Cat. 3C Cat. 4A Cat. 4B Cat. 4C Cat. 4D Cat. 4E Cat. 5 Total Coastal 41 49 1 - - - - 1 1 93 Estuary 105 178 31 12 6 - - 1 111 444 Lake 214 744 52 22 - - 1 - 43 1,076 Stream 398 859 67 22 - - 3 10 206 1,565 Total 758 1,830 151 56 6 0 4 12 361 3,178 Table 8.2c. Assessment Results for Mercury by Waterbody Type and Assessment Category (number of WBIDs) - = Empty cell/no data Waterbody Type Cat. 2 Cat. 3B Cat. 3C Cat. 4A Cat. 4B Cat. 4C Cat. 4D Cat. 4E Cat. 5 Total Coastal - - - - - - - - 221 221 Estuary - 1 1 - - - - - 504 506 Lake 3 1 43 - - - - - 127 174 Stream 16 1 32 - - - - - 249 298 Total 19 3 76 0 0 0 0 0 1,101 1,199 Table 8.3a. Miles of Rivers/Streams Impaired by Cause This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the parameter assessed, Column 2 lists the number of impaired waterbodies, and Column 3 lists the total miles impaired. Parameter Assessed DO Fecal Coliform Mercury (in fish tissue) Nutrients (chlorophyll a) Biology Nutrients (other than chlorophyll a) Iron Lead Specific Conductance Bacteria (shellfish harvesting classification) Turbidity Un-ionized Ammonia TP Biochemical Oxygen Demand Copper TDS Silver Chloride Dioxin TSS Number Impaired 699 338 249 153 36 28 17 14 10 10 10 7 6 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 April 1, 2014, Page 189 of 296 Miles Impaired 5,975 2,685 2,903 1,014 320 18 314 123 111 82 83 69 76 21 3 6 6 0 2 3 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.3b. Square Miles of Lakes Impaired by Cause This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the parameter assessed, Column 2 lists the number of impaired waterbodies, and Column 3 lists the total square miles impaired. Parameter Assessed Number Impaired Square Miles Impaired Mercury (in fish tissue) 127 1,344 DO 112 280 Nutrients (TSI) 36 107 Fecal Coliform 11 15 Iron 7 526 Lead 5 7 pH 4 308 Un-ionized Ammonia 3 4 Copper 2 19 Turbidity 2 1 Silver 1 12 Nutrients (other than TSI) 1 0 Thallium 1 6 Table 8.3c. Square Miles of Estuaries Impaired by Cause This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the parameter assessed, Column 2 lists the number of impaired waterbodies, and Column 3 lists the total square miles impaired. Parameter Assessed Number Impaired Square Miles Impaired Mercury (in fish tissue) 504 5,163 DO 151 1,198 Fecal Coliform 99 896 Nutrients (chlorophyll a) 92 678 Bacteria (shellfish harvesting classification) 76 1,084 Copper 28 378 Iron 18 162 Nutrients (other than chlorophyll a) 13 76 Lead 4 29 Biochemical Oxygen Demand 1 38 Turbidity 1 11 April 1, 2014, Page 190 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.3d. Square Miles of Coastal Waters Impaired by Cause This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the parameter assessed, Column 2 lists the number of impaired waterbodies, and Column 3 lists the total square miles impaired. Parameter Assessed Number Impaired Square Miles Impaired Mercury (in fish tissue) 221 6,487 DO 17 220 Copper 9 32 Bacteria (shellfish harvesting classification) 6 377 Fecal Coliform 2 377 Nutrients (chlorophyll a) 1 102 Figures 8.1 through 8.3 geographically present the results of statewide assessment results for pathogens, nutrients, and mercury, respectively. A statewide TMDL to address all fresh waters listed as impaired for mercury and marine waters that were listed as impaired for mercury on the 1998 303(d) list was completed in 2012. April 1, 2014, Page 191 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 8.1. Results of Florida’s Surface Water Quality Assessment: EPA Assessment Categories for Pathogens April 1, 2014, Page 192 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 8.2. Results of Florida’s Surface Water Quality Assessment: EPA Assessment Categories for Nutrients April 1, 2014, Page 193 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 8.3. Results of Florida’s Surface Water Quality Assessment: EPA Assessment Categories for Mercury Delisting When it is demonstrated that water quality criteria are currently being met for a waterbody or segment/analyte combination that was previously included on either the 303(d) list, or on the state’s Verified List of impaired waters, the waterbody segment may be proposed for delisting. If it is demonstrated that water quality criteria are met for some, but not all, parameters, the Department may propose partial delisting for those parameters; additional monitoring would be required to determine attainment for the remaining parameters. Waterbody segments may also be proposed for delisting for other reasons (e.g., if it can be demonstrated that the original listing was in error, or if an impairment is determined to be due to natural causes). Although the IWR specifies the conditions for delisting, determining the ultimate assessment category (or subcategory) for some analytes is not necessarily straightforward. April 1, 2014, Page 194 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report For example, the EPA has provided guidance that a waterbody previously verified as impaired for nutrients based on chlorophyll a or TSI can be delisted if the waterbody does not exceed IWR threshold values. However, until sufficient site-specific information is available to demonstrate designated use attainment, these waterbody segments are placed in Category 3b rather than Category 2. The required site-specific information can include, but is not limited to, measures of biological response such as the SCI and macrophyte or algal surveys. Even when a waterbody meets the delisting thresholds in the IWR for nutrients based on chlorophyll a or TSI assessments, if the waterbody has been verified as impaired for DO, and if either TN or TP has been identified as the causative pollutant, then the waterbody cannot be delisted unless site-specific information is available to demonstrate support of aquatic life use. Figure 8.4 illustrates the decision process for delisting waters that have been verified as impaired for nutrients. Delist Decision Tree For Nutrient Impairments based on Assessment of Chlorophyll-a * The procedure as described applies only to delisting for impairments If • The nutrient impairment is not based on the DO assessment; or • The nutrient impairment is based on the DO assessment; and The causative pollutant that has been identified is not a nutrient Then • The decision to delist for nutrients can be made without looking at the biology information If • The causative pollutant that has been identified as a nutrient, Then • The delist decision for nutrients requires If additional review • Biological data is available Then • It needs to be evaluated to determine if the use is attained If • The use is not attained Then • More information is needed to determine if nutrients are the cause. • • YES • based on Chlorophyll-a assessments; specifically, Nutrient assessment meets delisting thresholds May not delist for nutrients (chla) if waterbody is impaired for nutrients based on abundant algae May not delist if there is an increasing trend in chla or chla levels are near or approaching the threshold value. DELIST DECISION Is WBID impaired based on DO assessment ASSIGNMENT OF EPA ASSESSMENT CATEGORY NO Delist for Nutrients YES YES Assign EPA Category 2 • After the nutrient delisting decision is made, • Status of supporting biological data determines only the assignment of EPA Category (chla)* Is there biological data to support EPA Category 2 Is causative pollutant a nutrient NO NO Assign EPA Category 3B YES Is Biological Data Available? NO Delist for Nutrients Assign EPA Category 3B (chla)* YES Is Aquatic Life Use Support attained YES Delist for Nutrients • In this case, lack of biology data determines the assignment of EPA Category Assign EPA Category 2 (chla) NO Cannot Delist for Nutrients Assign EPA Category 3B (chla)* Figure 8.4. Decision Tree for Delisting for Nutrient Impairment Based on Chlorophyll a (chla) April 1, 2014, Page 195 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Biological Assessment Under the IWR, biological assessments can provide the basis for impairment determinations, or can be used as an adjunct to support assessment determinations made for other parameters. For example, for some waterbodies that have naturally low DO concentrations, it may be possible to demonstrate that aquatic life use is fully supported by using biological information. For such waterbody segments, when there is biological information to demonstrate that aquatic life use is fully supported, a TMDL would not be required, and the waterbody segment would be placed in Subcategory 4c. Use and Interpretation of Biological Results Biological assessment tools used in conjunction with assessments performed under the IWR consist primarily of the SCI and the Biological Reconnaissance (BioRecon). Since 1992, the Department has processed 3,441 SCI and 1,117 BioRecon samples. Since the BioRecon is used as a screening tool, low BioRecon scores are not used as the sole basis for making an impairment determination. To determine impairment based on biological information, the Department requires follow-up sampling with the SCI, which provides a more comprehensive measure of aquatic life use support. In addition, a single SCI with a score less than the acceptable value is not sufficient to support an impairment determination. When SCIs are used in conjunction with impairment determinations, the Department requires two temporally independent SCIs having an average value that is below the minimum score associated with a healthy, well-balanced aquatic community. Bioassessment methods, and the corresponding interpretation of bioassessment results (calibration), have changed over time. The BioRecon was revised in 1992, in 2004, and again in 2008; the SCI was revised in 1992 and 2007. The current version of the SCI used by the Department is based on a Human Disturbance Gradient (HDG) approach that was not explicitly included in previous versions of the SCI. Consequently, the use and interpretation of the biological data generated by these tools depend on the specific version of the biological tool used. Table 8.4a presents the distribution of bioassessment results for the version-specific bioassessment tools. Apparent changes in the distribution of bioassessment results may be artifactual: without additional information, it is difficult to know the extent to which such changes in the distribution are representative of actual changes in the biological health of waterbody segments statewide, or whether such changes may be related to revisions and refinements that have been made to the methodology. April 1, 2014, Page 196 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.4b summarizes the results of biological assessments performed by assessment type and aquatic life use support. From 1992 to 2011, 33% of BioRecons performed statewide required additional followup SCI sampling to determine aquatic life use support. During the same period, 18% of the SCI values were below the minimum score associated with a healthy, well-balanced aquatic community (however, two temporally independent SCI failures would be required for an impairment determination). Table 8.4a. Distribution of Biological Results by Assessment Type and Aquatic Life Use Support This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the biological assessment, Column 2 lists the result of the biological assessment, Column 3 lists the corresponding aquatic life use support status, and Column 4 lists the number of measurements. Biological Assessment and Year Result Category Meets Aquatic Life Use Support? Number of Measurements BioRecon 1992 Healthy Yes 337 BioRecon 1992 Suspect Yes 314 BioRecon 1992 Impaired Requires follow-up sampling 282 BioRecon 2004 Pass Yes 79 BioRecon 2004 Fail Requires follow-up sampling 75 BioRecon 2008 Category 1 Yes 15 BioRecon 2008 Category 2 Yes 7 BioRecon 2008 Category 3 Requires follow-up sampling 8 SCI 1992 Excellent Yes 1,208 SCI 1992 Good Yes 448 SCI 1992 Poor No (if two independent samples are collected in a water segment) 182 SCI 1992 Very Poor No (if two independent samples are collected in a water segment) 48 SCI 2007 Category 1 Yes 340 SCI 2007 Category 2 Yes 820 SCI 2007 Category 3 No (if two independent samples are collected in a water segment) 395 Table 8.4b. Summary of Biological Results by Assessment Type and Aquatic Life Use Support This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the type of biological assessment, Column 2 lists the aquatic life use support status associated with the result, Column 3 lists the number of results for each biological assessment type, and Column 4 lists the percentages. - = Empty cell/no data April 1, 2014, Page 197 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Biological Assessment Type Meet Aquatic Life Use Support? Number of Results % BioRecon Requires follow-up sampling 365 32.68 BioRecon Yes 752 67.32 Total - 1,117 100 SCI No (if 2 independent samples are collected in a water segment) 625 18.16 SCI Yes 2,816 81.84 Total - 3,441 100 Special Focus: Lakes Lakes are a particular focus of the EPA’s Integrated Report guidance. This section addresses CWA Section 314 reporting requirements, providing information on lake trends, approaches to controlling lake pollution and lake water quality, and publicly owned lakes with impaired uses. Tables 8.2a through 8.2c summarize the square miles of lakes assessed in each of the EPA Integrated Report categories. Table 8.3b lists the square miles of lakes impaired by the cause of impairment. Lake Trends for Nutrients Although assessments performed to identify impaired lake segments evaluate current nutrient status, the IWR incorporates additional methodologies that evaluate trends in the nutrient enrichment status of lakes. The latter methodologies interpret trends in the annual average TSI as indicative of changes in lake water quality (details of the methodology to identify both long- and short-term trends indicative of declining lake water quality are described in Subsection 62-303.352[3], F.A.C.). Both long- and short- term trends are addressed as follows:  To identify long-term trends in nutrient status, segment-specific baseline (“historical minimum”) TSI values are determined. Baseline values are then used to develop segment-specific threshold values that are calculated as a ten-unit increase in the TSI. Subject to data sufficiency requirements, for each lake-segment and year in the current assessment period, annual average TSI values are calculated and compared with segment-specific threshold values. Annual average TSI values from the current assessment period that exceed threshold values are interpreted as an indication that lake water quality has deteriorated over time. April 1, 2014, Page 198 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report  The identification of short-term trends is limited to analyses of annual average TSI values from the current assessment period. Since the IWR methodology focuses on identifying impaired waters of the state, it has not explicitly sought to identify trends where water quality is improving over time. However, if for a particular lake segment the historical average TSI from the current assessment period is less than the historical baseline TSI, this suggests that lake water quality for that lake segment has improved over time. Methodology to Establish Lake Segment-Specific Baseline TSI Values The following methodology is used to establish lake segment-specific baseline TSI values:  Individual TSI values used in the calculation of seasonal averages for the entire period of record up to, but not including, the current assessment period are calculated using an adaptation of the TSI described in the state’s 1996 305(b) report.  Subject to data sufficiency requirements, for each sampling location, individual TSI values are used to calculate four-day station median TSIs.  For each lake segment and for each year, seasonal average TSI values are calculated as the average of all four-day station median TSI values over all sampling locations within the lake segment.  Subject to data sufficiency requirements, for each lake segment and for each year, annual average TSI values are calculated as the average of the four seasonal TSIs.  Using the annual averages from the entire period of record (up to, but not including, the current assessment period, and subject to additional data sufficiency requirements), fiveyear moving average TSI values are calculated.  The five-year moving average TSI values are used to establish a baseline TSI value, defined as the minimum of the five-year moving average TSIs over the entire period of record (up to, but not including, the current assessment period). Identification of Long-Term Nutrient Trends Under the IWR, long-term increasing trends in nutrient enrichment are indicated by an increase of more than ten units in the annual average TSI over historical values. Consequently, the threshold value with April 1, 2014, Page 199 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report which annual average TSI values from the current assessment period are compared is taken as the baseline TSI value + 10. Annual average TSI values from the current assessment period are compared with the threshold value. Lake segments having annual average TSI values that exceed the threshold value for two consecutive years are identified as those for which nutrient enrichment indicates a deterioration of water quality over time (long-term trend). This methodology provides the basis for one of the three components of nutrient assessments performed for lakes under the IWR. Identification of Short-Term Nutrient Trends Short-term increasing trends in nutrient enrichment over the current assessment period are indicated by a positive slope in the annual average TSI values plotted versus time. However, when evaluating the slope of the annual average TSIs over time, an increase of at least five TSI units over the assessment period is first required. To evaluate short-term trends over time, the IWR specifies the use of Mann’s one-sided, upper-tail test for trend at a 95% confidence level. 6 For assessments performed under the IWR, subject to data sufficiency, annual average TSI values from the current assessment period are analyzed using Mann’s test. Lake segments having a positive slope based on the results of this analysis are identified as those for which water quality shows evidence of a decline (short-term trend). This test provides the basis for an additional component of the nutrient assessments performed for lakes under the IWR. Approaches to Controlling Lake Pollution and Lake Water Quality The TMDL assessment process described in Chapter 7 provides an approach to controlling the point and nonpoint source pollution entering Florida’s lakes and restoring lake water quality. In particular, BMAPs developed for impaired waterbodies describe specific management activities and BMPs for reducing pollution. Each BMAP also provides interim and final targets for evaluating water quality improvements, a mechanism for tracking the implementation of management actions, procedures for monitoring and reporting on progress, data management and QA/QC procedures, a description of methods used to evaluate progress towards goals, a strategy and schedule for periodically reporting results to the public, and 6 This particular analysis is described in Nonparametric Statistical Methods, by M. Hollander and D. Wolfe (1999 ed.), pp. 376 and 724, which is incorporated in the IWR by reference. April 1, 2014, Page 200 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report procedures to determine whether additional corrective actions are needed and whether plan components need to be revised. Publicly Owned Lakes with Impaired Uses Appendix D provides an alphabetical list of the impaired lakes in the state, the parameter causing impairment, the basin group, and the river basin within which each lake is located. Drinking Water Use Support Although earlier sections of this chapter discussed impaired waters by waterbody type, this section provides assessment results for waterbodies designated as Class I (potable water supply). Table 8.5 lists the total miles of rivers/streams and square miles of lakes/reservoirs designated for drinking water use. Table 8.5. Total Miles of Rivers/Streams and Square Miles of Lakes/Reservoirs Designated for Drinking Water Use This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the waterbody type, Column 2 lists the number of waterbodies in the state designated for drinking water use, and Column 3 lists the stream miles and lake square miles with that designation. Waterbody Type Number Total in State Streams 91 559 miles Lakes 23 773 square miles In addition to being protective of potable water supplies, Class I waters must also be protective of fish consumption, aquatic life, and recreational uses. Class I rivers/streams and lakes are assessed for all applicable criteria, including those that are protective of these other uses. Nonattainment for criteria for aquatic life use support or recreation does not affect whether a waterbody is suitable as a potable water supply, since treatment requirements for drinking water sources that rely on surface waters are sufficiently stringent that potable water supply use is attained. In fact, the impairments for Class I waters determined in assessments performed under the IWR have been those that pertain to uses other than those associated with providing safe drinking water. Table 8.6 lists the miles of rivers/streams and square miles of lakes/reservoirs designated for drinking water use that are assigned to each of the EPA’s five reporting categories. Note that Lake Okeechobee is a Class I waterbody and comprises 730 square miles of the total 773 square miles of Class I lakes that are currently impaired under the IWR. April 1, 2014, Page 201 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 8.6. Waterbodies Designated for Drinking Water Use by Assessment Category (Results for Assessments Including Criteria for All Use Support) This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the waterbody type, Column 2 lists the assessment category, Column 3 lists the assessment status, Column 4 lists the number of waterbody/analyte combinations, and Column 5 lists the mile/analyte combinations (for streams) and square mile/analyte combinations (for lakes). Note: The EPA Integrated Report categories are as follows: 1—Attains all designated uses. 2—Attains some designated uses. 3a—No data and information are available to determine if any designated use is attained. 3b—Some data and information are available, but they are insufficient for determining if any designated use is attained. 3c—Meets Planning List criteria and is potentially impaired for one or more designated uses. 4a—Impaired for one or more designated uses and a TMDL has been completed. 4b—Impaired for one or more designated uses, but no TMDL is required because an existing or proposed pollutant control mechanism provides reasonable assurance that the water will attain standards in the future. 4c—Impaired for one or more designated uses but no TMDL is required because the impairment is not caused by a pollutant. 4d—No causative pollutant has been identified. 4e—Impaired, but recently completed or ongoing restoration activities should restore the designated uses of the waterbody. 5—Water quality standards are not attained and a TMDL is required. * These impairments are not related to criteria specifically designed to protect drinking water supplies. Waterbody Type Assessment Category Assessment Status Number of Waterbody/Analyte Combinations Mile/Analyte Combinations (for Streams) and Square Mile/Analyte Combinations (for Lakes) Rivers/Streams 2 Not Impaired 476 3,915 Rivers/Streams 3A 280 2,497 Rivers/Streams 3B 444 3,107 Rivers/Streams 3C 64 588 Rivers/Streams 4A 2 7 Rivers/Streams 4B 7 92 Rivers/Streams 4C 4 11 Rivers/Streams 4D 18 241 Rivers/Streams 4E 2 27 Rivers/Streams 5* No Data Insufficient Data Planning List TMDL Complete Reasonable Assurance Natural Condition No Causative Pollutant Ongoing Restoration Impaired 55 287 Lakes/Reservoirs 2 Not Impaired 181 4,680 Lakes/Reservoirs 3A 104 559 Lakes/Reservoirs 3B 225 10,135 Lakes/Reservoirs 3C 13 626 Lakes/Reservoirs 4A 26 1,788 Lakes/Reservoirs 4D 1 5 Lakes/Reservoirs 5* No Data Insufficient Data Planning List TMDL Complete No Causative Pollutant Impaired 41 1,810 April 1, 2014, Page 202 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Overlap of Source Water Areas and Impaired Surface Waters About 13% of Florida's public drinking water systems receive some or all of their water from a surface water source. Of 5,483 public drinking water systems statewide, 17 obtain their water from surface water. An additional 57 systems wholly or partially purchase water from these 17 systems. Because it is expensive to operate a surface water system (given that filtration and advanced disinfection are costly), most such systems are quite large. In conjunction with the integrated assessment, the adopted Verified Lists of impaired surface waters were compared with the coverage of the source water assessment areas generated for the Source Water Assessment and Protection Program (SWAPP). The source water assessment area coverage for community drinking water systems was modeled based on a three-day travel time to the intake within surface waters and their 100-year floodplains. Table 8.7 lists the river/stream miles (including springs) and square miles of lakes/reservoirs that overlap source water areas for community water systems that are impaired for fecal coliform. Table 8.7. Summary of Impaired River/Stream Miles and Lake/Reservoir Square Miles Overlapping Source Water Areas of Community Water Systems This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the surface water type, Column 2 lists the length or area of impaired waters overlapping source water areas in Groups 1–5, and Column 3 lists the percent of total length or area in Groups 1–5. Note: The analysis is based on Verified Lists of impaired surface waters based on the Cycle 2 assessments for the Group 1–5 basins. The parameter of interest was fecal coliform. Surface Water Type Length or Area of Impaired Surface Waters Overlapping Source Water Areas in Basin Groups 1–5 % of Total Length or Area in Basin Groups 1–5 Streams/Rivers 59 miles 0.41 Lakes/Reservoirs 9 square miles 0.05 April 1, 2014, Page 203 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 9: Introduction to Ground Water Monitoring Summary of Ground Water Monitoring Programs The quality of ground water is of foremost concern in Florida, because ground water is so heavily used as a potable water source and because ground water inputs into surface water systems are so important. Over the years, ground water quality monitoring has been incorporated into several programs. The programs pertinent to this report are discussed below and summarized in Tables 9.1a and 9.1b. Table 9.1a. Summary of Ground Water Monitoring Programs and Data Sources: Monitoring Networks Maintained by the Department This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the monitoring network or program, Column 2 lists the period over which it has operated, and Column 3 provides a description. Monitoring Network or Program Period Description 1999–2003; 2004–08 The statewide rotating basin, probabilistic sampling network was based on sampling 60 wells from several basins per year. The 1999–2003 cycle (Cycle 1) completed a statewide survey in four years. During 2004–08, the state adopted the TMDL 29-basin design (Cycle 2), completing the statewide survey in five years. These sample locations were randomly selected from a list frame of wells, with samples collected from 30 unconfined and 30 confined aquifers in each five to six reporting units. This report presents the results from Cycle 2. 2009–ongoing This statewide probabilistic sampling network samples 240 wells annually. Sample locations are randomly selected from a list frame of wells, with samples collected from 20 unconfined and 20 confined aquifers in each of six reporting units. The data used to characterize water quality on a statewide scale, and the parameters monitored, correspond with those targeted in surface water evaluations. Background Network and Temporal Variability (TV) Sub-network 1985–1999 A statewide network of 1,600 water wells and monitoring wells used to spatially monitor general background water quality of local aquifers (surficial, intermediate, and Floridan). On average, each well was sampled once every three years for an extensive list of analytes. TV network wells are sampled monthly to quarterly. Ground Water Temporal Variability (GWTV) Sub-network 1999–ongoing The current network consists of 46 wells statewide. It is designed to help correlate Status Network results with seasonal hydrologic variations, and estimate the temporal variance of analytes. 1989–1999 The network monitored the effects of land uses on ground water quality in 23 selected areas of the state. Individual VISAs consisted of approximately 20 wells sampled three times over an 11-year period. Sampling was carried out for a targeted list of analytes. 2001–ongoing Until 2010, 58 samples were collected quarterly from 23 first-magnitude and nine second-magnitude spring clusters. Since then, the quarterly network has been reduced to eliminate redundancy with stations also monitored by Florida’s WMDs. Since 2012, the network has consisted of 24 springs. The basic analyte list is similar to that used for the Status Network but also includes isotopes for nitrogen sourcing. Status Network Status Network Very Intense Study Area (VISA) Network Springs Monitoring Network April 1, 2014, Page 204 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 9.1b. Summary of Ground Water Monitoring Programs and Data Sources: Programs that Include Potable Ground Water Sampling: Monitoring Networks Maintained by the Department This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the monitoring network or program, Column 2 lists the period over which it has operated, and Column 3 provides a description. Monitoring Network or Program Period Description Public Water System (PWS) Monitoring Ongoing Under Chapter 62-550, F.A.C., all PWSs are required to monitor and report water quality at regular intervals within their compliance cycle. Ground water is the primary source of potable water in the state. FDOH/Departmental Water Supply Restoration Program (WSRP)– Private Well Sampling Program Ongoing This consists of private well data collected in investigations of potential ground water contamination, maintained in a Departmental WSRP database. The parameter list is variable, depending on the contaminants of concern. Monitoring of discharges to ground water Ongoing Under Chapter 62-520, F.A.C., facilities discharging to ground water are required to implement a ground water monitoring plan and report those results to the Department. Ground Water and Springs Monitoring Programs Maintained by the Department The Department established a ground water quality monitoring network in 1984, under the authority and direction of the 1983 Water Quality Assurance Act (Chapter 83-310, Laws of Florida, currently contained in Sections 376.30 through 376.317 and 403.063, F.S.). From 1984 to1999, the Background Network was maintained to establish the background and baseline ground water quality of major aquifer systems in Florida. In 1999, the Department initiated a probabilistic sampling Status Network to assess ground water and surface water quality on a basinwide scale. This sampling has been integrated into the agency’s watershed management approach. Since the Status Network’s inception, three statewide samplings have been completed. Monitoring results for the Ground Water Temporal Variability Network (GWTV), which also began in 1999, are used to assess seasonal and long-term variability in ground water quality. Other, historical monitoring efforts include the Background Network, the Very Intense Study Area (VISA) Network, and FDOH’s Private Water Well Quality Survey. Additional information on all these monitoring networks is available on the Department’s Watershed Monitoring website. This report includes the Status Network monitoring data in the dataset used to evaluate overall ground water quality and ground water parameters of particular concern that may influence receiving surface waters. April 1, 2014, Page 205 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The Department established a springs monitoring network under the Florida Springs Initiative and has continued quarterly monitoring and data acquisition. Beginning in 2001, this effort initially included quarterly monitoring at each of the state’s first-magnitude springs but has since expanded to include important second-magnitude springs, as well. Currently, the Department samples 18 spring stations quarterly and also integrates spring monitoring data from other providers into its database. In this report, quarterly spring monitoring data collected by the Department as well as the WMDs are evaluated to identify spring water quality with respect to nutrients. Potable Water Monitoring by FDOH/Departmental Water Supply Restoration Program Contaminated drinking water wells are identified through the sampling efforts of the local county public health units, supported by Departmental funding. To optimize resources, wells are sampled in areas of known or suspected contamination, such as agricultural areas, areas of known off-site contamination near regulated facilities, landfills, or near underground storage tanks. The FDOH Petroleum Surveillance Program concentrates its efforts in areas suspected to have petroleumrelated contamination and targets drinking water wells near known storage tanks for sampling. The FDOH Drinking Water Toxics Program looks for contamination related to the use of pesticides and fertilizers, and contamination from solvents and metals. The program is a cooperative effort between FDOH, county public health units, and the Department. The program is funded by the Department through a contract with FDOH, and FDOH directs the sampling effort by local public health units. In this report, the Water Supply Restoration Program (WSRP) database maintained by the Department was used in the evaluation of the ground water contaminants of concern identified in private drinking water wells. The database currently has water quality records for approximately 40,000 private wells. A caveat to their use in this evaluation is that these wells are not evenly distributed because they were sampled in areas of known or suspected contamination. Thus, the number of exceedances in a particular basin can be misleading because the results may depend on well density and distribution in relationship to a given problem area. Public Water System (PWS) Monitoring Approximately 5,600 public water systems (PWSs) in Florida rely on ground water. These are served by over 10,000 wells. Chapter 62-550, F.A.C., sets the drinking water standards and the monitoring April 1, 2014, Page 206 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report requirements and treatment techniques to be met by PWSs, and also mandates that testing must be conducted by FDOH-certified laboratories. The ultimate concern of the PWS supervision program is the quality of water when the water reaches consumers, but PWS monitoring involves the direct sampling of wells in some instances. Water quality results include samples from various entry points into the water system and points in the distribution system, include treated water, and for some parameters may include composite samples. Not all samples included in the data are used to determine compliance with Chapter 62-550, F.A.C. The monitoring framework for PWSs is a nine-year compliance cycle containing specific monitoring requirements for individual parameter groups and specific actions based on the detection of parameters above action limits or maximum contaminant levels (MCLs). Water quality data in the PWS database are reported by the public water system identification number (PWS ID#). While individual sample results collected for this report may exceed an action level or MCL, that exceedance does not necessarily translate directly into a violation of water delivered to the consumer because of the compositing or blending of water mentioned above, or because averaging with subsequent samples was below the action level or MCL. Additional information is available on the Department’s Drinking Water Program website. Water quality data in the PWS database were used in the evaluation of regional and statewide contaminants of concern. These data can either represent one individual well or a composite sample from multiple wells that comprise a system. Generally, the most densely populated areas of the state have public supply systems with multiple wells, while less populated areas may rely on only one well. Each public supply well was assigned to a basin or, in the case of a system, the basin that represented the majority of those wells. In the analyses of contaminants of concern, the number of MCL exceedances is not weighted, and thus each exceedance may represent one individual well or a composite of many wells in a system. Drinking water standards, monitoring requirements, and the frequency of sampling for public water supply wells are based on Chapter 62-550, F.A.C. Monitoring of Discharges to Ground Water The Department implements a comprehensive ground water quality protection program that regulates discharges to ground water. The program establishes ground water quality standards and classifications and permitting criteria. Several Departmental rules contain construction and operation requirements, minimum setbacks, and ground water monitoring criteria. April 1, 2014, Page 207 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Most permitted discharges to ground water are required to submit and implement a ground water monitoring plan showing the location of the proposed upgradient and downgradient monitoring wells, construction details, and ground water sampling and analyses protocols. At a minimum, these plans require three monitoring wells: a background well, an intermediate well, and a compliance well. These wells are generally sampled quarterly by the permittee, and the results of the analyses are submitted to the Department to ensure compliance with Florida’s ground water standards. April 1, 2014, Page 208 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 10: Results of the Ground Water Assessments Overall Ground Water Quality Data from the in-house ground water monitoring program were used to evaluate the overall quality of ground water based on several categories of primary ground water MCLs and health advisory levels (HALs). The data were sorted into analyte groups, and an “indicator” analyte was selected to determine ground water quality for wells in each of the basins. The groups used in this evaluation include metals, bacteria, nitrate, and saline water, which represent some of the most common threats to drinking water noted by the EPA in national surveys. Organics and radionuclides were not included in the Status Network parameter list but are addressed in this chapter. The ground water evaluation used the same source of data as the Status and Trends reporting in Chapter 5. This evaluation also provided information by basin rather than statewide, as was done with the assessments reported in Chapter 5. The wells used in this statewide evaluation of overall ground water quality consist of a mixture of drinking water, irrigation, production, and monitoring wells used by the Department for monitoring ground water quality. It should also be noted that the main network from which these data were obtained uses randomly selected wells for each sampling cycle, and new wells are sampled each time a basin is sampled. These data are meant to represent general basin-scale conditions, and there is no attempt to target specific localized ground water problem areas. Thus, for the purposes of these analyses, the water quality in these wells represents overall ground water conditions. Table 10.1 presents the results of this evaluation, with the results provided by individual basin and combined for statewide statistics. The results in the table are further broken down to show the results from the past two years and the prior two years, which were reported in the 2012 Integrated Report. Overall, bacteria (as total coliform) and salinity (as sodium) were the analyte groups with the largest percentage of MCL exceedances in ground water samples. Coliform bacteria can occur in well casing and water distribution systems, and their detection in water samples from wells may not always indicate a ground water contamination problem. For that reason, coliform data should always be scrutinized carefully. The next section on Ground Water Issues and Contaminants of Concern discusses the occurrence of coliform bacteria in ground water in greater detail. April 1, 2014, Page 209 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 10.1. Summary of Percent Ground Water Samples Achieving Primary Ground Water Standards for Selected Analytes by Basin This is a six-column table. Column 1 lists the basins, and Columns 2 through 6 list the results for arsenic, lead, total coliform, nitrate-nitrite (as N), and total sodium, respectively, for 2009–11 and 2011–13. Notes: Data are from the Department’s Status and Trends Network. For some basins, datasets are limited. Values for basins with five or fewer samples are indicated by an asterisk and boldface type. 1 Metals assessments were conducted for arsenic (As) and lead (Pb), the two primary metals most commonly exceeding their MCL. N/A = Not available Basin Apalachicola–Chipola Caloosahatchee Charlotte Harbor Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew Everglades Everglades West Coast Fisheating Creek Florida Keys Indian River Lagoon Kissimmee River Lake Okeechobee Lake Worth Lagoon–Palm Beach Coast Lower St. Johns Middle St. Johns Nassau–St. Marys Ochlockonee–St. Marks Ocklawaha Pensacola Perdido Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka Southeast Coast–Biscayne Bay Springs Coast St. Lucie–Loxahatchee Suwannee Tampa Bay Tampa Bay Tributaries Upper East Coast Upper St. Johns Withlacoochee Metals, Arsenic1 2009–11 / 2011-13 97% - 100% 95% - 94% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 97% - 100% 100%* - 100%* N/A – N/A 75%* - 100%* 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 95% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 94% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100%* 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 97% - 97% 100% - 100%* 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 89% - 89% 100% - 100% Metals, Lead1 2009–11 / 2011-13 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 96% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 87% - 100% 100%* - 100%* NA - N/A 75%* - 100%* 96% - 94% 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 100% - 90% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 95% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100%* 89% - 95% 92% - 93% 87% - 100% 100% - 90% 100% - 100% 100% - 100%* 100% - 93% 98% - 100%* 100% - 100% 100% - 100% Coliform, Total 2009–11 / 2011-13 85% - 83% 58% - 76% 100% - 78% 93% - 90% 80%* - 100%* 67% - 74% 75%* - 100%* NA - N/A 100%* - 100%* 81% - 82% 100% - 100% 80%* - 80%* 74% - 75% 46% - 76% 70% - 67% 87% - 70% 84% - 71% 70% - 93% 100% - 100%* 65% - 74% 50% - 43% 87% - 100% 91% - 90% 82% - 89% 67% - 80% 57%* - 93% 75%* - 75%* 89% - 88% 67% - 75% Nitrate-Nitrite (as N) 2009–11 / 2011-13 96% - 95% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* NA - N/A 100%* - 100%* 96% - 88% 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 96% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100%* 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 91% - 100% 97% - 99% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* Sodium, Total 2009–11 / 2011-13 100% - 100% 88% - 65% 50% - 56% 100% - 100% 100%* - 100%* 74% - 74% 75%* - 100%* NA - N/A 100%* - 33%* 100% - 94% 67% - 57% 100%* - 30%* 85% - 100% 92% - 86% 100% - 930% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100% 100% - 100%* 93% - 91% 100% - 87% 75% - 67% 54% - 30% 98% - 100% 87% - 100% 1000% - 100% 100%* - 50%* 56% - 67% 100% - 100% STATEWIDE SUMMARY 98% - 99% 97% - 98% 79% - 83% 99% - 99% 89% - 81% April 1, 2014, Page 210 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The statewide assessment shows that data from the past two years were similar to the previous two years in the number of samples achieving the MCL (83% compared with 79% of the samples). Table 10.1 shows the basins with the highest and lowest percentages of wells achieving the ground water standards. The Southeast Coast–Biscayne Bay, Nassau–St. Marys, and Ochlockonee–St. Marks had the lowest percentage of wells achieving the MCL for total coliform in the recent two-year period. As previously noted, some of the reported exceedances may not all be attributable to actual aquifer conditions. Sodium can be used as an indicator of saline ground water influence on freshwater aquifers. Higher salinity can be related to increased ground water usage that creates the upward seepage of mineralized ground water from deeper aquifers or the lateral intrusion of seawater if wells are located in coastal areas. Saline water was found to be a potential issue in several of the basins based on their percentage of samples meeting the sodium MCL. The St. Lucie–Loxahatchee, Lake Worth Lagoon, Indian River Lagoon had the lowest percentages of wells achieving the MCL. The statewide assessment shows that data from the past two years were similar to the previous two years in the number of samples achieving the MCL (81% in comparison to 89% of the samples). Table 10.1 shows the basins with the highest and lowest percentages of ground water samples achieving the MCL for sodium. Statewide, one or more metals exceeding a primary ground water MCL occurred in only about 2% of the samples. The most common metal with exceedances was lead. Arsenic also exceeded its MCL in a few instances. Elevated lead concentrations in samples are sometimes related to well casing or plumbing material, but when arsenic is found, it is most likely associated with an actual condition in the aquifer. Nitrate-nitrogen is a conservative contaminant, and concentrations are not typically biased by well materials or sampling technique. The compound nitrite-nitrogen is seldom detected in ground water and, if present, occurs in only minute concentrations. Therefore, when concentrations of nitrate-nitrite nitrogen are reported together, as they are in Table 10.1, it can be safely assumed that the value represents the nitrate concentration. Elevated nitrate levels reflect the presence of nutrient sources such as fertilizers, animal waste, or domestic wastewater. According to the statewide assessment, nitrate above the MCL is a concern in only 1% of the samples analyzed. Table 10.1 lists the basins with the highest and lowest percentage of samples achieving the MCL for nitrate. The vast majority of wells in the Department’s network that were sampled for nitrate were below the MCL. However, ground water samples from several basins exceeded the MCL. The April 1, 2014, Page 211 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report basins with the lowest percentage of wells meeting the MCL for nitrate during the recent two-year period were the Kissimmee and Apalachicola–Chipola Basins. These analyses of the regional data show that ground water quality in the state is good overall, when considering these parameters. However, it also indicates that there are some ground water quality issues in some basins. Depending on the contaminant, these can be very significant on a localized or regional scale. The following section describes the contaminants of concern in Florida and their observed occurrences in potable ground water. Ground Water Quality Issues and Contaminants of Concern, Including Potable Water Issues As discussed in the analyses of ambient data, the overall quality of ground water in Florida is good. However, there are ground water quality issues in specific areas. Private well sampling data and PWS data (which include both treated and raw water samples) were used to develop a summary of the categories of parameters that were most frequently found at levels exceeding primary MCLs in Florida’s aquifers used for potable supply. Data were obtained for an approximate two-year period of record from November 2011 through October 2013. The number and distribution of the samples that exceed specific MCLs for ground water during this period help identify current issues and contaminants of concern. The reporting of these exceedances in wells and water systems is not meant to imply that well owners or public water customers are consuming contaminated ground water. Alternative sources or treatment systems are provided to private well owners, and water from PWSs is most often treated but sometimes blended to reduce contaminants to safe levels. Figure 10.1 summarizes statewide findings by contaminant category. Tables 10.2a and 10.2b summarize contaminant categories in each of the state’s 29 major basins, showing the numbers of exceedances reported for PWSs and private wells since the 2012 Integrated Report data were reported. The data for this evaluation were compiled for approximately two years (November 2011 through October 2013). The contaminant of concern categories include volatile organic compounds (VOCs), other synthetic organic chemicals (SOCs; such as pesticides), nitrate, primary metals, salinity, and radionuclides. This evaluation is limited to contaminants that have potable ground water primary MCLs. Although not included in the summary tables, THMs and bacteria are also significant contaminants affecting water supplies and are discussed in this section. April 1, 2014, Page 212 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Private Wells 50 8 53 271 VOCs Pesticides/SOCs Nitrate Metals Figure 10.1. Statewide Summary of Primary MCL Exceedances Reported for Private Wells (top) and Untreated PWSs (bottom) in the Recent Two-Year Period April 1, 2014, Page 213 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 10.2a. Summary of Recent Exceedances of Primary Ground Water Standards in Untreated Samples from Private Wells and Ground Water–Based PWSs This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the basin and aquifer. Columns 2 and 3 list the number of PWSs and private wells, respectively, exceeding primary standards for VOCs since the 2012 report. Columns 4 and 5 list the number of public/private exceedances, respectively, for pesticides/SOCs over the same period; and Columns 6 and 7 list the number of public/private exceedances, respectively, for nitrate. PWSs or private wells with samples that exceeded primary MCLs for VOCs, excluding trihalomethanes (THMs) and ethylene dibromide (EDB). PWSs or private wells with samples that exceeded primary MCLs for pesticides (also known as SOCs). 3 PWSs or private wells with samples that exceeded MCLs for nitrate or nitrate-nitrite. 4 PWS data not restricted to wells only. Some parameter results are for other entry points into a system or composite samples. Data are from systems that operate their own wells. While individual sample results collected for this report may exceed an action level or MCL, that exceedance does not necessarily translate directly into a violation of water delivered to the consumer (1) because of the compositing or blending of water mentioned above, or (2) because averaging with subsequent samples was below the action level or MCL. 5 Private well sampling under the WSRP is targeted sampling conducted in areas of suspected contamination, and the parameters analyzed are specific to contaminants of concern. 1 2 ND = No data - = Empty cell VOCs1 in PWSs4 VOCs1 in Private Wells (WSRP)5 Pesticides/ SOCs2 in PWSs4 Pesticides/ SOCs2 in Private Wells (WSRP)5 Nitrate3 in PWSs4 Nitrate3 in Private Wells (WSRP)5 Note: Contaminant Categories and Number of Private Well and Water Systems with Samples Exceeding Primary Standards (period of record November 2011–October 2013) 0 0 0 3 0 1 Caloosahatchee–Surficial Aquifer 0 1 0 0 0 0 Charlotte Harbor–Floridan Aquifer System (SW) 0 2 0 0 0 0 Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew–Floridan Aquifer System 0 2 0 0 0 0 Everglades–Surficial Aquifer (SW) 0 0 0 0 0 0 Everglades West Coast–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 1 0 0 0 Fisheating Creek–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 0 0 0 1 Florida Keys–None 0 0 0 0 0 0 Indian River Lagoon–Floridan and Surficial Aquifers 0 1 0 0 0 0 Kissimmee River–Floridan, Intermediate, and Surficial Aquifers 0 2 0 1 0 15 Lake Okeechobee–Surficial Aquifer (SW) 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lake Worth Lagoon–Palm Beach Coast–Surficial Aquifer 2 1 1 0 0 0 Lower St. Johns–Floridan Aquifer System 0 6 0 0 0 0 Middle St. Johns–Floridan Aquifer System 3 8 0 0 0 0 Nassau–St. Marys–Floridan Aquifer System 1 0 1 0 0 0 Ochlockonee–St. Marks–Floridan Aquifer System 0 0 0 0 0 1 Ocklawaha–Floridan Aquifer System 0 5 2 3 1 7 Pensacola–Sand-and-Gravel Aquifer 0 0 2 0 0 0 Perdido–Sand-and-Gravel Aquifer 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka–Floridan and Surficial Aquifers 0 4 0 1 0 13 Southeast Coast–Biscayne Bay–Biscayne Aquifer 0 1 0 0 0 0 Springs Coast–Floridan Aquifer System 0 1 0 0 0 0 St. Lucie–Loxahatchee–Surficial Aquifer 1 6 0 0 0 1 Suwannee–Floridan Aquifer System 0 1 0 0 0 8 Tampa Bay–Floridan Aquifer System 0 7 0 0 0 0 Tampa Bay Tributaries–Floridan Aquifer System 1 2 0 0 6 4 Upper East Coast–Floridan Aquifer System and Surficial Aquifer 0 0 0 0 0 0 Upper St. Johns–Floridan Aquifer System and Surficial Aquifer 0 0 0 0 1 0 Withlacoochee–Floridan Aquifer System 1 0 0 0 1 2 STATEWIDE SUMMARY—2011–2013 9 50 7 8 9 53 STATEWIDE SUMMARY—2012 Integrated Report 8 93 6 98 17 94 Basin–Aquifer Apalachicola–Chipola–Floridan Aquifer System April 1, 2014, Page 214 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 10.2b. Summary of Recent Exceedances of Primary Ground Water Standards in Untreated Samples from Private Wells and Ground Water–Based PWSs This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the basin/aquifer. Columns 2 and 3 list the number of PWSs and private wells, respectively, exceeding primary standards for primary metals since the 2012 report. Columns 4 and 5 list the number of public/private exceedances, respectively, for saline water over the same period; and Columns 6 and 7 list the number of public/private exceedances, respectively, for radionuclides. PWSs or private wells with samples that exceeded MCLs for primary metals. PWSs or private wells with samples that exceeded MCL for sodium, an indicator of salinity. 3 PWSs or private wells with samples that exceeded MCL for radionuclides, measured as Radium-226, Radium-228, gross Alpha, and/or gross Beta. 4 PWS data not restricted to wells only. Some parameter results are for other entry points into a system or composite samples. Data are from systems that operate their own wells. While individual sample results collected for this report may exceed an action level or MCL, that exceedance does not necessarily translate directly into a violation for water delivered to the consumer (1) because of the compositing or blending of water mentioned above, or (2) because averaging with subsequent samples was below the action level or MCL. 5 Private well sampling under the WSRP is targeted sampling conducted in areas of suspected contamination, and the parameters analyzed are specific to contaminants of concern. 1 2 ND = No data - = Empty cell Primary Metals1 in PWSs4 Primary Metals1 in Private Wells (WSRP) 5 Saline Water2 in PWSs4 Saline Water2 in Private Wells (WSRP) 5 Radionuclides3 in PWSs 4 Radionuclides3 in Private Wells (WSRP) 5 Note: Contaminant Categories and Number of Private Well and Water Systems with Samples Exceeding Primary Standards (period of record November 2011–October 2013) 0 0 0 ND 0 ND Caloosahatchee–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 2 ND 1 ND Charlotte Harbor–Floridan Aquifer System 0 2 1 ND 1 ND Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew–Floridan Aquifer System 0 0 0 ND 0 ND Everglades–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 2 ND 0 ND Everglades West Coast–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 1 ND 0 ND Fisheating Creek–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 0 ND 0 ND Florida Keys–None 0 0 0 ND 0 ND Indian River Lagoon–Floridan and Surficial Aquifers 0 0 2 ND 0 ND Kissimmee River–Floridan, Intermediate, and Surficial Aquifers 0 0 0 ND 2 ND Lake Okeechobee–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 1 ND 0 ND Lake Worth Lagoon–Palm Beach Coast–Surficial Aquifer 0 0 2 ND 1 ND Lower St. Johns–Floridan Aquifer System 2 0 2 ND 0 ND Middle St. Johns–Floridan Aquifer System 2 1 2 ND 2 ND Nassau–St. Marys–Floridan Aquifer System 1 0 0 ND 0 ND Ochlockonee–St. Marks–Floridan Aquifer System 0 0 0 ND 0 ND Ocklawaha–Floridan Aquifer System 4 4 1 ND 2 ND Pensacola–Sand-and-Gravel Aquifer 0 1 3 ND 3 ND Perdido–Sand-and-Gravel Aquifer 0 0 0 ND 0 ND Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka–Floridan and Surficial Aquifers 4 7 3 ND 19 ND Southeast Coast–Biscayne Bay–Biscayne Aquifer 0 4 0 ND 0 ND Springs Coast–Floridan Aquifer System 3 45 1 ND 1 ND St. Lucie–Loxahatchee–Surficial Aquifer 1 0 2 ND 0 ND Suwannee–Floridan Aquifer System 1 67 1 ND 1 ND Tampa Bay–Floridan Aquifer System 1 6 2 ND 6 ND Tampa Bay Tributaries–Floridan Aquifer System 7 70 0 ND 16 ND Upper East Coast–Floridan Aquifer System and Surficial Aquifer 0 0 1 ND 0 ND Upper St. Johns–Floridan Aquifer System and Surficial Aquifer 0 2 0 ND 0 ND Withlacoochee–Floridan Aquifer System 4 62 0 ND 0 ND STATEWIDE SUMMARY—2011–2013 30 271 29 ND 55 ND STATEWIDE SUMMARY—2012 Integrated Report 43 594 26 3 46 ND Basin–Aquifer Apalachicola–Chipola–Floridan Aquifer System April 1, 2014, Page 215 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Volatile organics can be highly mobile and persistent in ground water, and incidences of ground water contamination by VOCs have historically been fairly widespread in mainly urban areas. Table 10.2a summarizes the numbers of water systems and private wells for which samples contained above-MCL levels of VOCs that have primary drinking water MCLs. Only nine PWSs had VOC exceedances during this two-year period. A total of 50 private wells had VOC exceedances in the recent two-year period, and of these the highest numbers of wells were in the Middle St. Johns Basin, followed by the Tampa Bay Tributaries Basin. Benzene has historically been the compound that most frequently exceeded MCLs in each of the two sets of water quality data, followed by trichloroethylene (TCE) and tetrachloroethylene (perchloroethylene [PCE]). Synthetic Organic Chemicals (SOCs) Historically, ethylene dibromide (EDB) was the compound most frequently detected in PWSs and private drinking water wells in Florida. This nematocide, which was used heavily in the 1980s on citrus and other croplands, was found to be highly mobile and a threat to potable ground water supplies. In response to the Department’s identification of EDB as an issue, FDOH conducted a comprehensive sampling program in areas where it was suspected to have been applied. In 16 basins, this work identified thousands of private drinking water wells contaminated by the compound, prompting the formal delineation of ground water contamination areas. Since the 1980s, EDB has been banned from use, but it is still detected in well water samples in areas where it was formerly used. Table 10.2a shows the distribution of MCL exceedances of SOCs in samples reported for the recent twoyear period. Although much less widespread, EDB has also been found in some PWSs. Over the past two years, there were only seven PWSs with SOC exceedances. During that period, eight private wells were found with exceedances, mainly for EDB. The FDOH focuses on contaminants of highest priority to health in the state, and new pesticide detections have not led to very much sampling of private wells in the past two years. Nitrate Elevated nitrate concentrations in ground water have been associated with inorganic fertilizers, animal waste, and domestic wastewater and residuals (Harrington et al. 2010). Nitrate has occasionally been April 1, 2014, Page 216 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report found at concentrations greater than the MCL of 10 mg/L in PWSs, most commonly those in the Tampa Bay Tributaries Basin. Over the past two years, samples from nine systems using ground water have reported nitrate detections above the MCL. Historically, most of the private wells with nitrate above the MCL were found in the Kissimmee, Ocklawaha, and Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka Basins. Elevated concentrations of nitrate in private wells continue to be detected in FDOH sampling. For the recent twoyear period, approximately 53 private wells had MCL exceedances. This is a decrease from previous years, but only because FDOH sampling resources have been focused on other contaminants of concern (such as arsenic and dieldrin). Table 10.2a shows the distribution of PWSs and private wells with nitrate exceedances for the recent two-year period. Nitrate contamination of ground water remains a significant issue in some areas of Florida. The basins with the highest number of nitrate MCL exceedances in water systems and wells include large citrusgrowing areas or areas where citrus was previously grown on top of vulnerable aquifers. An area within portions of the Kissimmee and Ocklawaha Basins with the highest number of above-MCL concentrations of nitrate in private wells is known as the Ridge Citrus Area. In the early 1990s, FDACS began implementing a BMP program for growers in the Ridge Citrus Area to use fertilizers more efficiently and reduce nitrate concentrations in ground water. It is hoped that this program will eventually help to reduce the number of nitrate exceedances in wells in this area. Primary Metals Metals have been detected at concentrations above their MCL in PWSs. At times, these detections have been due to the materials containing and conveying the water, rather than actual concentrations in ground water. Metal well casings, piping, storage tanks, and plumbing fixtures, in addition to sampling techniques, often cause bias in the analyses of ground water samples for metals. Lead and cadmium have historically been found at concentrations above the MCL in samples from PWSs, and both metals are very frequently associated with impurities in water distribution and storage systems. Galvanized coatings on metal surfaces, paint, and lead solder are documented sources of metals contamination in water systems. Arsenic has recently arisen as the metal of concern in PWSs and private wells. In the past two years, there have been 30 metals exceedances in samples from PWSs. The Tampa Bay Tributaries, Withlacoochee, Sarasota–Peace–Myakka, and Ocklawaha Basins have had the highest number of water systems reporting samples with concentrations above the MCL in the past two years. In the past two years, a total of 271 private wells sampled have had exceedances for primary metals, mainly arsenic and to a lesser extent lead. The basins with the highest number of wells with exceedances for the recent two-year period are the April 1, 2014, Page 217 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Tampa Bay Tributaries, Suwannee, Withlacoochee, and Springs Coast Basins. Lead, again, may be an artifact of well materials, piping, or plumbing fixtures, but arsenic, which is responsible for the vast majority of exceedances, is not typically associated with any of these. Table 10.2b summarizes the exceedances of MCLs for primary metals during the recent two-year period. Arsenic in ground water may be naturally occurring, of anthropogenic origin due to human-induced geochemical changes, or a true contaminant released as a result of human activities. Throughout Florida, arsenic is a stable element associated with the minor mineral pyrite. In addition, a recent unpublished study suggests that arsenic may occur in association with the mineral powellite, although much less is known about its distribution in Florida rocks. The prevalence of elevated arsenic detections in the southwest Florida basins and the Suwannee Basin may be due to the chemical makeup of the aquifer in these areas. In addition to this natural source, potential anthropogenic sources include arsenic-based pesticides applied to cotton fields; citrus groves; road, railroad, and power line rights-of way; golf courses; and cattle-dipping vats (which were in use in Florida until 1961; e.g., Walker 2011). In recent years, the use of arsenical pesticides has significantly decreased, and as of 2013 its use is restricted only to monosodium methanearsonate (MSMA) on cotton fields, golf courses, sod farms, and highway rights-of-way (EPA 2013). However, residues from past use, when bound to soil particles, do not readily dissipate. Higher numbers of reported exceedances may be considered an artifact of the change in the EPA arsenic standard for ground water, which was reduced from 50 to 10 µg/L in 2001, and was fully implemented in 2006. Recent studies indicate that human disturbances which introduce water or oxygen into arsenic-bearing limestone leads to the release of soluble arsenic from the rock matrix. Activities such as mining, well drilling, stormwater discharge into drainage wells, ASR projects (Arthur et al. 2002; Price and Pichler 2006), and overpumping can potentially release previously stable arsenic into ground water. In addition, drought can lower the water table, allowing oxygen to permeate the aquifer matrix and cause the release of arsenic compounds from limestone. Saline Water Saltwater intrusion has been a well-documented concern in some coastal areas of the state where the wedge of salt water is drawn inland by well pumpage and dewatering of wetland areas (Harrington et al. 2010). In several areas of the state, not necessarily on the coast, the upward seepage of brackish water from April 1, 2014, Page 218 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report deeper zones has also been an issue. In this assessment, an exceedance of the MCL for sodium was used as an indicator of possible saline water impacts. Historically, elevated sodium concentrations were found in samples from PWSs in the Tampa Bay Tributaries, Middle St. Johns, and Ocklawaha Basins. Over the recent two-year period, however, 29 PWSs scattered among 17 basins reported sodium exceedances. Private wells are not frequently sampled for sodium, and none were reported as having sodium exceedances in the past two years. Table 10.2b summarizes these results for the recent two-year period for the state’s basins. Public drinking water supplies with the highest number of sodium exceedances are typically in areas of the state where consumptive use has caused saline water to migrate into potable aquifers. Protracted drought conditions and the increased consumption of ground water in Florida are probable causes of these exceedances. Florida’s WMDs have been working on alternative water supplies in areas of the state where this is a problem. Radionuclides In Florida, most elevated radionuclide levels are due to natural conditions, but these conditions may still result in MCL exceedances and a potential health concern. Most radionuclides occur naturally as trace elements in bedrock and soil as a consequence of radioactive decay series, including uranium-238 (U238) and thorium-232 (Th-232; e.g., NDWC 2000). Elevated radionuclide levels in Florida occur most commonly in phosphate mineral deposits that are common in some areas of the state (Department 2013). Measurements for radionuclides in ground water include gross Alpha, gross Beta, and analyses for the isotopes radium-226 and radium-228. Of these, gross Alpha is the most commonly measured parameter. Table 10.2b summarizes radionuclide MCL exceedances in water from PWSs. There have been no samples collected from private wells for radionuclides in the past two years. Historically, PWSs in the west–central area of the state have most frequently had MCL exceedances for radionuclides. Over the two-year period, samples of ground water from 55 PWSs exceeded MCLs for radionuclides. Most were from systems in the Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka and Tampa Bay Tributaries Basins where natural phosphate is abundant. These basins include one of the three largest phosphatemining areas in the world that encompasses large areas of Manatee, Sarasota, Hardee, DeSoto, Polk, and Hillsborough Counties. The FDOH infrequently samples private wells for radionuclides, and there are no private well data from the recent two-year period. Historically, based on limited data, the highest number of MCL exceedances in private wells was in the Tampa Bay Tributaries Basin. April 1, 2014, Page 219 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Trihalomethanes (THMs) Some THMs are unfortunate disinfection byproducts (DBPs) resulting from the addition of halogens (including chlorine, bromine, and iodine) to source water that contains organic matter and are not normally an issue with the actual ground water resource. Halogenation is a disinfection treatment practiced by PWSs to kill potentially harmful bacteria. Unlike a number of states, Florida requires PWSs to provide disinfection. Chloroform, dibromochloromethane, bromodichloromethane, and bromoform are the most common THMs found in treated water. Some PWSs are using alternative disinfection methods (such as the use of chloramine) to reduce or eliminate the creation of THMs. Bacteria (Coliform) Bacteria are not typically a concern to PWSs, because the water is disinfected before distribution. However, the bacterial contamination of private drinking water wells is a common issue addressed by FDOH. Unfortunately, the number of bacterial exceedances in private wells is poorly documented and not maintained in a central database. Of all water quality issues evaluated, bacterial contamination, as indicated by elevated total coliform counts, is one of the most prevalent issues in ground water samples collected from monitoring wells (Table 10.1). However, the significance of bacteria in water samples as it relates to the ground water resource must still be determined. The presence of bacteria may be a result of improper well construction, poor hygiene at the wellhead, animal waste or septic tank issues and/or flooding, and the surface water infiltration of a water system. These considerations highlight the fact that individual well assessments are necessary, and that in many cases, bacterial contamination is localized and may not be an issue outside of the individual wells themselves. Summary of Ground Water Contaminant Sources The EPA’s 2004 Florida Source Water Assessment identified the top five potential sources of contamination in Florida. These are: (1) underground storage tanks (not leaking), (2) gasoline service stations (including historical gas stations), (3) municipal sanitary waste treatment and disposal (commercial, domestic, and industrial waste), (4) known contamination sites/plumes (equivalent to the Department’s delineated areas), and (5) drycleaning facilities. Several of these have commonly been the focus of waste cleanup and monitoring activities in Florida. April 1, 2014, Page 220 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report However, there are also instances where ground water has been degraded as the result of nonpoint activities. This section discusses the most significant ground water degradation sources, based on waste cleanup, monitoring, and restoration actions taken by the Department and other agencies concerned with ground water quality. Petroleum Facilities The Department’s Storage Tank Contamination Monitoring (STCM) database contains information on all storage tank facilities registered with the Department and tracked for active storage tanks, storage tank history, or petroleum cleanup activity. Currently, the STCM database lists approximately 64,000 registered petroleum storage tanks, and it shows that approximately 15,000 storage tank facilities have documented ground water contamination by petroleum constituents. Petroleum sites and petroleum problems are concentrated in the most populated areas of the state, as well as along major transportation corridors. The main petroleum constituents found in ground water are benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylenes, and methyl tert-butyl ether. Contaminants at older petroleum sites may also contain lead and EDB. Florida’s Petroleum Cleanup Program encompasses the technical oversight, management, and administrative activities necessary to prioritize, assess, and cleanup sites contaminated by the discharges of petroleum and petroleum products from stationary petroleum storage systems. These include sites determined to be eligible for state-funded cleanup using preapproved contractors designated by the property owner or responsible party and state lead contractors under direct contract with the Department, as well as nonprogram or voluntary cleanup sites funded by responsible parties. Drycleaning Solvent Facilities Approximately 1,400 drycleaning facilities (mainly retail) have signed up for eligibility for contaminant cleanup under the Department’s Drycleaning Solvent Cleanup Program (DSCP) due to evidence of contamination. Of those, approximately 190 are actively being assessed and may be under remedial action. Drycleaning solvent constituents (PCE, TCE, dichloroethenes, and vinyl chloride) are among the most mobile and persistent contaminants in the environment. The Florida Legislature established a state-funded program, administered by the Department, to clean up properties that are contaminated as a result of the operations of a drycleaning facility or wholesale supply facility (Chapter 376, F.S.). The drycleaning industry sponsored the statute to address environmental, economic, and liability issues resulting from drycleaning solvent contamination. The program limits the April 1, 2014, Page 221 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report liability of the owner, operator, and real property owner of drycleaning or wholesale supply facilities for cleaning up drycleaning solvent contamination, if the parties meet the eligibility conditions stated in the law. Federal and State Waste Cleanup and Monitoring Sites The Federal Superfund Program (authorized under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act [CERCLA]) and Florida’s Hazardous Waste Site Cleanup Program were developed to provide mechanisms for addressing contamination on uncontrolled or abandoned hazardous waste sites. In the state, there are currently 56 active Superfund sites on the National Priorities List (NPL) and 50 sites on Florida’s Hazardous Waste Cleanup Program list. Many of these sites have documented ground water contamination. Nonpoint Sources Degraded ground water quality is sometimes not associated with a single contaminant source but instead may be related to multiple sources or land use practices in an area. In many cases, the cumulative effect of human activities through leaching from nonpoint sources of pollution creates ground water quality problems. In urban areas, ground water can receive contaminants from a variety of sources, including residential septic systems, leaking sewer lines, urban stormwater, residential fertilizers and pesticide applications, and pet waste. In more rural areas, significant nonpoint sources can include fertilizers and pesticides used on agricultural fields, animal wastes from pastures and confined animal feeding operations, wastewater application sites, and road and utility rights-of-way. The magnitude of the impacts to ground water is highly dependent on the vulnerability of the ground water resource. Ground water is particularly vulnerable in karst (limestone) areas, where it is not protected and discharges can have a direct, unfiltered pathway to the drinking water resource via sinkholes. Unfortunately, the potable ground water resource in some areas dominated by agricultural activities is often susceptible to direct impacts by fertilizer and agrichemical use. The Ridge Citrus Area in central Florida, mentioned previously, is an example of an area with known nitrate impacts to ground water. Ridge Citrus growers are encouraged to address nonpoint impacts through the Agricultural Nonpoint Source Program, using voluntary fertilizer management practices as a primary BMP to reduce their inputs of nitrate to ground water. This work has served as a model for the development of other BMPs to protect ground water from contamination caused by the use of fertilizers on agricultural lands. Similar BMPs April 1, 2014, Page 222 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report have been developed to help address urban sources of nutrients. These BMP programs can help reduce the contamination of ground water from some of these nonpoint sources. Ground Water-Surface Water Interaction Setting and Pathways The dependence of Florida’s surface waters on ground water contributions cannot be overemphasized. For example, in many areas surface water flows into ground water through sinkholes or reversing springs. As mentioned previously, spring-fed stream systems can depend almost entirely on ground water discharge. Canals can also contain mostly ground water. Other streams and lakes may receive over half of their total inflows via ground water seepage, and natural estuaries rely on ground water seepage as a significant source of fresh water. In areas where the Floridan aquifer system is near the surface, and in southern parts of the state where porous limestone is present near the surface, conduit systems in the limestone material efficiently deliver ground water to streams and canals at high rates. In other areas of the state, ground water discharge occurs as seepage from the surficial aquifer system. Ground Water Influence on Impaired Surface Waters Nutrients, DO, and iron are the ground water parameters most likely to influence water quality in impaired or potentially impaired surface waters. Table 10.3 summarizes the median concentrations of these parameters in unconfined aquifers of the state’s 29 major basins and compares them against typical values for Florida’s streams. The addition of relatively low concentrations of nitrate and phosphorus can create nutrient imbalances in surface water and contribute to impairments. In Florida, both nitrate and phosphorus can be naturally occurring or from anthropogenic sources. Nitrate in ground water is associated with anthropogenic sources such as fertilizers, animal waste, and human wastewater. Elevated nitrogen concentrations are of particular concern to clear surface water systems, such as some rivers and estuaries, where phytoplankton in the water column and attached algae can cause biological imbalances. Elevated nitrate is a significant issue with springs, as discussed in a following section. April 1, 2014, Page 223 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 10.3. Median Concentrations of Ground Water–Surface Water Constituents in Unconfined Aquifers (2000–13) This is a six-column table. Column 1 lists the individual basins, Column 2 lists the median concentration for nitrate-nitrite (as N), Column 3 for phosphorus, Column 4 for DO, Column 5 for iron, and Column 6 for specific conductance. Notes: Ground water data provided from the Department’s Status and Trends Network, all representing unconfined aquifers that have the potential to interact with surface water. For some basins, datasets are limited. * Values shown with an asterisk and in boldface type indicate concentrations higher (or in the case of DO, lower) than median values for typical streams in Florida (per Hand et al. 2009). Basin Apalachicola–Chipola Caloosahatchee Charlotte Harbor Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew Everglades Everglades West Coast Fisheating Creek Florida Keys Indian River Lagoon Kissimmee River Lake Okeechobee Lake Worth Lagoon–Palm Beach Coast Lower St. Johns Middle St. Johns Nassau–St. Marys Ochlockonee–St. Marks Ocklawaha Pensacola Perdido Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka Southeast Coast–Biscayne Bay Springs Coast St. Lucie–Loxahatchee Suwannee Tampa Bay Tampa Bay Tributaries Upper East Coast Upper St. Johns Withlacoochee Statewide (median of all stations) Typical Value for Streams in Florida Nitrate-Nitrite (as N) (mg/L) 1.9* 0.004 0.01 0.17* 0.006 0.006 0.012 0.005 0.013 0.02 0.004 0.002 0.008 0.048 0.007 0.13* 0.62* 0.45* 0.35* 0.01 0.1* 0.021 0.01 0.15* 0.011 0.013 0.013 0.002 0.02 0.024 0.051 TP (mg/L) 0.012 0.045 0.041 0.011 0.017 0.019 0.032 0.018 0.19* 0.042 0.21* 0.064 0.062 0.043 0.071 0.024 0.077* 0.002 0.002 0.21* 0.013 0.052 0.11* 0.054 0.04 0.09* 0.26* 0.124* 0.056 0.49* 0.076 April 1, 2014, Page 224 of 296 DO (mg/L) 6.0 0.78* 0.59* 4.62* 0.58* 0.30* 0.62* 1.29* 0.70* 1.0* 0.33* 0.24* 0.74* 0.98* 1.03* 2.8* 4.01* 7.54 6.45 1.2* 1.1* 1.23* 0.2* 2.1* 0.57* 1.1* 0.54* 0.88* 0.86* 1.3* 5.8 Iron (μg/L) 21 1,140* 840* 68 15 720* 259 57.5 780* 460* 620* 289 448* 644* 403* 179 110 15 51 1,080* 532* 770* 919* 190 566* 1,204* 810* 831* 835* 770* 367 Specific Conductance (μS/cm) 225 833* 870* 86 1,302* 835* 109 5,263* 1,008* 321* 613* 715* 195 227 261* 257* 286* 32 43 437* 604* 380* 711* 386* 657* 280* 740* 608* 414* 430* 251 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The more common anthropogenic sources of phosphorus include fertilizers and domestic wastewater/residuals. However, in many parts of the state, naturally occurring phosphate is a significant source of phosphorus in surface waters. In several of Florida’s basins, phosphorus occurs naturally at high concentrations in ground water because of its contact with mineral phosphate in the aquifer material. Phosphorus in ground water in several basins along the east coast is also elevated and is most likely derived from phosphatic sands and shell beds that make up the aquifer material. Low DO is a normal characteristic of ground water. Depressed DO in springs, spring runs, spring-fed rivers, and many drainage canals is often primarily or entirely attributable to ground water inflows. This is due to the fact that the primary source of oxygen in waters is from dissolution from the atmosphere. In instances where ground water contributions to surface waterbodies are high, low DO is a typical consequence, and many DO exceedances in Florida waters are partially attributable to ground water. Iron is another ground water constituent that occurs at high concentrations naturally due to the leaching of ferric iron from iron-rich clay soils and sediment. Iron in the environment also has an affinity for organic materials. Streams that are high in iron concentration typically tend to have a high to moderate ground water component, low DO, and high dissolved organic carbon content. Many of the iron exceedances in surface waters in Florida are due to this set of natural conditions. Specific conductance is also sometimes an indicator of ground water discharge to surface waters. In some basins, the specific conductance of ground water discharging to surface water (quite often via springs) is higher than 1,000 microSiemens per centimeter (µS/cm), which may reflect an exceedance of the specific conductance criterion for fresh surface waters (the criterion is stated as 50% above background or 1,275 µS/cm, whichever is higher). Water Quality in Springs and Related Issues Florida is uniquely endowed with a vast number of natural springs. At latest count there are more than 1,000 named springs in the state. Many of these are routinely monitored by the WMDs, local governments, and the Department. Table 10.4 includes a list of routinely monitored springs and recent results for some key water quality parameters that provide information about anthropogenic impacts as well as natural chemical characteristics that help define their sources of water. The following discussion provides information on nutrients in springs, age and origin of water and salinity effects. Nutrients and salinity effects are currently the most significant water quality concerns facing Florida’s springs. April 1, 2014, Page 225 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Nutrients Nutrient over-enrichment causes the impairment of many surface waters, including springs. The two major nutrient groups that are monitored include nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P). Both N and P are essential nutrients to plant life, including algae. For aquatic vegetation and algae to grow, both nutrients have to be present. In fact, one can be present in excess but if the other is not present, overgrowth of vegetation or algae is not likely to occur. Historically, many spring systems have had sufficient phosphorus to cause an overabundance of plant growth but this was limited by very low concentrations of nitrogen. Nitrate Nitrogen is found in several forms and is ubiquitous in the environment. Nitrate is the form of nitrogen that occurs in the highest concentrations in ground water and springs. Nitrite is an intermediate form of nitrogen that is almost entirely converted to nitrate in the nitrogen cycle. While nitrate and nitrite are frequently analyzed and reported together as one concentration (nitrate-nitrite nitrogen), the nitrite contribution is always insignificant. Historically nitrogen was only a minor constituent of spring water, and typical nitrate concentrations in Florida were less than 0.2 mg/L until the early 1970s. On a statewide basis, as late as the 1980s, the median nitrate concentration in ground water in Florida was less than 0.05 mg/L (Maddox et al. 1992). Since then, nitrate concentrations of greater than 1 mg/L can be found in many springs. With sufficient phosphorus in the water column, seemingly low nitrogen concentrations can actually cause a significant shift in the balance of spring ecological communities, leading to the degradation of biological systems due to overgrowth of algae and sometimes aquatic plants. Virtually all of the nitrate in ground water and springs comes from anthropogenic sources such as inorganic fertilizer, domestic wastewater, and animal waste. Research into the relationship of nutrients to algal growth in springs has provided some science-based values that can serve as thresholds. In a Department-funded study, Michigan State University researchers found that algal species reductions occurred at nitrogen concentrations below 0.591 mg/L for the algal genus Vaucheria spp. and below 0.250 mg/L for the more prevalent Lyngbya wollei (Stevenson et al. 2007). Another reference threshold was provided in documentation supporting spring run-related TMDLs for the Wekiva River and Rock Springs Run by the Department (Gao 2008). This Wekiva River/Rock Springs Run TMDL was based on a nitrogen threshold of 0.286 mg/L, established at a level that would reduce overall periphyton biomass concentration to an acceptable level. Another example of a nitrate threshold April 1, 2014, Page 226 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report was used for the TMDL developed for the Suwannee River and several springs. This method employed a change point analysis that was performed to help understand the functional relationship between periphyton growth and nitrate concentration (Hallas and Magley 2008). It provided a statistical analysis of the range of nitrate concentrations over which periphyton growth would occur. Based on the combined body of this research, the Department has proposed a surface water standard for nitrogen in spring vents of 0.35 mg/L, which applies to both nitrate and nitrate-nitrite. Most of Florida’s springs that are routinely monitored have nitrate concentrations greater than this threshold. More than 75% of the 33 springs included in Table 10.4 have nitrate concentrations greater than the 0.35 mg/L threshold. The springs in Table 10.4 with the highest nitrate concentrations are located in agricultural areas of the Suwannee, Middle St. Johns, Apalachicola, and Withlacoochee Basins. The lowest concentrations in springs are found in conservation lands and forest lands of the upper Middle St. Johns Basin and the Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew Basin, where there are few sources of nitrate. Phosphorus Phosphorus, the other essential nutrient governing algal growth in aquatic systems, has a critical concentration that is much lower than the nitrogen threshold. Stevenson et al. (2007) found that when nitrogen was present at elevated concentrations, the phosphorus thresholds for Vaucheria spp. and Lyngbya wollei were 0.026 and 0.033 mg/L, respectively. Phosphorus in water can originate from natural sources, primarily phosphate-rich clay and dolomite. Anthropogenic sources of phosphorus include fertilizer, animal waste, human wastewater and biosolids, and industrial wastewater effluent. The tendency for phosphorus to leach to ground water at a particular application or disposal site is based on soil characteristics and the amount and frequency of phosphorus loading to the soil. Phosphorus tends to readily adsorb to clay and organic material in soil and tends to leach to ground water where the soil and geological material are sandy or where the soil adsorptive capacity for phosphorus has been exceeded. April 1, 2014, Page 227 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 10.4. Median Concentrations of Selected Parameters in Frequently Monitored Springs (2012–13) This is an eight-column table. Column 1 lists the individual basins, Column 2 lists the individual spring name, Column 3 lists the associated spring group, Column 4 lists the median concentration for nitrate, Column 5 for phosphorus, Column 6 for DO, Column 7 for specific conductance, and Column 8 for sodium. Notes: Nitrate concentrations shown with an asterisk and in boldface type exceed the Department’s proposed nitrate criterion for spring vents; phosphorus concentrations in boldface type are higher than the lowest algal growth–based threshold from research (Stevenson et al. 2007). - = Empty cell/no data Basin Apalachicola–Chipola Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew Choctawhatchee–St. Andrew Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Middle St. Johns Ochlockonee–St. Marks Ocklawaha Springs Coast Springs Coast Springs Coast Springs Coast Springs Coast Suwannee Suwannee Suwannee Suwannee Suwannee Suwannee Suwannee Suwannee Suwannee Tampa Bay Tributaries Withlacoochee Spring Name Jackson Blue Spring Cypress Spring Gainer Spring #1C Morrison Spring Alexander Spring Apopka Spring DeLeon Spring Fern Hammock Springs Juniper Spring Rock Spring Salt Spring (Marion) Silver Glen Springs Volusia Blue Spring Wekiwa Spring Wakulla Spring Silver Spring Main Chassahowitzka Spring Main Homosassa Spring #1 Hunter Spring Tarpon Hole Spring Weeki Wachee Main Spring Devil's Ear Spring (Gilchrist) Falmouth Spring Fanning Springs Ichetucknee Head Spring Lafayette Blue Spring Madison Blue Spring Manatee Spring Troy Spring Wacissa Spring #2 Lithia Springs Major Rainbow Spring #1 Associated Spring Group Gainer Silver Chassahowitzka Homosassa Kings Bay Kings Bay Ginnie-Devil's Ichetucknee Wacissa Rainbow Nitrate (mg/L) 3.60* 0.42* 0.21 0.19 0.05 3.90* 0.51* 0.09 0.10 1.20* 0.11 0.05 0.36* 0.98* 0.46* 1.20* 0.60* 0.63* 0.62* 0.28 0.90* 1.40* 0.41* 5.60* 0.85* 2.60* 1.65* 1.95* 1.80* 0.47* 2.75* 2.29* April 1, 2014, Page 228 of 296 Phosphorus (mg/L) 0.020 0.024 0.016 0.023 0.049* 0.037* 0.062* 0.094* 0.026* 0.082* 0.015 0.025 0.079* 0.120* 0.031* 0.045* 0.020 0.021 0.023 0.034* 0.007 0.047* 0.080* 0.070* 0.024 0.050* 0.040* 0.030* 0.035* 0.044* 0.061* 0.027* DO (mg/L) 7.62 4.69 1.72 3.15 3.22 4.55 0.80 6.88 6.68 0.70 3.26 3.14 0.46 0.46 1.95 2.00 4.82 3.96 4.82 2.22 2.26 2.82 1.20 2.20 3.61 1.00 1.70 1.27 0.55 2.82 1.82 6.97 Specific Conductance (μS/cm) 271 216 140 220 1142 275 634 115 116 271 4619 1859 2258 356 295 472 1528 4395 468 8529 335 388 215 473 310 430 269 471 345 268 507 170 Sodium (mg/L) 1.9 2.7 1.9 1.9 145.2 7.3 63.0 2.7 0.3 5.9 702.5 1141.5 312.5 10.7 5.7 7.1 370.0 666.0 70.5 297.0 5.3 4.6 1.7 5.3 2.4 5.4 3.1 4.2 3.3 3.3 15.9 2.7 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report However, inputs of phosphorus from anthropogenic sources affecting ground water and springs are not easily traced because a significant amount of phosphorus in ground water and springs comes from the natural geological material. Ambient phosphorus concentrations in ground water in the recharge areas or springsheds of springs are frequently higher than the algae-based thresholds offered by Stevenson et al. (2007). Approximately 68% of the springs included in Table 10.4 have phosphorus concentrations greater than the lower algal-based threshold identified in Stevenson’s work (0.026 mg/L). The springs in Table 10.4 with the highest phosphorus concentrations are in the Middle St. Johns and Suwannee Basins. Dissolved Oxygen Springs receive their water from the upper Floridan aquifer, which in turn is recharged mainly by precipitation. Springs with relatively shallow flow systems respond rapidly to precipitation events and these springs have chemical characteristics that are more similar to rainwater than deeper springs, which discharge water that has had a longer residence time in the aquifer material. The DO concentration is a key chemical indicator that provides useful information about the relative age of water coming from springs. Rainwater and “newer” ground water have higher DO levels, and springs with high DO levels are most vulnerable to surface water quality impacts, if there are nearby sources. The frequently monitored springs in Table 10.4 with the highest DO concentrations include Jackson Blue Spring, Rainbow Spring #1, Fern Hammock Spring, and Juniper Spring. These all have contributing conduit systems that are shallow and capable of rapidly assimilating rainfall. Jackson Blue Spring and Rainbow Spring #1 both occur in agricultural areas and have among the highest nitrate concentrations of all springs being monitored, perhaps due in part to their vulnerability. Fern Hammock and Juniper Spring are located in a large conservation area, which is why their nitrate concentrations are lower. Conversely, the springs with lower DO obtain a large portion of their flow from “older,” potentially deeper ground water with potentially longer flow pathways from the ground water recharge areas. Springs with the lowest DO in Table 10.4 include Volusia Blue, Wekiwa, and Rock Springs of the Middle St. Johns Basin and Troy Spring of the Suwannee Basin. These springs also have elevated nitrate, but the “older” water component that they discharge could contain elevated nitrate from past land use activities. Salinity Although most springs are considered to be fresh waters, fresh and saline characteristics are important to document to evaluate changes in spring chemistry. Springs can be characterized based on their salinity April 1, 2014, Page 229 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report analyte levels and mineral content. Salinity analytes evaluated in this assessment include specific conductance and sodium. Concentrations of these indicators can in some cases be used to identify ground water chemistry changes due to drought, sea level rise, and/or anthropogenic influences. Increasing trends in these salinity indicators could be caused by a lack of recharge during low-rainfall periods, over-pumping the aquifer, or a combination of the two. Coastal springs that are tidally influenced cannot be easily evaluated for short-term trends in salinity since the concentrations vary with the tidal cycle. However, long-term increasing trends for salinity indicators in coastal springs could indicate saltwater intrusion. There has been an increasing trend in salinity in many of the springs in Florida. The more saline springs in Table 10.4, from recent data, include Silver Glen Spring, Salt Spring (Marion), Homosassa Spring #1, Chassahowitzka Spring Main, Volusia Blue Spring, Tarpon Hole Spring, and Alexander Spring. Silver Glen, Salt, Volusia Blue, and Alexander Springs are all located in a region of the Middle St. Johns Basin where geologic faults provide a pathway for saline water in the lower Floridan aquifer to migrate vertically upward (upwell) to zones that intersect springs. This upwelling is enhanced in increasingly populated areas of this region by ground water withdrawal. Along the Springs Coast, where Homosassa, Chassahowitzka, and Tarpon Hole Springs are located, salinity is related to the close proximity of the Gulf of Mexico. Along the coast, salinity increases can occur during drought conditions where the aquifer gradients are lower and the influence of ground water withdrawals are more pronounced. Landward movement of the saline water wedge along the coastline may also be influenced by slight increases in sea level, which have been observed over the past decades. April 1, 2014, Page 230 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Chapter 11: Water Protection and Restoration Programs Maintaining overall water quality and supplies, protecting potable water supplies, satisfying competing and rapidly increasing demands for finite quantities of fresh water, minimizing damage to future water reserves, addressing habitat loss and associated aquatic life use, and ensuring healthy populations of fish and wildlife are major objectives of water resource management and protection. To meet these objectives, many different programs and agencies throughout the state, including the Department, work to address activities and problems that affect surface water and ground water quality and quantity. In cooperation with other agencies and stakeholders, the Department has also initiated a number of programs and activities, which are discussed in this chapter, to expand the scientific understanding of Florida’s water resources and improve the protection, management, and restoration of surface water and ground water. Florida’s Water Resource Management Programs In 1967, the Florida Legislature passed the Florida Air and Water Pollution Control Act, Section 403.011 et seq., F.S., and in 1972, recognizing the importance of the state’s water resources, passed the Florida Water Resources Act, Section 373.013 et seq., F.S. Many goals and policies in the State Comprehensive Plan, Chapter 187, F.S., also address water resources and natural systems protection. In addition to the Department’s district offices around the state, Florida is unique in that there are also five regional WMDs, broadly established along natural watershed boundaries:  Northwest Florida.  St. Johns River.  Southwest Florida.  South Florida.  Suwannee River. Section 373.026(7), F.S., gives the Department “general supervisory authority” over the districts and the authority to exercise any power authorized to be exercised by the districts. The Department exercises its general supervisory authority through several means, including coordinating water supply planning efforts that extend across district boundaries, assisting the Governor’s office in reviewing district budgets, and April 1, 2014, Page 231 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report providing program, policy, and rule guidance through the Water Resource Implementation Rule (Chapter 62-40, F.A.C.). The Department reviews district rules for consistency with Chapter 373, F.S. and Chapter 62-40, F.A.C. This approach combines state-level oversight with regional decision making. It facilitates appropriate statewide consistency in the application of Florida water law, while maintaining regional flexibility where necessary to accommodate the wide-ranging climatic, geological, and environmental conditions that affect the state’s water resources. The water management activities of the Department and the WMDs are divided into the following four areas of responsibility:  Water Supply: Promoting the availability of sufficient water for all existing and future reasonable and beneficial uses and natural systems.  Flood Protection and Floodplain Management: Preventing or minimizing damage from floods, and protecting and enhancing the natural system values of floodplains.  Water Quality Management: Improving, protecting, and maintaining the quality of surface and ground water.  Natural System Management: Preserving, protecting, and restoring natural systems. These responsibilities are carried out through a variety of activities, including planning, regulation, watershed management, assessment through the application of water quality standards, the management of nonpoint source pollution, ambient water quality monitoring, ground water protection, educational programs, and land management. Overview of Surface Water Monitoring Programs Watershed-Based Monitoring and Reporting Different types of monitoring, ranging from the general to the specific, are needed to answer questions about water quality at varying scales. Questions may pertain to larger national, statewide, or regional/local conditions; whether trends exist in water quality over time; or whether there are problems in individual surface or ground waters. Other monitoring may include gathering project-specific information to develop standards or to fill data gaps if there is a need to address specific regulatory problems. To that end, the Department has developed diverse monitoring programs to resolve questions in response to these needs. April 1, 2014, Page 232 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The Department has embraced a tiered monitoring approach and is reporting the results of statewide ambient monitoring networks (Tier I; Chapter 5 and Chapter 6), strategic monitoring for the verification of impairment and identification of causative pollutants (Tier II; Chapter 7 and Chapter 8), and specialized, site-specific monitoring (Tier III). Tier I consists of the Department’s statewide Status Monitoring (probabilistic) and Trend Monitoring Networks, TMDL basin- and waterbody-specific monitoring, and site-specific monitoring for special projects and regulatory needs, such as statewide DO and nutrient criteria monitoring. The Tier I Status Network used a statewide probabilistic monitoring design to estimate water quality across the entire state during 2010–12, based on a representative subsample of water resource types. These estimates are based on a variety of threshold values, including water quality standards, water quality indices, and other appropriate ecological indicators. The Trend Network uses a fixed station design to examine changes in water quality over time in select river and stream sites throughout the state. Strategic monitoring (Tier II) includes monitoring designed to address data gaps in order to verify impairment in potentially impaired waterbodies and monitoring in response to citizen concerns and environmental emergencies. Another example, the Springs Monitoring Network, encompasses all of the extensive monitoring activities begun in 1999 to address the needs of Florida’s freshwater spring systems, a fragile and unique resource type that is at risk. Tier III monitoring addresses questions that are regulatory in nature or that support specific program needs and quality objectives. Examples include monitoring to determine whether moderating provisions or other alternatives, such as SSACs, should apply to certain waters, monitoring tied to regulatory permits issued by the Department (including fifth-year inspections of wastewater facilities under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System [NPDES] Program), intensive surveys for the development of TMDLs, monitoring to evaluate the effectiveness of BMPs, and monitoring to establish or revise state water quality standards. Each of the Department’s core monitoring programs has a monitoring design, a list of core and supplemental water quality indicators, and specific procedures for quality assurance, data management, data analysis and assessment, reporting, and programmatic evaluation. The Department relies on both chemical and biological sampling in all of its monitoring programs and conducts the bulk of the biological sampling statewide. The remainder of this chapter contains information about these programs, their objectives, and the results of each of their efforts. April 1, 2014, Page 233 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Overview of Surface Water Protection Programs Water Quality Standards (WQS) Program Florida’s surface water quality standards are described in Chapter 62-302, F.A.C. The components of this system, which are described below, include water quality classifications; water quality criteria; an antidegradation policy; and moderating provisions. Water Quality Classifications Florida’s WQS Program, the foundation of the state’s program of water quality management, designates the “present and future most beneficial uses” of the waters of the state (Subsection 403.061(10), F.S.). Florida’s surface water is protected for the following designated use classifications: Class I Potable water supplies. Class II Shellfish propagation or harvesting. Class III Fish consumption; recreation, propagation, and maintenance of a healthy, well-balanced population of fish and wildlife. Class III-Limited Fish consumption; recreation or limited recreation; and/or propagation and maintenance of a limited population of fish and wildlife. Class IV Agricultural water supplies (e.g., large agricultural lands, located mainly around Lake Okeechobee). Class V Navigation, utility, and industrial use (note: there are no state waters currently in this class). Class I waters generally have the most stringent water quality criteria and Class V the least. However, Class I, II, and III surface waters share water quality criteria established to protect recreation and the propagation and maintenance of a healthy, well-balanced population of fish and wildlife. All waters of the state are considered to be Class III, except for those specifically identified in Rule 62-302.600, F.A.C. All waters of the state are required to meet the “Minimum Criteria for Surface Waters,” as identified in Rule 62-302.500, F.A.C. April 1, 2014, Page 234 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Class III-Limited surface waters also share most of the same water quality criteria as Class I, II, and III surface waters. The designated use for Class III-Limited surface waters is intended primarily for some wholly artificial and altered waters, in acknowledgment that many of these waters have physical or habitat limitations that preclude support of the same type of aquatic ecosystem as a natural stream or lake. Chapter 7 discusses the relationship between the state and the EPA’s designated use classifications. Water Quality Criteria Water quality criteria, expressed as numeric or narrative limits for specific parameters, describe the water quality necessary to maintain designated uses (such as fishing, swimming, and drinking water) for surface water and ground water. These criteria are presented in Chapter 62-302, F.A.C., and specifically in Rule 62-302.530, F.A.C. Due to the complexity of numeric nutrient standards, separate rules were established for fresh waters (Rule 62-302.531, F.A.C.) and marine waters (Rule 62-302.532, F.A.C.). Additionally, criteria for DO were recently revised and are contained in Rule 62-302.533, F.A.C. Previously, criteria for DO were concentration-based but are now percent saturation-based. Antidegradation Policy The Florida Antidegradation Policy (Rules 62-302.300 and 62-4.242, F.A.C.) recognizes that pollution that causes or contributes to new violations of water quality standards or to the continuation of existing violations is harmful to the waters of the state. Under this policy, the permitting of new or previously unpermitted existing discharges is prohibited where the discharge is expected to reduce the quality of a receiving water below the classification established for it. Any lowering of water quality caused by a new or expanded discharge to surface waters must be in the public interest (i.e., the benefits of the discharge to public health, safety, and welfare must outweigh any adverse impacts on fish and wildlife or recreation). Furthermore, the permittee must demonstrate that other disposal alternatives (e.g., reuse) or pollution prevention are not economically and technologically reasonable alternatives to the surface water discharge. Moderating Provisions Florida’s water quality standards include a variety of moderating provisions (provided in Subsection 62302.300(10) and Chapter 62-4, F.A.C., and described in Rules 62-302.300, 62-4.244, and 62-4.243, F.A.C., and Sections 403.201 and 373.414, F.S.), which include mixing zones, zones of discharge, exemptions, and variances. These provisions are intended to moderate the applicability of water quality April 1, 2014, Page 235 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report standards where it has been determined that, under certain special circumstances, the social, economic, and environmental costs of such applicability outweigh the benefits. Watershed Assessment Program The primary tasks of the Watershed Assessment Program include coordinating strategic monitoring; implementing Florida’s IWR (Chapter 62-303, F.A.C.); ensuring the completion of the biannual Integrated Report; and submitting annual updates of Florida’s 303(d) list to the EPA. Section 303(d) of the Federal CWA requires states to submit to the EPA lists of surface waters that do not meet applicable water quality standards (i.e., their designated uses or water quality criteria) and establish TMDLs for each of these waters on a schedule. Pollution limits are then allocated to each pollutant source in an individual river basin. A waterbody that does not meet its designated use is defined as impaired. Florida Watershed Restoration Act The 1999 FWRA (Section 403.067 et seq., F.S.) clarified the Department’s statutory authority to establish TMDLs, required the Department to develop a scientifically sound methodology for identifying impaired waters, specified that the Department could develop TMDLs only for waters identified as impaired using this new methodology, and directed the Department to establish an Allocation Technical Advisory Committee (ATAC) to assure the equitable allocation of load reductions when implementing TMDLs. In 2005, the FWRA was amended to include provisions to allow for the development and implementation of BMAPs to guide TMDL activities; however, BMAPs are not mandatory for the implementation of TMDLs. Another significant component of the FWRA was the requirement for FDACS and the Department to adopt, by rule, BMPs to reduce urban and agricultural nonpoint sources of pollution. As Florida already has an urban stormwater regulatory program, this new authority was particularly important in strengthening Florida’s agricultural nonpoint source management program. This section of the law requires the Department to verify the effectiveness of the BMPs in reducing pollutant loads. Once FDACS adopts the BMPs, commercial agricultural producers whose land lies within the Northern Everglades or an adopted BMAP must sign a Notice of Intent (NOI) to FDACS, specifying the BMPs that will be applied on specific land parcels and the schedule for BMP implementation. The landowners also must maintain records, such as fertilizer use, and allow FDACS staff to inspect the BMPs. By submitting a NOI, the landowners become eligible for state and federal cost-share funding to implement BMPs and April 1, 2014, Page 236 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report receive a presumption of compliance that they are meeting water quality standards. The BMP rules and the associated BMP manuals that have been adopted are available from FDACS’ Office of Agricultural Water Policy (OAWP) website. The FWRA identifies BMAPs as the primary mechanism for implementing TMDLs to restore water quality. The BMAPs are developed cooperatively with local stakeholders over a 12- to 18-month period following TMDL development. Management strategies developed in each BMAP are implemented in NPDES permits for wastewater facilities, municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) permits, and local capital improvements and agricultural BMPs. The 2005 Florida Legislature’s amendments to the FWRA focused on the development and adoption of BMAPs as an appropriate method for implementing TMDLs. The Legislature also established a longterm funding source that provided $20 million per year for urban stormwater retrofitting projects to reduce pollutant loadings to impaired waters; however, that level of funding has not been consistently provided. Additionally, the 2005 amendments provide the Department with the ability to take enforcement action against nonpoint sources that do not implement the BMPs they agreed to implement in the BMAP. Impaired Surface Waters Rule Waterbodies are assessed and TMDLs are developed and implemented using the methodology in Florida’s IWR (Chapter 62-303, F.A.C.). This science-based methodology for evaluating water quality data in order to identify impaired waters establishes specific criteria for impairment based on chemical parameters, the interpretation of narrative nutrient criteria, biological impairment, fish consumption advisories, and ecological impairment. The IWR also establishes thresholds for data sufficiency and data quality, including the minimum sample size required and the number of exceedances of the applicable water quality standard for a given sample size that identify a waterbody as impaired. The number of exceedances is based on a statistical approach designed to provide greater confidence that the outcome of the water quality assessment is correct. The IWR directs the Department to prioritize TMDL development and implementation where the impairment poses a threat to public water supplies, poses a threat to human health, or contributes to the decline of threatened or endangered species. April 1, 2014, Page 237 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Watershed Management Approach The Department's statewide method for water resource management, called the watershed management approach, is the framework for developing and implementing the provisions of Section 303(d) of the Federal CWA, including the development of TMDLs, as required by federal and state laws. Watershed management is a comprehensive approach to managing water resources on the basis of hydrologic units—which are natural boundaries such as river basins—rather than arbitrary political or regulatory boundaries. Each basin is assessed as an entire functioning system, and aquatic resources are evaluated from a basin-wide perspective that considers the cumulative effects of human activities. From that framework individual causes of pollution are addressed. Florida’s watershed management approach provides a mechanism to focus resources on specific units (river or estuary basins), rather than trying to work on all state waters at one time. An important feature is the involvement of all the stakeholders with an interest in an individual basin (including federal, state, regional, tribal, and local governments and individual citizens) in a cooperative effort to define, prioritize, and resolve water quality problems. Many existing programs are coordinated to manage basin resources and to reduce duplication of effort. The watershed management approach is not new, nor does it compete with or replace existing programs. Rather than relying on single solutions to water resource issues, it is intended to improve the health of surface and ground water resources by strengthening coordination among such activities as monitoring, stormwater management, wastewater treatment, wetland restoration, agricultural BMPs, land acquisition, and public involvement. Florida’s watershed management approach involves a multiple-phase, five-year, rotating basin cycle. During Phase 1, a Planning List of potentially impaired waters is prepared in a collaborative process with stakeholders. During this phase, the Department works closely with water quality monitoring staff to determine when and where additional monitoring is needed to verify the impairments. This culminates in the preparation of a Strategic Monitoring Plan that is implemented the following year, during Phase 2 of the cycle. The key product of Phase 2 is the Verified List of impaired waters. These lists are developed through applying the Florida Surface Water Quality Standards in Chapter 62-302, F.A.C., as well as the methodologies provided in Chapter 62-303, F.A.C. Generally draft lists are provided to stakeholders for April 1, 2014, Page 238 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report comment. Lists are finalized based on public comment and any additional information received throughout the process. During Phase 3 of the cycle, watershed and waterbody modeling are carried out to develop TMDLs for impaired waters and the preliminary allocations to point and nonpoint sources. In developing and implementing TMDLs for a specific waterbody, the Department may develop a BMAP that addresses some or all of the watersheds and basins that flow into the impaired waterbody. The BMAPs are a discretionary, proactive tool that appropriately integrates the management strategies available to the state through the existing water quality protection programs in order to achieve the TMDLs. Depending on the circumstance, a Basin Working Group may be formalized during this phase to develop a BMAP that will guide TMDL implementation activities. The Department works closely with watershed stakeholders to ensure that they understand and support the approaches being undertaken to develop and implement the TMDL. To date, the Department has adopted a total of 355 TMDLs. Of those, 187 were developed for DO, nutrients, and/or un-ionized ammonia, 162 were developed for bacteria, and 5 are for other parameters such as iron, lead, and turbidity. In addition, the state adopted a statewide TMDL for mercury, based on fish consumption advisories affecting over 1,100 waterbody segments. These TMDLs represent areas in all basin groups and cover many of the largest watersheds within the state (e.g., St. Johns River, St. Lucie Estuary). Many more TMDLs have been drafted or are in various stages of development. During Phase 4 of the cycle, the Basin Working Group and other stakeholders—especially other state agencies, WMDs, and representatives of county and municipal governments, including local elected officials—develop the BMAP. This process may take 12 to 18 months and culminates in the formal adoption of the BMAP by the Secretary of the Department. The most important component of a BMAP is the list of management strategies to reduce the pollution sources, as these are the steps needed to implement the TMDL. These efforts are usually implemented by local entities, such as wastewater facilities, industrial sources, agricultural producers, county and city stormwater systems, military bases, water control districts, and individual property owners. The management strategies may improve treatment of pollution (e.g., wastewater treatment facilities upgrades or retrofitting an urban area to enhance stormwater treatment) or the activities may improve source control. April 1, 2014, Page 239 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Both the BMAP and the Verified List of impaired waters are adopted by Secretarial Order, while all TMDLs are adopted by rule. Like all official agency actions, these adoptions are subject to state administrative procedures set forth in Chapter 120, F.S. Once a BMAP, Verified List, or TMDL is adopted, a notice is published in the FAR, and any affected party has the opportunity to request an administrative hearing to challenge the adoption. Florida continues to develop an integrated database of assessment information that reflects whether water quality standards are being attained. The Verified Lists of impaired waters, lists of waters to be delisted, Basin Status and Water Quality Assessment Reports, BMAPs, TMDL reports, and other information are available on the Department’s Watershed Assessment Program website. Watershed plans that implement TMDLs are, by definition, BMAPs and must be adopted by the Department’s Secretary. There are opportunities, however, to develop plans to address impairments and improve water quality prior to the adoption of a TMDL. While these types of plans are not BMAPs, they can promote improved water quality and begin the restoration process without waiting for a TMDL to be established. There are two types of plans that address impairments: (1) 4b reasonable assurance plans (RAPs), and (2) 4e water quality restoration plans. See the section on 303(d) Listed Waters in Chapter 8 for further information about the features and benefits of these water quality improvement plans. BMAP Development The BMAPs are Florida’s primary mechanism for implementing TMDLs adopted through Section 403.067, F.S. As the management actions are implemented largely through local efforts, BMAPs are produced through collaboration with local stakeholders, encouraging the greatest amount of cooperation and consensus possible. The BMAPs are developed under the Department’s leadership in response to restoration prioritization, public comment, and local initiative. The process usually involves a series of meetings and technical discussions on sources, allocations, management strategies, monitoring, and tracking progress. The results of these discussions are summarized in the BMAP document. A BMAP describes the management strategies that will be implemented under existing water quality programs, schedules, funding strategies, tracking mechanisms, and the fair and equitable allocations of pollution reduction responsibilities to the sources in the watershed. Where pollutant reductions are assigned, the management strategies and their schedule for implementation become the compliance schedule for each responsible entity. April 1, 2014, Page 240 of 296 The process is designed to solicit Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report cooperation and agreement on the assignments for reductions, and public meetings and proper notice are required. However, the Department can proceed with BMAP adoption, even if all the affected parties do not agree on the provisions. The decision to adopt a BMAP is provided, by statute, to the Secretary of the Department and by this means become legally enforceable. When the BMAP is adopted, the management strategies and schedule become the compliance plan for the responsible entities. The BMAP requirements are connected to NPDES permits, when applicable, agricultural BMP implementation, or BMAP authorities for other nonpoint sources. Nonparticipating entities are not exempt from responsibility and are expected to meet their requirements without a compliance period. While voluntary measures may be included with a BMAP, the assigned reductions are required on schedule. Depending on the basin and the type of impairment, the following management strategies may be used to address pollution sources:  Domestic and industrial wastewater treatment upgrades.  Stormwater treatment BMPs.  Source controls and policies.  Public education to promote source control.  Street sweeping and BMP maintenance.  Septic tank system improvements or phase outs.  Aquatic vegetation harvesting.  Restoration dredging of muck. For fecal coliform impairments, the Department has established a preferred approach to addressing the sources of bacterial contamination. Rather than establishing BMAPs, 4b plans, or 4e plans, the Department has a guidance manual that has been developed from experiences in collaborating with local stakeholders around the state. This guidance document entitled, Implementation Guidance for the Fecal Coliform Total Maximum Daily Loads Adopted by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, April 1, 2014, Page 241 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report provides local stakeholders with useful information for identifying sources of fecal coliform bacteria in their watersheds and examples of management actions to address these sources. To date, the Department has adopted 17 BMAPs, which are summarized below in April 1, 2014, Page 242 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 11.1. Combined, these adopted BMAPs address 117 WBIDs throughout the state that are impaired for nutrients (TN and/or TP), biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), and fecal coliforms. Table 11. summarizes the accomplishments to date for those BMAPs that have completed at least one year of implementation, or the expected outcomes for those BMAPs still within the first year of implementation. The Department currently has 10 BMAPs under development, which are summarized in Table 11.. Once completed, these combined BMAPs will address an additional 55 WBIDs throughout the state that are impaired for nutrients, BOD, and fecal coliforms. Error! Reference source not found. shows the locations of the adopted BMAPs, areas with BMAPs under development, areas with BMAPs planned, and locations with other restoration plans in place. In addition to these BMAPs, local governments and WMDs are concurrently carrying out restoration activities in many other waterbodies statewide. Information on the Department’s BMAP activities can be found on the Watershed Management website. April 1, 2014, Page 243 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 11.1. Summary of Adopted BMAPs This is a seven-column table. Column 1 lists the BMAP, Column 2 lists the total estimated acres, Column 3 lists the estimated surface water acres, Column 4 lists the date the BMAP was adopted, Column 5 lists the impairment(s) addressed by the BMAP, Column 6 lists the number of WBIDs addressed, and Column 7 lists the estimated costs. N/A = Not applicable 1 The Lower St. Johns River (LSJR) Tributaries BMAPs areas overlap with the LSJR Main Stem BMAP area. 2 Costs were not provided for every management strategy included in the BMAP. The cost per strategy varies greatly; therefore, the costs included in the table cannot be extrapolated to estimate the full cost of all the BMAP management strategies. BMAP Estimated Acres Estimated Water Acres Adoption Date Impairment(s) Number of WBIDs Addressed Upper Ocklawaha 561,996 133,361 8/27/2007 TP 18 $195 million, not including agricultural BMPs or Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) strategies Orange Creek 385,269 31,764 5/8/2008 7 More than $183.8 million Long Branch 3,628 178 5/15/2008 1 $50,000 for the basin-specific actions Lower St. Johns River Main Stem 1,807,389 156,895 10/10/2008 TN and TP 14 Hillsborough River 432,379 14,528 9/18/2009 Fecal Coliforms 6 Lower St. Johns River Tributaries I1 16,543 306 12/7/2009 Fecal Coliforms 10 Lake Jesup 87,328 6,034 5/17/2010 TP 2 Lower St. Johns River Tributaries II1 50,925 2,601 8/12/2010 Fecal Coliforms 15 Bayou Chico 6,906 56 10/18/2011 Fecal Coliforms 6 Santa Fe River 1,083,171 22,247 6/28/2012 Nitrate 3 More than $25.1 million Lake Harney, Lake Monroe, Middle St. Johns River, and Smith Canal 241,927 29,212 8/30/2012 TN and TP 7 More than $22.4 million for 17% of the BMAP strategies, plus $225,000 for O&M Caloosahatchee Estuary 259,474 26,363 11/27/2012 TN 3 Everglades West Coast 56,494 1,645 11/27/2012 TN 3 North Indian River Lagoon 141,311 6,104 2/7/2013 TN and TP 5 Central Indian River Lagoon 283,609 6,127 2/7/2013 TN and TP 4 Banana River Lagoon 51,423 3,649 2/7/2013 TN and TP 4 St. Lucie River and Estuary 514,649 33,126 6/11/2013 TN, TP, and BOD 9 TOTAL 5,984,421 482,725 N/A N/A 117 TN, TP, and Fecal Coliforms TN, TP, Fecal Coliforms, and BOD April 1, 2014, Page 244 of 296 Estimated Costs2 More than $620 million for 33% of the BMAP strategies $80 million for a portion of the BMAP projects More than $31 for 79% of the BMAP strategies, plus an additional $5.5 million for countywide efforts More than $35 million for 46% of the BMAP strategies, plus $2.5 million for operations and maintenance (O&M) More than $51 for 59% of the BMAP strategies, plus an additional $25 million for countywide efforts More than $18.5 million for 57% of the BMAP strategies $10.7 million for 10% of the BMAP strategies $4.925 million for 22% of the BMAP strategies More than $29.2 million for 51% of the BMAP strategies, plus $479,479 for O&M More than $41.8 million for 27.3% of the BMAP strategies, plus $621,795 for O&M; more than $16 million for 39.1% of the southern IRL strategies More than $17.7 million for 31.7% of the BMAP strategies, plus $167,195 for O&M More than $242.6 million for 29.3% of the BMAP strategies N/A Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 11.2. Summary of Accomplishments in the Adopted BMAPs This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the BMAP, and Column 2 lists what the BMAP has accomplished . BMAP Accomplishments Upper Ocklawaha The BMAP has completed six years of implementation; an assessment of progress is under way. Orange Creek The BMAP has completed five years of implementation; an assessment of progress is under way. Long Branch The BMAP has completed the first five years of implementation. During this time, extensive source assessment efforts have been ongoing. The low dissolved oxygen (DO) concentrations appear to a natural condition of the waterbody, and the majority of the fecal coliform loading appears to be from wildlife. The Department and Orange County have implemented a new monitoring plan to determine if the conditions in the waterbody are natural so that Long Branch could potentially be delisted from the impaired list. Lower St. Johns River Main Stem The BMAP has completed four years of implementation. In the freshwater reach of the river, 48,495 kg/yr of TP and 233,727 kg/yr of TN reductions have been achieved. The wastewater treatment facilities and MS4s in the freshwater reach have both achieved 100% of their BMAP required reductions. In the marine reach of the river, 794,527 kg/yr of TN reductions have been achieved. Hillsborough River The BMAP has completed three years of implementation. Lower St. Johns River Tributaries I The BMAP has completed three years of implementation. Based on data through 2012, five of the tributaries are exceeding the BMAP milestone of a 50% reduction in fecal coliforms from the TMDL period. An additional four tributaries have had improvements in fecal coliform concentrations since the TMDL period. Lake Jesup The BMAP has completed three years of implementation. The total reductions achieved to date are 12,649.9 lbs/yr of TP, which is greater than the required reduction in the first BMAP iteration of 6,249.5 lbs/yr of TP. Lower St. Johns River Tributaries II The BMAP has completed three years of implementation. Based on data through 2012, 12 of the tributaries are exceeding the BMAP milestone of a 50% reduction in fecal coliforms from the TMDL period. The remaining three tributaries have had improvements in fecal coliform concentrations since the TMDL period. Bayou Chico The BMAP has completed the first year of implementation. During this time, pump-out facilities were added at all the marinas in the basin, the local utility made efforts to expand its sewer system into neighborhoods along Bayou Chico that previously used septic tanks, and the monitoring plan was revised to better gather information about fecal coliform trends in the basin. Santa Fe River The BMAP has completed the first year of implementation; activities include enrollment of agricultural producers in BMPs and a restoration focus area (RFA) Lake Harney, Lake Monroe, Middle St. Johns River, and Smith Canal The BMAP is nearing completion of the first year of implementation. The stakeholders have committed to implementing management strategies during this first phase of the BMAP that will reduce TN and TP loads to a much greater extent than was required during this phase. Combined, the stakeholders have achieved all but 4,050.6 lbs/yr of the TN reductions and have achieved more than the required TP reductions. The total reductions for strategies in the BMAP are 83,605.5 lbs/yr of TN and 18,431.5 lbs/yr of TP. Caloosahatchee Estuary The BMAP is nearing completion of the first year of implementation. Over the first five-year phase of the BMAP, stakeholders will reduce approximately 148,000 lbs/yr of TN, which is approximately 9% of the TN required reductions in the basin and approximately 40% of the TN required reductions in the tidal basin. Everglades West Coast The BMAP is nearing completion of the first year of implementation. Over the first five-year phase of the BMAP, stakeholders will reduce approximately 6,665 lbs/yr of TN in the Hendry Creek watershed and 5,213 lbs/yr of TN in the Imperial River watershed. April 1, 2014, Page 245 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report BMAP Accomplishments North Indian River Lagoon The BMAP is in its first year of implementation. The management strategies included in the BMAP will achieve approximately 43% of the TN and 57% of the TP required reductions during the first, five-year BMAP iteration. Central Indian River Lagoon The BMAP is in its first year of implementation. Stakeholders in this area were not required to make additional reductions during the first phase of the BMAPs because the seagrass were meeting targets. Even without reduction requirements, these stakeholders provided completed and planned strategies that totaled approximately 113,000 lbs/yr of TN and 49,000 lbs/yr of TP reductions. Banana River Lagoon The BMAP is in its first year of implementation. The strategies included in the BMAP will achieve approximately 21% of the TN and 24% of the TP reductions in the southern portion of the Banana River Lagoon. Stakeholders in the northern portion of the Banana River Lagoon were not required to make additional reductions during the first phase of the BMAPs because the seagrass were meeting targets. Even without reduction requirements, the stakeholders provided completed and planned strategies that totaled approximately 19,000 lbs/yr of TN and 3,000 lbs/yr of TP reductions. St. Lucie River and Estuary The BMAP is in its first year of implementation. With the strategies included in the BMAP, stakeholders will achieve approximately 51.0% of the TN 37.4% of the TP required reductions during the first five-year BMAP iteration. Table 11.3. Summary of BMAPs under Development This is a six-column table. Column 1 lists the BMAP under development, Column 2 lists the total estimated acres, Column 3 lists the estimated surface-water acres, Column 4 lists the impairment(s) addressed by the BMAP, Column 5 lists the number of WBIDs addressed, and Column 6 provides additional information. N/A = Not applicable BMAP Estimated Acres Estimated Water Acres Impairment(s) Number of WBIDs Addressed Additional Information Alafia River Basin 47,199 2,149 TN, TP, and Fecal Coliforms 6 The Alafia River is a tributary to Hillsborough Bay, and a large portion of the watershed is located in Hillsborough County, with the headwaters extending into Polk County. The Alafia is the second largest river watershed that contributes flow to Tampa Bay, encompassing about 19% of the total watershed area of the bay. Manatee River Basin 16,028 1,286 TN, TP, BOD, and Fecal Coliforms 5 The waterbodies in the Manatee River Basin are located in the central portion of Manatee County along the Interstate-75 corridor. 1 The Middle Trout River is a tributary to the LSJR Main Stem marine reach. The marine reach of the river is only impaired for TN; however, since the Middle Trout River is also impaired for TP, additional strategies are needed to meet this TMDL. 9 The Suwannee River is designated as “Special Waters” because of its exceptional ecological and recreational significance. The Suwannee River was also designated as an Outstanding Florida Water (OFW) 1979. Middle Trout River Suwannee River 13,584 1,038,670 85 17,771 TN and TP TN April 1, 2014, Page 246 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report BMAP Upper Peace River, Winter Haven Lakes Wekiva River, Rock Springs Run, and Little Wekiva Canal Upper Wakulla River and Wakulla Springs Estimated Acres 393,896 250,949 848,445 Estimated Water Acres 55,640 139,966 19,838 Impairment(s) TN, TP, and Fecal Coliforms Nitrate, TN, and TP Nitrate Number of WBIDs Addressed Additional Information 12 The Winter Haven Chain of Lakes watershed is located in north-central Polk County, within and around the city of Winter Haven. The Winter Haven Chain of Lakes system is generally divided into the Northern Chain, consisting of five lakes, and the Southern Chain, consisting of 16 lakes. Four of the Northern Chain and eight of the Southern chain lakes are impaired. 7 The Wekiva River system (including the main stem of the Wekiva River and Rock Springs Run) is designated by the state as an OFW, the Wekiva River and portions of its tributaries are designated as a state Aquatic Preserve worthy of special protection because of their natural attributes, and the river is also designated by the federal government as an Outstanding Natural Resource Water and a Wild and Scenic River. 1 The Upper Wakulla River and Wakulla Springs are designated as OFWs, and are important resources that have been affected by nitrate loading from anthropogenic sources in the basin. Silver Springs Group and Silver River 640,000 To be determined Nitrate 3 The Silver River is designated as an OFW. The land surrounding Silver Springs and the Silver Springs Group is state owned and includes a theme park currently being converted to a state park. Lake Okeechobee 3,500,000 To be determined TP 9 The BMAP will address a large watershed area, and reductions to the lake will also help to improve water quality in the St. Lucie and Caloosahatchee Estuaries. Rainbow Springs and Rainbow Run 439,197 10,917 Nitrate 2 The Rainbow River, whose flow is fed primarily by Rainbow Springs, has been designated as an OFW because of its diverse ecosystem, which includes numerous species of fish, birds, and reptiles. Rainbow Springs was also designated a National Natural Landmark by the National Park Service in 1972, designated an Aquatic Preserve in 1986, and recently named as a site on the Great Florida Birding Trail. TOTAL 7,187,968 247,652 N/A 55 N/A April 1, 2014, Page 247 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Figure 11.1. Status of BMAPs and Other Water Quality Restoration Activities April 1, 2014, Page 248 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Public Participation The success of Florida’s water resource management program, especially its watershed management approach/TMDL Program, depends heavily on input from local stakeholders in each watershed. This process is highly collaborative, and Departmental staffs closely coordinate and communicate with stakeholders in all phases of the five-year, rotating basin cycle. The Department works with a variety of stakeholders in developing a draft Verified List of impaired waters for each basin. The draft lists are placed on the Department’s Watershed Assessment Program website and are also sent by request to interested parties via mail or email. As part of the review process, public workshops are advertised and held in each basin to help explain the process for developing the Verified Lists, exchange information, and encourage public involvement. The workshops are noticed in the FAR and on the website. Stakeholders are given the opportunity to comment on the draft lists in person at public workshops and/or through email and letters. If additional information or data are provided during the public comment period, the Department typically creates a revised draft Verified List for further review and comment before submitting the final proposed list to the Secretary for adoption and then to the EPA. All public meetings are recorded, and specific comments are noted in written meeting summaries. Significant comments typically receive a written response. All written comments received and the Department’s responses are kept in a permanent file maintained by the Department. These are included in an Appendix to each Water Quality Assessment Report. The reports are available on the Department’s Watershed Management website. Surface Water Improvement and Management Program In 1987, the Florida Legislature passed the Surface Water Improvement and Management (SWIM) Act (Sections 373.451 – 373.4595, F.S). The act directed the state to develop management and restoration plans for preserving or restoring priority waterbodies. The legislation designated six SWIM waterbodies: Lake Apopka, Tampa Bay, Indian River Lagoon, Biscayne Bay, Lower St. Johns River, and Lake Okeechobee. Currently, 29 waterbodies are on the priority list. Additional information and the list of priority waterbodies are available on the Department’s SWIM Program website. The SWIM Program addresses a waterbody’s needs as a system of connected resources, rather than isolated wetlands or waterbodies. Its goals are protecting water quality and natural systems, creating governmental and other partnerships, and managing watersheds. While the Department oversees the April 1, 2014, Page 249 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report program, the WMDs are responsible for its implementation—including developing lists of additional highpriority waterbodies and waterbody plans (outlined under Chapter 62-43, F.A.C.). The districts also provide matching funds for state revenues. In a collaborative effort, other federal and state agencies, local governments, and the private sector provide funds or in-kind services. SWIM plans must contain the following: − A description of the waterbody. − A list of governmental agencies with jurisdiction. − A description of land uses. − A list of point and nonpoint source discharges. − Restoration strategies. − Research or feasibility studies needed to support restoration strategies. − A restoration schedule. − An estimate of costs. − Plans for interagency coordination and environmental education. Pollutant Load Reduction Goals A pollutant load reduction goal (PLRG) is an estimated reduction in stormwater pollutant loadings needed to preserve or restore designated uses in SWIM waterbodies that receive stormwater. Ultimately, the water quality in a receiving water should meet state water quality standards, and PLRGs provide benchmarks toward which specific strategies can be directed. Interim PLRGs are best-judgment estimates of the pollution reductions from specific corrective actions. Final PLRGs are goals needed to maintain water quality standards. The Water Resource Implementation Rule (Chapter 62-40, F.A.C.) requires the WMDs to establish PLRGs for SWIM priority waters and other waterbodies, and include them as part of a SWIM plan, other watershed management plan, or district-wide or basin-specific rules. Point Source Control Program Florida's well-established wastewater facility regulatory program was revised in 1995 when the EPA authorized the Department to administer a partial NPDES Program, and then expanded again in 2000 April 1, 2014, Page 250 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report when the EPA authorized the Department to administer the NPDES Stormwater Program. While the federal program only regulates discharges to surface waters, the state wastewater program issues permits for facilities that discharge to either surface water or ground water. Of about 3,410 wastewater facilities in Florida, approximately 484 are permitted to discharge to state surface waters under individual permits. While an additional 532 facilities discharge to surface waters under general (called generic) permit authorization (and many others discharge stormwater to surface waters under the NPDES Stormwater Program), most wastewater facilities in Florida discharge indirectly to ground water via land application or reuse. An important component of the state’s wastewater management is the encouragement and promotion of reuse. Florida leads the nation in reuse. In fact, the current reuse capacity (2010 data) represents about 62% of the total permitted domestic wastewater treatment capacity in Florida. The Department's six district offices handle most of the permitting process, with the Tallahassee office overseeing the program, conducting rulemaking, providing technical assistance, managing the state and federal wastewater databases that are the repositories of all program data, and coordinating with the EPA. The Tallahassee office also oversees the administrative relief mechanisms for applicants that are allowed under Florida law, as well as permits for steam electric-generating power plants that discharge to waters of the state, and the implementation of the pretreatment component of the NPDES Program. Wastewater permits, issued for up to five years, set effluent limits and monitoring requirements to provide reasonable assurance that water quality criteria will be met. A permit may allow a mixing zone when there is enough dilution to ensure that a waterbody's designated use will not be affected. In other special cases, a variance allows certain water quality standards to be exceeded temporarily. Facilities that cannot comply with new requirements may be issued or reissued a permit containing the effluent limitations to be met and an administrative order setting out the steps required to achieve compliance. This procedure applies only to facilities complying with an existing permit, and is not used in lieu of enforcement when a permittee is out of compliance with an existing permit or operating without a required permit. All facilities must meet, at a minimum, the appropriate technology-based effluent limitations. In many cases, WQBELs may also be necessary. Two types of WQBELs are used (as defined in Chapter 62-650, F.A.C.). Level I WQBELs are generally based on more simplified evaluations for streams and for permit renewals. To determine Level II WQBELs, which are typically calculated for more complicated April 1, 2014, Page 251 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report situations, a waterbody is generally sampled intensively, and computer models are used to predict its response to a facility’s discharge. Permit Compliance The primary objective of the Department’s Wastewater Program is to protect the quality of Florida's surface water and ground water by ensuring that permitted wastewater facilities meet the conditions of their permits, and to quickly identify unpermitted pollution sources and those facilities that do not meet water quality standards or specific permit conditions. To provide proper oversight of the wastewater facilities in the state, the Department’s Water Compliance Assurance Program developed a compliance inspection strategy based on its five-year permitting cycle (permits are issued for five years). For NPDES-permitted facilities, the goal is to conduct at least an annual Compliance Evaluation Inspection (CEI) and to conduct a Performance Audit Inspection (PAI) immediately following permit renewal. When an NPDES-permitted facility is approximately one year away from submitting a permit renewal application, a much more comprehensive inspection, or Fifth-Year Inspection (FYI), is scheduled. The FYI consists of an overview of the facilities operation but also includes an in-depth sampling plan consisting of a Compliance Sampling Inspection (CSI), Toxic Sampling Inspection (XSI), Compliance Biomonitoring Inspection (CBI), Impact Bioassessment Inspection (IBI), and Water Quality Inspection (WQI). The results of these inspections help to determine if current permit limits are adequate to protect the quality of the receiving waters. Land application facilities are also inspected annually as resources allow; however, they are not sampled as intensely as the surface water dischargers. District compliance and enforcement staff make every effort to work with permittees to resolve minor problems before beginning a formal enforcement action. During an inspection, it is the inspector’s responsibility to determine if a facility is in compliance with its permit limits and compliance schedules. This is accomplished by verifying the accuracy of facility records and reports, plant operation and maintenance requirements, effluent quality data (Discharge Monitoring Reports [DMRs]), and the general reliability of the facility’s self-monitoring program. Enforcement The Department’s Wastewater Program uses the Office of General Council’s Enforcement Manual as a guide for developing specific types of enforcement actions such as Consent Orders and Notices of Violations (NOVs). However, in order to provide guidance on specific wastewater issues related directly April 1, 2014, Page 252 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report to the Wastewater Program, the Wastewater Program’s Enforcement Response Guide was developed to aid inspectors in determining the proper course for corrective actions. The guide also provides consistency in addressing enforcement actions specifically related to wastewater issues. When formal enforcement is necessary, staff attempts to negotiate a consent order, which is a type of administrative order in which civil penalties (such as fines) and corrective actions for noncompliance can be assessed. Consent Orders also establish step-by-step schedules for complying with permit conditions and Florida law, and set a final compliance date for the facility to return to compliance. In 2001, the Florida Legislature enacted the Environmental Litigation Reform Act (ELRA; Section 403.121, F.S.) to provide a fair, consistent, and expedient method for determining appropriate penalty amounts for violations. If a settlement cannot be reached through the consent order process, the Department has the authority to issue an NOV to collect penalties (up to $10,000), as specified in ELRA. The NOV can also be used when only corrective actions are needed and no penalties are being sought. When a serious violation endangers human health or welfare, or the environment, the Department issues a complaint for injunctive relief or takes other legal action, including an immediate final order for corrective action. Nonpoint Source Management Program The importance of minimizing nonpoint source pollution, especially from new development, was recognized in Florida in the late 1970s when the state’s growth rate increased greatly. Over the past 25 years, Florida has implemented one of the most comprehensive and effective urban and agricultural nonpoint source management programs in the country and has made significant progress towards addressing elevated nutrients. However, nutrient impairment is still an ongoing challenge, as evidenced by eutrophic conditions in some state surface waters and increased nitrates in ground water. Nutrient impairment remains a concern due to fertilizer use by the state’s agricultural industry and continued population growth, both of which increase wastewater and nonpoint source nutrient loads. Discharges from urban stormwater systems, especially those built before the Stormwater Rule was implemented in 1982 (currently Chapter 62-25, F.A.C., formerly Chapter 17-25, F.A.C.), and septic tanks continue to be a leading source of loading to Florida’s surface and ground waters. The cumulative impacts of nonpoint source pollution, also called “pointless personal pollution,” continue to be an issue. April 1, 2014, Page 253 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report It is important to remember that many activities resulting in nonpoint source pollution often are not regulated and that public education, cultural change, and personal stewardship are essential to protecting Florida’s water resources. A simple example is controlling pet wastes, which can add nutrients and fecal bacteria to the landscape that are washed off with each rain storm. Picking up and properly disposing of pet waste is essential to preventing this source of “pointless personal pollution.” This was demonstrated in north Florida by the Ochlockonee River Soil and Water Conservation District’s very successful Think About Personal Pollution (TAPP) public service ads on pet waste, followed by surveys that documented the successes. These multimedia ads increased awareness of the problem (to over 90% of the population in the Tallahassee area) and increased the percentage of pet owners in the region who pick up their pet waste and dispose of it properly by 30%. In addition, the city of Tallahassee estimated that the load reduction associated with the increased proper disposal of pet waste saved $2.5 million per year in potential capital improvement costs associated with a traditional stormwater retrofitting project. The Department’s comprehensive Nonpoint Source Management Program, in collaboration with the TMDL Program (which is being implemented through the watershed management approach), provides the institutional, technical, and financial framework to address these issues. The program includes a mixture of regulatory, nonregulatory, restoration and financial assistance, and public education components, which are discussed below. Urban Stormwater Rule The cornerstone of Florida’s urban nonpoint source program is the state’s Environmental Resource Permit (ERP) Program. Florida was the first state in the country to establish a statewide stormwater permitting program that requires the treatment of stormwater from all new development. The state’s first Stormwater Rule was adopted in 1979, with a more comprehensive rule going into effect in 1982. In 1995, stormwater rules were combined with the Wetland Resource Permitting rules into a comprehensive “one-stop shop” ERP rule in four of the five WMDs. On July 1, 2007, the Department and the NWFWMD joined the rest of the state with the adoption of their joint ERP rule (Chapter 62-346, F.A.C.). New developments, except for single-family dwellings, and modifications to existing discharges must obtain stormwater permits. Projects must include a stormwater management system that provides flood control and BMPs such as retention, detention, or wetland filtration to reduce stormwater pollutants. This technology-based Stormwater Rule establishes design criteria for various stormwater treatment BMPs to obtain the minimum level of treatment established in April 1, 2014, Page 254 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report the state’s Water Resource Implementation Rule (Chapter 62-40, F.A.C.). Specifically, these BMPs are designed to remove at least 80% of the average annual load of pollutants that would cause or contribute to violations of state water quality standards (Subparagraph 62-40.432[2][a]1, F.A.C.). For Outstanding Florida Waters (OFWs), sensitive waters (such as shellfish-harvesting areas), and waters that are below standards, BMPs must be designed to remove 95% of the average annual load of pollutants that would cause or contribute to violations of state water quality standards (Subparagraph 6240.432[2][a]2, F.A.C.). The ERP also provides the mechanism for wetland protection. Today, the Department continues to monitor and evaluate BMPs to be used with its development of the statewide ERP Rule. Wetlands Protection and Permitting A second important nonpoint source regulatory program is the state’s wetlands protection law and permitting program. This program has been instrumental in minimizing the loss of wetlands, especially isolated wetlands. The section on the Wetlands Program at the end of this chapter provides additional details. Agricultural Nonpoint Source Management Under the ERP Program, only certain agricultural discharges may be subject to permitting, depending on the rules of the specific WMD. For example, the SFWMD permits new agricultural activities in a manner similar to urban development, while the SJRWMD only requires permits for certain pumped agricultural discharges. However, as discussed earlier in this chapter (in the section on the Watershed Assessment Program), the FWRA requires FDACS’ OAWP to develop and adopt, by rule, BMPs to reduce agricultural nonpoint source pollution. Under the FWRA, Paragraph 403.067(7)(c), F.S., the Department is charged with providing initial verification that the BMPs are reasonably expected to be effective, which includes monitoring their effectiveness. The BMP rules and the associated BMP manuals that have been adopted are available on the FDACS OAWP website. This nonregulatory program provides agricultural producers with incentives to implement BMPs. Participation in the program opens the door for state and federal cost-share dollars to implement BMPs, and it provides the landowner with a presumption of compliance that water quality standards are being April 1, 2014, Page 255 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report met. To participate, landowners must submit a NOI to FDACS, specifying the lands to be covered, the BMPs to be implemented, the BMP implementation schedule, and the annual tracking requirements such as fertilizer use. Under the FWRA (Section 403.067, F.S.), agricultural nonpoint sources of pollution are required to submit a NOI to FDACS to implement BMPs when located in specified impaired watersheds, unless they monitor to prove compliance with reductions specified in the BMAP. Table 11.4 provides the most recent statistics on the number of enrolled acres and NOIs as of June 30, 2012. Table 11.4. Number of Enrolled Acres and NOIs as of June 30, 2013 This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the BMP program/manual, Column 2 lists the number of enrolled acres, and Column 3 lists the number of NOIs. Program/Manual Enrolled Acres Number of NOIs Citrus – Gulf 98,025.65 83 Citrus – Indian River 187,970.46 529 Citrus – Peace River 77,011.72 409 Citrus – Ridge 100,308.42 1,886 Citrus -Statewide 59,039.69 517 Conservation Plan 101,074.57 3 Container Nurseries 29,013.40 1,181 Lake Okeechobee Protection Program 534,484.13 238 Specialty Fruit & Nut 5,344.44 137 Statewide Cow/Calf 1,476,917.71 588 Statewide Equine 837.67 19 Statewide Sod 32,549.09 57 Vegetable and Agronomic Crops 996,927.11 1,138 Total 3,699,504.07 6,785 Recent Nonpoint Source Management Program Enhancements Restoring Florida’s impaired waters and protecting its pristine waters is a critical part of Florida’s Nonpoint Source Management Program. The program is responsible for overseeing restoration efforts occurring throughout the state through the distribution of federal and state grants aimed at addressing nonpoint sources. A significant focus of grant funding is retrofitting urban areas to treat urban stormwater runoff. However, funding also goes to agricultural BMP development and implementation, sediment and erosion control, bioassessment of the state’s waters, and public outreach and education. Recent and current initiatives include the following: April 1, 2014, Page 256 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Carrying Out Stormwater BMP Effectiveness Monitoring As discussed in the section on Ongoing and Emerging Issues of Concern, the Department has undertaken a broad array of projects and policy revisions to better address the impacts of nutrients on Florida’s surface and ground water. In cooperation with the WMDs and local governments, the Department has been carrying out stormwater BMP monitoring over the past 10 years to increase the effectiveness of Florida’s urban stormwater program in reducing pollutant loadings, especially nutrient loadings. A variety of projects have been completed to quantify the benefits and refine the design criteria for both traditional and innovative BMPs. These projects have included the monitoring of traditional BMPs such as wet detention systems, underdrain filtration systems, and dry detention systems. They also include innovative BMPs such as managed aquatic plant systems or floating wetland mats, soil amendments to increase nutrient removal in retention basins, and polyacrylamides (PAM) Floc Logs®. Promoting Low-Impact Development The Department is working with the development community and local governments to promote lowimpact development (LID) and practices such as green roofs, pervious pavements, and stormwater harvesting. During the past year, an excellent demonstration site for LID was completed at the Escambia County One Stop Center, where all development permits are issued. The site includes a traditional and LID parking lot to demonstrate the differences, as well as the largest green roof in Florida. LID practices such as green roof/cistern systems, pervious pavements, and stormwater harvesting have been extensively monitored. The data obtained from these projects have helped to promote the acceptance of LID practices by the WMDs and local governments. As part of the Department’s Springs Initiative, a model LID land development code was developed to make it easier for local governments to revise their land development regulations to allow and even encourage low-impact design. Reducing Potential Fertilizer Impacts Another major focus has been reducing potential nutrient impacts from the fertilization of urban landscapes. This is being implemented through the University of Florida Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences (UF–IFAS) Florida-Friendly Landscaping (FFL) Program (which includes Florida Yards and Neighborhoods), the Green Industries BMP Training and Certification Program, the development of a Florida-Friendly Model Landscape Ordinance, and a change in Florida’s fertilizer labeling rules so that only “Florida-friendly fertilizers” with low or no phosphorus and slow-release nitrogen are sold in Florida. Changes to the Florida Statutes in recent years also now require the following: April 1, 2014, Page 257 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report 1. All local governments within a watershed with a waterbody that is impaired for nutrients must implement a Florida-friendly fertilizer ordinance. 2. All commercial applicators of fertilizer must be trained through the Green Industries BMP Training Program and receive, by January 1, 2014, a limited certification for urban landscape commercial fertilizer application. Since 1994, Florida has educated homeowners on FFL, including BMPs for fertilizer application. In 2009, the Florida Legislature found “that the use of Florida-friendly landscaping and other water use and pollution prevention measures to conserve or protect the state’s water resources serves a compelling public interest and that the participation of homeowners’ associations and local governments is essential to the state’s efforts in water conservation and water quality protection and restoration” (Paragraph 373.185[3][a], F.S.). From the FFL Program grew the Green Industries BMP Program, a science-based educational program for green industry workers (lawn-care and landscape maintenance professionals) to teach environmentally safe landscaping practices that help conserve and protect Florida’s ground and surface waters. These programs have produced numerous publications, including the manual Florida Friendly Best Management Practices for Protection of Water Resources by the Green Industries. In part due to the successes of these programs, in 2009 the Florida Legislature took aim at the overuse and misuse of fertilizer in urban landscapes. The new statute encourages all county and municipal governments “to adopt and enforce the Model Ordinance for Florida-Friendly Fertilizer Use on Urban Landscapes or an equivalent requirement” and went as far as requiring every “county and municipal government located within the watershed of a water body or water segment that is listed as impaired by nutrients [to] adopt the Department’s Model Ordinance for Florida-Friendly Fertilizer Use on Urban Landscapes” (Paragraphs 403.9337[1] and [2], F.S.). Additionally, the Nonpoint Source Management Program addresses fertilizer application at golf courses in a widely accepted and industry-supported program. The 2007 manual, BMPs for Enhancement of Environmental Quality on Florida Golf Courses, discusses the approach for environmental stewardship and pollution prevention at golf courses. Onsite Sewage Treatment and Disposal Systems (OSTDS) On March 27, 2008, in accordance with the Coastal Zone Management Act, the EPA and NOAA found that “the state of Florida has satisfied all conditions placed on approval of the Florida coastal nonpoint April 1, 2014, Page 258 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report pollution control program….” To date, of the 29 coastal states (excluding territories), Florida is one of 17 states to have a fully approved program. While the FDOH regulates OSTDS in Florida, the Department’s Nonpoint Source Management Program provides financial and technical support for OSTDS inventorying, maintenance, educational efforts, and inspection and enforcement. Between federal fiscal years (FYs) 2004 and 2012, the Department dedicated nearly $2.3 million of Section 319(h) grant funds to OSTDS projects. During the past few years, the Department, in cooperation with Florida State University, has monitored traditional OSTDS and performance-based systems (PBS) to better quantify the nutrient loads discharged to ground water and the performance of these systems in removing nutrients. In addition, the Department contracted with the University of Central Florida on a research project to develop, demonstrate, and quantify the ability of passive nutrient-removing OSTDS. The final report, On-Site Sewage Treatment and Disposal Systems Evaluation for Nutrient Removal, was published in April 2011. Two types of passive systems show great potential with an ability to reduce TN to under 10 mg/L: a subsurface flow wetland and a traditional OSTDS with a modified drainfield that includes an aerobic and an anaerobic zone, together with a green sorption media filter. Public Education and Outreach Public education is an important component of Florida’s Nonpoint Source Management Program. Over the past 20 years, a wide variety of educational materials have been developed and distributed. Nearly all of these materials are now available electronically and can be downloaded from either the Department’s website or from the University of Central Florida Stormwater Management Academy website. Recently, a new educational website, WatershedED, was implemented to provide nonpoint source managers even greater accessibility to educational materials to assist them implement and evaluate their programs. Given the state’s rapid growth rate, and the number of people arriving from out of state, these materials are important in teaching residents how they contribute to nonpoint source pollution and how they can be part of the solution to “pointless personal pollution.” Nonpoint Source Funding Funding for these nonpoint source initiatives and activities comes from multiple funding sources across the state, including, but not limited to, Section 319(h) grant funding, TMDL Water Quality Restoration April 1, 2014, Page 259 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Grant funding, State Revolving Fund (SRF) grant and loan funding, and legislatively appropriated grant funding (such as SWIM Program development). Section 319(h) Grants The Nonpoint Source Management Section within the Department’s Watershed Restoration Program administers grant money it receives from EPA through Section 319(h) of the Federal CWA. These grant funds are used to implement projects or programs that will help to reduce nonpoint sources of pollution. Florida requires all retrofit projects to include at least a 40% nonfederal match. In recent years, the Department has awarded between $4 million and $5 million each year in Section 319(h) funds to local governments and others in Florida to implement projects designed to reduce the impacts of nonpoint source pollution. Between federal FYs 2005 and 2013, more than $39.9 million in grant funds were spent on restoration projects under the Section 319(h) Program. Funding was also used for demonstration projects (for agricultural and urban BMPs), training opportunities, and educational programs. Between federal FYs 2005 and 2013, nearly $3.9 million went directly to agricultural projects, while nearly $9.8 million went to education and outreach, including the FFL Program, Green Industries BMP Program, and OSTDS Program efforts (inventorying, monitoring, sediment/erosion control, and public education and outreach), described above. TMDL Water Quality Restoration Grants The Department receives documentary stamp funding for the implementation of projects to reduce urban nonpoint source pollution discharged to impaired waters. These funds are restricted to projects to reduce stormwater pollutant loadings from lands developed without stormwater treatment that discharge to waterbodies on the state’s Verified List of impaired waters, waterbodies with a TMDL proposed or adopted by the Department, or waterbodies with a BMAP proposed or adopted by the Department. The funds are used for urban stormwater retrofitting projects undertaken by local governments, WMDs, or other government entities. Grant funds may not be used to provide stormwater treatment for new development or redevelopment activities. In 2008, the Department adopted Chapter 62-305, F.A.C. (TMDL Water Quality Restoration Grants), to set forth the procedures for administering these grant funds. All TMDL grant projects require a minimum of 50% matching funds, with at least 25% of the match coming from local government. Projects are evaluated, ranked, and selected for funding three times each year based on the criteria found in the TMDL April 1, 2014, Page 260 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Water Quality Restoration Grant Rule. The criteria for project evaluation and ranking include the impairment status of the receiving waterbody, anticipated load reduction of the pollutants of concern, percentage of local matching funds, cost-effectiveness of the project in terms of cost per pound of pollutant removed per acre treated, inclusion of an educational component, and whether the local government sponsor has implemented a dedicated funding source for stormwater management, such as a stormwater utility. With state funding, the Department has issued over $11 million in contracts for urban BMP research, with the results of these projects being used to improve stormwater design in Florida. Unfortunately, the 2007– 09 economic crisis led the Legislature to eliminate this funding source; however, some limited funding was provided for FYs 2010–11 and 2011–12. Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Program The CWSRF Program provides low-interest loans for water pollution control activities and facilities. Water pollution sources are divided into point sources (typically domestic and industrial wastewater discharges) and nonpoint sources (generally related to leaching or runoff associated with rainfall events from various land uses). Since the program began in 1989, the Department has made over $3.5 billion in loans. The program revolves in perpetuity, using state and federal appropriations, loan repayments, investment earnings, and bond proceeds. This program evolved from the federal Construction Grants Program as a result of the 1988 amendments to the Federal CWA. Between 1958 and 1988, almost $2 billion was disbursed from the Construction Grants Program to help municipalities meet the enforceable requirements of the CWA, particularly applicable NPDES permit requirements. Only a few federal construction grants were awarded after 1988, with the last grant awarded in 1994 to Marathon. Projects eligible for CWSRF loans include wastewater management facilities, reclaimed wastewater reuse facilities, stormwater management facilities, widely accepted pollution control practices (sometimes called BMPs) associated with agricultural stormwater runoff pollution control activities, brownfields associated with the contamination of ground water or surface water, and estuarine protection activities and facilities. For the CWSRF Program, a total of more than $3.5 billion has been disbursed to date from funds awarded to the following sources: April 1, 2014, Page 261 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Wastewater: $3,385,124,099 Stormwater: $147,180,583 Nonpoint sources: $4,809,571 Dedicated Funding In 1986, legislation was passed authorizing local governments to implement stormwater utility fees to provide funding for stormwater treatment and infrastructure. Today, approximately 154 of Florida’s local governments have implemented a stormwater utility fee. In 2011, the Florida Stormwater Association conducted a Stormwater Utility Survey to which 81 utilities responded. It found that a utility services an average of 40,419 residential accounts and 3,599 nonresidential accounts (including commercial, industrial, and institutional). Most use impervious area as a basis for setting the fee. The average rate per month was $5.22, an increase over the average of $4.88 found in 2009. The average revenue generated among the 81 respondents was $3,905,226, up from $3,130,842 in 2009 and $2,708,763 in 2005. Additionally, many jurisdictions require stormwater management permits or stormwater management plan reviews and collect fees for permits, reviews, or inspections. It should be noted that many jurisdictions use other revenue sources beyond their stormwater utility fee revenues to implement their stormwater capital construction programs. Legislative Appropriations The Florida Legislature has shown strong support for protecting Florida’s natural resources and investing in cleaner water. In 1994, the Legislature adopted the Nitrate Bill, which imposed a small fee on nitrogen fertilizers. These funds are used to fund research to develop BMPs to reduce the leaching of nitrogen into ground water, especially from agricultural producers. In 2004, the Nitrate Bill was expanded to add a fee for phosphorus fertilizers and also to address the eutrophication of surface waters. Additionally, the Legislature has supported retrofitting the urban environment, providing for the development of BMPs, and assessing waterbodies, as shown in Table 11.5. Land Acquisition Land acquisition is an essential component of the state’s surface water protection and restoration activities. Before 1963, there was no formal land acquisition program (Farr and Brock 2006). The state’s first April 1, 2014, Page 262 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report environmental land acquisition program was enacted in 1963 by the Outdoor Recreation and Conservation Act, and established the Land Acquisition Trust Fund (Chapter 63-36, Laws of Florida; Section 375.011 et seq., F.S.). Later, in 1972 the Florida Legislature passed the Land Conservation Act, establishing the Environmentally Endangered Lands (EEL) Program. The EEL was replaced in 1979 by the Conservation and Recreation Lands (CARL) Program (Conservation and Recreation Lands Act, originally Chapter 253, F.S., now contained in Section 259.01 et seq., F.S.). In 1981, the Save our Coasts (SOC) and Save our Rivers (SOR) Programs were enacted to expand land acquisition. In 1989, recognizing the importance of accelerating land acquisition, given the state’s rapid population growth, the Preservation 2000 (P-2000) Program was enacted (Preservation 2000 Act, Section 259.101, F.S.). This decade-long program provided $300 million annually for land acquisition. In 1999, Preservation 2000 was extended for another decade by the enactment of the Florida Forever Act (Section 259.105, F.S.), which established the Florida Forever Program, continuing the $300 million annual commitment for another decade. These programs have led to the acquisition of over 2.5 million acres of sensitive lands. April 1, 2014, Page 263 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 11.5. Florida Legislative Appropriations for Nonpoint Sources and TMDLs, 2000–11 This is a four-column table generated from budgets passed by the Legislature. Column 1 lists the budget year, Column 2 lists the state appropriation to the Department’s nonpoint source activities, Column 3 lists the state appropriation to TMDL programs, and Column 4 lists the aid to local governments for nonpoint source activities, including restoration. 1 The TMDL Program was not specifically appropriated funds until 2006–07. Prior to that, the program was funded with Section 106 funds and general appropriations to the Department. Year State Appropriation to Nonpoint Sources (does not include Departmental/ WMD salaries or expenses) State Appropriation to TMDL Programs 2000–01 N/A1 N/A1 $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) 2001–02 $2,800,000 N/A1 $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) 2002–03 $2,800,000 N/A1 $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) 2003–04 $3,000,000 N/A1 $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) 2004–05 $9,280,552 N/A1 2005–06 $8,500,000 N/A1 2006–07 $12,900,000 $17,000,000 2007–08 $8,500,000 $16,500,000 2008–09 $3,175,706 $7,148,228 2009–10 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 2010–11 $2,410,000 $6,250,000 2011--12 $2,400,000 $6,385,000 2012--13 $2,400,000 $7,892,250 Total $59,166,258 $62,175,478 Aid to Local Governments $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) $123,562,460 (nonpoint source restoration projects; includes some wastewater repairs and sewering) $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) $215,733,274 (nonpoint source restoration projects; includes some wastewater repairs and sewering) $10,000,000 (SWIM projects) $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) $153,350,000 (nonpoint source restoration projects; includes some wastewater repairs and sewering) $10,000,000 (SWIM projects) $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) $66,500,000 (nonpoint source restoration projects; includes some wastewater repairs and sewering) $453,000 (SRWMD) $250,000 (WMDs) $453,000 (SRWMD) $100,000 (WMDs) $800,000 (nonpoint source restoration project) $453,000 (SRWMD) $100,000 (WMDs) $1,909,994 (nonpoint source restoration projects; includes some wastewater repairs and sewering) $453,000 (SRWMD) $100,000 (WMDs) $3,761,225 (nonpoint source restoration projects; includes some wastewater repairs and sewering) $453,000 (SRWMD) $100,000 (WMDs) April 1, 2014, Page 264 of 296 $586,925,734 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Costs and Benefits of Implementing Florida’s Surface Water Protection Programs To Meet the CWA’s Objectives The EPA, in partnership with the states, conducts the Clean Watersheds Needs Survey (CWNS) to identify and document the cost of projects needed to address water quality and public health in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and U.S.-held territories. The CWNS includes detailed estimates of the capital costs eligible for funding under the CWSRF Program established by the 1987 Amendments to the CWA—i.e., CWSRF-eligible costs. The CWNS includes publicly owned municipal wastewater collection and treatment facilities, facilities for the control of combined sewer overflows (CSOs), activities designed to control stormwater runoff, activities designed to control nonpoint source pollution, and activities associated with implementing approved Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs) under the National Estuary Program (NEP) established by Section 320 of the CWA. Key elements of the survey are as follows:  Facilities must be publicly owned and operated.  Costs represent capital needs (operating and maintenance costs are not represented).  Costs must be documented. Historically, the costs have been interpreted as representing 20-year design needs, but since the 1996 survey, costs have been documented by planning and design documents representing horizons of 10 years or less. The survey is conducted every four years, and the results are published in the Clean Watersheds Needs Survey Report to Congress. The 2008 survey results are available on the EPA’s Clean Watershed Needs survey website. Table 11.6 summarizes the most recent survey results for Florida (the 2012 report is not available at this time). These needs are being addressed by several funding mechanisms, most notably the CWSRF Program; direct congressional appropriations through the State and Tribal Assistance Grant (STAG) Program; state appropriations through the Community Budget Initiative Request (CBIR) Program; the Comprehensive Everglades Restoration Plan (CERP) (a joint 50/50 program funded by Florida and the EPA); Section 319 nonpoint source grants; TMDL Water Quality Restoration Grants; and local county, municipal, and WMD programs. April 1, 2014, Page 265 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 11.6. Results of the 2008 Clean Watersheds Needs Survey for Florida This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the category of need, and Columns 2 through 4 lists the dollar amount needed, as of January 1, 2008. Meet CWNS documentation requirements and are defined in Section 516(b)(1)(B) of the CWA. Meet CWNS documentation requirements, but are not defined in Section 516(b)(1)(B) of the CWA. Category VII is always considered as Other Documented Needs so long as the CWNS documentation requirements are met. 3 Do not meet documentation criteria. Categories VIII, IX, and XIII are always considered Unofficial Cost Estimates; other categories may be Official or Unofficial Cost Estimates. 1 2 Category of Need Official Documented Needs1 ($) Other Documented Needs2 ($) Unofficial Cost Estimates3 ($) I - Secondary Wastewater Treatment 0 0 0 II - Advanced Wastewater Treatment 9,365,765,303 0 0 III-A - Infiltration/ Inflow (I/I) Correction 134,934,433 0 0 III-B - Sewer Replacement/ Rehabilitation 1,528,714,113 0 32,788,228 IV-A - New Collector Sewers and Appurtenances 3,012,840,878 0 3,680,472 IV-B - New Interceptor Sewers and Appurtenances 1,827,615,671 0 0 V - Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO) Correction 0 0 0 VI - Stormwater Management Program (pre-2008 needs only) 4,997,587 0 0 VI-A - Conveyance Infrastructure 713,131,693 0 0 VI-B - Treatment Systems 1,701,938,904 0 74,580,096 VI-C - Green Infrastructure 1,130,685 0 0 VI-D - General Stormwater Management 76,938,946 0 1,195,634 VII-A - Nonpoint Source (NPS) Control: Agriculture (Cropland) 0 985,285,143 0 VII-B - NPS Control: Agriculture (Animals) 0 0 0 VII-C - NPS Control: Silviculture 0 0 0 VII-E - NPS Control: Ground Water Protection (Unknown Source) 0 15,334,804 0 VII-F - NPS Control: Marinas 0 2,011,187 0 VII-G - NPS Control: Resource Extraction 0 39,720,945 0 VII-H - NPS Control: Brownfields 0 14,901,842 0 VII-I - NPS Control: Storage Tanks 0 0 0 VII-J - NPS Control: Sanitary Landfills 0 201,119 0 VII-K - NPS Control: Hydromodification 0 1,013,445,150 0 VII-M - NPS Control: Other Estuary Management Activities 0 8,024,636 0 VIII - Confined Animals (Point Source) 0 0 0 IX - Mining (Point Source) 0 0 0 X - Recycled Water Distribution 1,198,219,024 0 0 XII - Decentralized Wastewater Treatment Systems 0 10,282,689,431 0 XIII - Planning 0 0 5,600,111 Florida’s Total Needs $19,566,227,237 $12,361,614,257 $117,844,541 April 1, 2014, Page 266 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Coordination with Other State, Tribal, and Local Agencies Florida’s surface water protection programs all emphasize the need for interagency coordination in achieving statewide water management goals. Table 11.7 lists the primary state, local, and regional coordination mechanisms for managing water resources. Figure 11.2 shows the agencies responsible for water resource management and coordination in Florida, and lists their principal activities. Table 11.7. Primary Coordination Mechanisms for Managing State, Regional, and Local Water Resources This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the function/entity, and Column 2 lists the primary coordination mechanisms. Function/Entity Primary Mechanisms General supervision over WMDs (policies, plans, and programs) (The Department) a. Meetings of the WMDs’ executive directors/Governing Board chairs c. Water Resource Implementation Rule (Chapter 62-40, F.A.C.) d. Approval of minimum flows and levels priority lists e. Cross-WMD water supply planning efforts e. Issue-specific work groups (policy and rule development) f. Memoranda of Understanding (delegation of programs and authorities) g. Permit streamlining and consistency initiatives h. Departmental review of WMD rules and budgets, auditing Statewide watershed management approach (The Department) a. Implementation of rotating basin watershed management cycle for assessing the state’s river basins b. Process for verifying impaired waterbodies in each basin c. Development of TMDLs for verified impaired waters d. Adaptive management State Comprehensive Plan (Governor’s Office) Overall coordination by Governor’s Office Florida Transportation Plan (FDOT) Interagency plan review process Strategic regional policy plans (Regional Planning Councils) a. Florida Water Plan/ District Water Management Plan (DWMP) work group b. Plan review process (Subsection 186.507[2], F.S., and Chapter 27E-5, F.A.C.) Agricultural interests (FDACS) Agricultural Water Policy Committee Local comprehensive plans (Florida Department of Economic Opportunity [FDEO]) Interagency review of local government comprehensive plans and plan amendments (Part II of Chapter 163, F.S.) Water supply planning, wastewater management, stormwater management, solid waste management (local governments) Departmental and WMD programs for technical and financial assistance Reuse of reclaimed water (The Department, WMDs, FDOT, Public Service Commission) Reuse Coordinating Committee U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE) a. Public works program b. State clearinghouse review process c. Quarterly meetings between the Department and the USACOE d. Joint Departmental/USACOE permit application process (CWA, Section 404) e. Memoranda of Understanding f. Potential delegation of Section 404 permitting to the Department April 1, 2014, Page 267 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Function/Entity Primary Mechanisms U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) a. EPA/Departmental yearly work plans and grants b. EPA technical assistance and special projects c. Delegation of EPA/CWA programs to the Department d. NEP annual work plans and grants National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) a. Grants b. Cooperative agreements and special projects U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) a. Contracts for technical services and data b. Cooperative agreements U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) (formerly Soil Conservation Service) Contracts for technical services and data U.S. Forest Service Ecosystem Management teams U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service a. Acquisition programs b. Ecosystem Management teams c. Special projects National Park Service a. Acquisition programs b. Ecosystem Management teams Alabama and Georgia a. Meetings with the Department, SJRWMD, SRWMD, and Georgia Department of Natural Resources (DNR) b. St. Marys River Management Committee April 1, 2014, Page 268 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Agency Type Agency Name Resource Coordination/Principal Activities Federal National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration Estuary, Research, Weather Forecasting Federal Environmental Protection Agency Clean Water Act Programs Federal Geological Survey Research & Monitoring, Water Resource Information Federal Army Corps of Engineers Wetlands Permitting, Flood Control, Restoration Federal Fish and Wildlife Service Land Management Coordination, Wildlife Protection Federal Federal Emergency Flood Zone Mapping, National Flood Insurance Program & Disaster Relief State Department of Environmental Protection Florida Water Plan, State Water Policy, Statewide Pollution Control & Monitoring, General Supervision of WMDs, Coastal Management, Florida Communities Trust State Department of Economic Opportunity Growth Management, Areas of Critical State Concern, Developments of Regional Impact State Governor's Office Emergency Management Coordination, Disaster Relief State Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission Enforcement of Environmental Laws, Research, Manage, & Assess Impacts to Saltwater & Freshwater Habitats State Department of Health Protect Public Health, Solid Waste Disposal, Septic Tanks, Drinking Water, Environmental Laboratory Certification State Public Service Commission Water Utility Rate Structures Approval for Regulated Utilities Regional & Local Regional Planning Councils Development of Regional Impact, Growth Management, Surface Water Quality Planning & Studies, Hurricane Evacuation Planning & Mapping Regional & Local Water Management Districts Regional & Local Local Governments Regional & Local Water Supply Authorities Water Distribution, Development of Regional Sources Regional & Local Special Districts Operation and Maintenance of Local Surface Water Management Districts, Chapter 298, F.S., Districts Water Resource Planning, Regulation & Management, Water Supply, Flood Protection, Water Quality Management, Natural Systems Protection & Regulation Local Environmental Controls & Monitoring, Building Codes/Zoning/Land, Potable Water, Wastewater Services, Management/Planning, Land Acquisition Management, Emergency Preparedness Figure 11.2. Agencies Responsible for Water Resource Coordination and Management in Florida Wetlands Program Wetlands Inventory and Wetlands Protection This section provides an inventory of the major wetlands and historical coverage of wetlands in the state, discusses the development of wetlands water quality standards, and describes management and protection efforts for wetlands and other surface waters. Due to a lack of sufficient funding and resources, Florida does not have a program to comprehensively monitor the areal extent (gains or losses of wetland acreage) or health (water quality and functions) of wetlands on a statewide basis. Some monitoring is required in the process of reviewing and granting permits for dredging and filling in wetlands and other surface waters, particularly when the permit authorizes mitigation for work in wetlands or other surface waters, and for activities that discharge wastewater to wetlands. April 1, 2014, Page 269 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Historical Wetlands Coverage in Florida Although information on the historical extent of Florida’s wetlands is limited, one researcher estimates that the state lost as much as 46% of its original wetlands between the 1780s and the 1980s. Table 11.8 contains estimates of Florida’s historical wetlands at a number of different points in time. Table 11.8. Historical Estimates of Wetlands in Florida, 1780–1980 This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the period for the estimate, Column 2 lists the wetlands acreage during that period, and Column 3 lists the information source. Period Wetlands Acreage Source circa 1780 approx. 20,325,013 Dahl 1990 mid-1950s 12,779,000 Hefner 1986 mid-1970s 11,334,000 Hefner 1986 mid-1970s 11,298,600 Frayer and Hefner 1991 1979–80 11,854,822 Tiner 1984 circa 1980 11,038,300 Dahl 1990 What is notable about the table above is that the rate of wetland loss has significantly slowed since the mid-1970s, corresponding to when federal and state dredge-and-fill regulatory programs were enacted. There is no single, current, comprehensive way to estimate the wetland acreage in Florida. The state developed its own wetland delineation methodology, which has been adopted as Chapter 62-340, F.A.C. This methodology, used by all state and local agencies throughout the state, requires field-based, sitespecific determinations on a case-by-case basis—including an assessment of on-site soils, hydrology, and vegetation. As such, wetland estimates using the Florida methodology cannot be determined based on aerial surveys or mapping. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service has estimated wetlands coverage nationwide, including Florida, using the National Wetlands Inventory, and many of the estimates in the table are based on that inventory. However, wetlands mapped in the inventory have not been groundtruthed, and maps produced using the inventory do not directly correspond to either the state methodology or the wetland mapping methodology used by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE). Development of Wetlands Water Quality Standards Florida does not have separate water quality standards for wetlands. Wetlands are considered surface waters of the state, although water quality standards do not apply to wetlands that are wholly owned by one person other than the state, except for discharges offsite and into ground water. 7 Wetlands in which water quality standards apply are subject to the same water quality standards as other surface waters, Wetlands owned entirely by one person other than the state are not considered waters of the state; this would include isolated wetlands owned entirely by one permit (Subsection 403.031(13), F.S.). 7 April 1, 2014, Page 270 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report including the same five functional classifications described earlier and the state's anti-degradation rules (as set out in Rules 62-302.300 and 62-4.242, F.A.C.). Most wetlands, like most surface waters in Florida, are designated as Class III Waters, except where a wetland is part of the landward extent of another waterbody that is classified otherwise (as Class I, II, IV, or V waters), in which case the water quality standards that apply to the wetland are the same as the waterbody with which the wetlands are associated. Florida’s rules already contain qualitative and quantitative biological criteria—e.g., substances shall not be present in concentrations that will result in a dominance of nuisance species, and there is a maximum allowable degradation of biological integrity. The state has developed procedures for assessing biological communities in streams and lakes, defining relevant ecoregions, and identifying relatively pristine reference sites. Florida has also developed and implemented the toughest standards for phosphate loading in the country (10 parts per billion [ppb] for the Everglades; as adopted in Rule 62-302.540, F.A.C.). Lake Apopka (in central Florida), which has long been degraded by agricultural runoff and wastewater discharges, and its associated wetlands also have a special standard of 55 ppb for TP, as adopted in Paragraph 373.461(3)(a), F.S.. 8 Wetlands Management and Protection Florida implements an independent state regulatory permitting program that operates in addition to the federal dredge-and-fill permitting program. Under the authority of Part IV of Chapter 373, F.S., the state’s regulatory permit program, known as the ERP Program, governs the construction, alteration, operation, maintenance, abandonment, or removal of any surface water management system (including stormwater management systems), dam, impoundment, reservoir, appurtenant work or works, including dredging or filling in wetlands and other surface waters, and for the maintenance and operation of existing agricultural surface water management systems or the construction of new agricultural surface water management systems dredging and filling. A separate regulatory program under Sections 403.9321 through 403.9333, F.S., governs the trimming and alteration of mangroves, which consist of tropical to subtropical wetland swamp vegetation growing within tidal environments, primarily in south Florida. As discussed below, Florida’s ERP Program is a collaboration of the Department, the five WMDs, and two delegated local governments. The program was implemented statewide through numerous rules adopted by the Department and each of the WMDs until October 1, 2013. In 2012 the program implemented rulemaking to create a cohesive rule for the Department and the WMDs. The result is Rule 8 Also in Section 13.7 of the Environmental Resource Permit Applicant’s Handbook II: For Use Within the Geographic Limits of the SJRWMD. April 1, 2014, Page 271 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report 62-330, F.A.C., along with Applicant’s Handbook I; and an Applicant’s Handbook II for each of the five WMDs (NWFWMD, SRWMD, SJRWMD, SWFWMD, and SFWMD). Other Florida rules affecting wetlands regulations include Rules 62-340 and 62-345, F.A.C. A requirement for issuing a permit is that the activity must not be contrary to the public interest, or, if located in an OFW, the activity must be clearly in the public interest. 9 The major provisions of the ERP Program are as follows:  Statewide, the ERP Program regulates virtually all alterations to the landscape, including all tidal and freshwater wetlands and other surface waters (including isolated wetlands) and uplands. The ERP addresses dredging and filling in wetlands and other surface waters, as well as stormwater runoff quality (i.e., stormwater treatment) and quantity (i.e., stormwater attenuation and flooding of other properties), including that resulting from alterations of uplands. The program regulates everything from the construction of singlefamily residences in wetlands, to convenience stores in uplands, to dredging and filling for any purpose in wetlands and other surface waters (including maintenance dredging), to the construction of roads located in uplands and wetlands, to agricultural alterations that impede or divert the flow of surface waters. The issuance of an ERP also constitutes a water quality certification or waiver under Section 401 of the CWA, 33 U.S.C. 1341. In addition, the issuance of an ERP in coastal counties constitutes a finding of consistency under the Florida Coastal Management Program under Section 307 (Coastal Zone Management Act). The ERP Program is implemented jointly by the Department, five WMDs, and one (as of 2009) delegated local government (Broward County), in accordance with operating agreements that identify the respective divisions of responsibilities. In addition, the WMDs administer permits for surface water and ground water withdrawals (consumptive use permitting) under Part II of Chapter 373, F.S. The following special provisions apply to agriculture and forestry:  Sections 373.406 and 403.927, F.S., exempt certain agricultural activities from the need for an ERP. These include the rights of any person engaged in the occupation of agriculture, silviculture, floriculture, or horticulture to alter the topography for purposes consistent with the practice of such occupation, provided the alteration is not for the sole or predominant purpose of impounding or obstructing surface waters. Permit applicants 9 Although this last designation, created in 1989, applies to Everglades and Biscayne National Parks, it has not been confirmed by the Florida Legislature. April 1, 2014, Page 272 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report must show that they will not harm wetlands (including isolated wetlands) of five acres or larger. The review of all agricultural activities, including permitting, compliance, and enforcement, is the responsibility of Florida’s five WMDs. FDACS, in cooperation with the Department and the WMDs, developed various BMP handbooks to help the agricultural community work in a manner that minimizes adverse impacts to wetlands and other surface waters.  Certified aquaculture activities that apply appropriate BMPs adopted under Section 597.004, F.S., are exempt from the need for permits under Part IV of Chapter 373, F.S. Compliance, enforcement, and permitting of such aquaculture activities are the responsibility of FDACS. Compliance, enforcement, and permitting of activities that are not so certified continue to be the responsibility of the Department. In addition to the regulatory permit programs described above, activities that are located on submerged lands owned by the state (otherwise called sovereign submerged lands) also require a proprietary authorization for such use under Chapter 253, F.S., and Chapter 18-21, F.A.C. Such lands generally extend waterward from the mean high water line (of tidal waters) or the ordinary high water line (of fresh waters) both inland and out to the state’s territorial limit (approximately three miles into the Atlantic Ocean, and 10 miles into the Gulf of Mexico). If such lands are located in certain designated Aquatic Preserves, the authorization also must meet the requirements of Chapter 258, F.S., and Chapter 18-18, F.A.C. (in the Biscayne Bay Aquatic Preserve), and Chapter 18-20, F.A.C. (in all the other aquatic preserves). Such authorization considers issues such as riparian rights, impacts to submerged land resources, and the preemption of other uses of the water by the public. Authorizations typically are in the form of consents of use, easements, and leases. This program is implemented jointly by the Department and four of the state’s five WMDs, in accordance with the same operating agreement that governs the ERP Program. The program is structured so that applicants who do not qualify at the time of the permit application for both the regulatory permit and the proprietary authorization cannot receive either a permit or an authorization. Although each Departmental and WMD office has its own enforcement officers, the public reports many violations. Public education occurs through several state pamphlets and documents, technical and regulatory workshops, and newspaper coverage. The press has done a good job of reporting on wetlands issues. April 1, 2014, Page 273 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report As discussed above, Florida uses its own methodology (Chapter 62-340, F.A.C.), rather than the federal methodology, to delineate the boundaries of wetlands and other surface waters. This approach, designed specifically for Florida wetland communities, determines the landward extent of wetlands and other surface waters. It applies to both isolated and contiguous wetlands, and must be used by all local, state, and regional governments. Numerous programs are working to restore both freshwater and estuarine wetlands—most notably the Everglades system. Over 60,000 acres of filtration marshes, known as stormwater treatment areas (STAs), are being built to reduce the phosphorus in agricultural runoff entering the Everglades. Land acquisition is crucial to wetlands preservation. The state has bought thousands of acres of wetlands and other environmentally sensitive lands since 1963, mainly through the Florida Forever and CARL Programs, administered by the Department, and the SOR Program, administered by the WMDs. Both are funded primarily by the documentary stamp tax on the transfer of property. Additional funding comes from the P-2000 Trust Fund. In addition to outright land purchases, the state and WMDs can enter into agreements where the owner retains use of the property with certain restrictions such as conservation easements, the purchase of development rights, leasebacks, and sale with reserved life estates. Mitigation, which is often used to offset otherwise unpermittable wetlands impacts, may include the restoration, enhancement, creation, or preservation of wetlands, other surface waters, or uplands. Before 2004, the recommended ranges of ratios for offsetting wetland impacts through mitigation generally ranged from 1.5:1 to 4:1 for created or restored marshes, 2:1 to 5:1 for created or restored swamps, 4:1 to 20:1 for wetlands enhancement, 10:1 to 60:1 for wetlands preservation, and 3:1 to 20:1 for uplands preservation. In 2013, the Department, in consultation with the WMDs, began the update of the statewide Uniform Mitigation Assessment Method (UMAM), Chapter 62-345, F.A.C. All state, regional, and local agencies in the state use UMAM to determine the amount of mitigation required to offset impacts to wetlands and other surface waters. As of August 2005, the USACOE, Jacksonville District, also began using this method. It is used to determine the amount of functional loss caused by a proposed project and the amount of “lift” need to offset that loss of function. The Department and the WMDs adopted rules governing mitigation banks in 1994 (Chapter 62-342, F.A.C.). A mitigation bank is a large area set aside for enhancement, restoration, and preservation. April 1, 2014, Page 274 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Mitigation credits are the increase in ecological value from restoring, creating, enhancing, or preserving wetlands. Permit applicants can use mitigation credits to offset damage to wetlands functions. Table 11.9 lists all open mitigation banks in the state and the agency administering each of them. Integrity of Wetlands Resources Table 11.10 shows the acreage of wetlands that have been authorized to be dredged, filled, created, improved, and preserved as a result of ERPs and Wetland Resource Permits (WRPs) issued by the Department and the WMDs from 2012–13. Results of Florida’s Surface Water Protection Programs Despite the increase in Florida’s population over the past 35 years, from 6.8 million to more than 19 million, the state’s surface water management programs have been successful in preventing and minimizing pollution from new sources, especially from new nonpoint sources of pollution, and in reducing existing pollutant loadings, especially from point sources of pollution. This has been accomplished by implementing new technologies, requiring better treatment of wastewater discharges, eliminating many surface water discharges, and treating stormwater. April 1, 2014, Page 275 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table 11.9. Open Mitigation Banks in Florida1 This is a six-column table. Column 1 lists the bank name, Column 2 the administrative agency, Column 3 the acreage, Column 4 the potential credits, Column 5 the credits released, and Column 6 the credits used. - = Empty cell/no data 1 Current data were updated as indicated by the superscript date. 2 SFWMD = South Florida Water Management District SJRWMD – St. Johns River Water Management District SWFWMD = Southwest Florida Water Management District Bank Name Administrative Agency2 Bear PointApr-11 The Department 317.00 49.80 49.80 5 Breakfast PointDec-08 The Department 4,637.00 1,011.28 194.19 30.58 CorkscrewJun-11 The Department 635.00 351.80 155.69 113.06 The Department 3,049.20 516.74 208.20 10.36 847.50 847.50 815.50 SwampApr-10 Devils FMBApr-11 Acres Potential Credits Credits Released Credits Used The Department 1,582.00 INov-10 The Department 4,125.00 390.71 390.71 281.57 FPL/EMB IIApr-11 The Department 9,026.00 1,769.53 547.27 208.77 GarconNov-10Oct-07 The Department 337.00 172.39 77.40 25.41 GrahamOct-07 The Department 66.00 32.50 29.25 5.50 LoxNov-10 The Department 1,264.00 641.60 470.60 336.50 LPIApr-11 The Department 1,264.00 807.00 330.60 236.85 NOKUSEFeb-11 The Department 2220.00 273.83 27.38 0.00 PedroDec-08 FPL/EMB San Sand Hill Wekiva The Department 6,748.00 1,083.00 388.60 31.30 LakesOct-10 The Department 2,155.00 298.40 178.90 87.36 RiverJan-10 The Department 1,643.00 258.24 97.53 28.95 Big CypressAug-08 SFWMD 1,280.00 1,001.78 641.19 246.23 BluefieldAug-09 SFWMD 2,695.00 1,244.00 868.00 408.00 PantherAug-08 SFWMD 2,788.00 934.64 880.85 851.63 CreekAug-08 SFWMD 2,993.00 627 590.13 416.00 ReserveAug-08 Reedy RG SFWMD 638.00 32.48 10.00 2.55 Treasure Coast SFWMD 2,545.14 1,033.43 - - BarbervilleDec-08 SJRWMD 366 84.30 58.30 57.42 BlackwaterDec-08 SJRWMD 347.00 152.13 15.31 2.01 Road Dec-08 SJRWMD 2945.00 451.41 - - Brick CGW Dec-08 SJRWMD 150.00 66.20 54.60 42.70 Colbert Dec-08 SJRWMD 2,604.00 718.80 560.30 515.90 East Central Dec-08 SJRWMD 1,061.00 286.30 286.30 286.04 Farmton Dec-08 SJRWMD 23,992.00 4,585.00 783.20 720.87 Louisa Dec-08 SJRWMD 1,007.00 297.90 246.00 245.90 Lake Monroe Dec-08 SJRWMD 603.00 199.90 130.00 114.58 Loblolly Dec-08 SJRWMD 6,247.00 2,031.80 1,074.51 1,008.50 Longleaf Dec-08 SJRWMD 3,021.00 808.30 444.58 169.13 A Dec-08 SJRWMD 2,069.00 1,252.80 707.29 394.92 Lake Mary Florida Dec-08 SJRWMD 779.00 407.30 393.90 376.98 Port Orange Dec-08 NE SJRWMD 5,719.00 1,176.30 237.90 112.10 Sundew Dec-08 SJRWMD 2,107.00 698.30 192.01 129.85 April 1, 2014, Page 276 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Bank Name Thomas Creek Dec-08 Administrative Agency2 SJRWMD Acres 594.00 TM-Econ Dec-08 SJRWMD 5,199.00 1,568.60 879.46 538.94 Toso Dec-08 SJRWMD 1,312.00 185.00 185.00 152.90 Tupelo Dec-08 SJRWMD 1,524.80 459.70 258.76 209.37 Boran Dec-08 SWFWMD 237.00 108.59 108.59 100.70 SWFWMD 819.00 58.04 - - Hammock Lakes Dec-08 Potential Credits Credits Released 72.48 20.91 Credits Used - Myakka Dec-08 SWFWMD 380.00 224.60 38.20 12.09 Tampa Bay Dec-08 SWFWMD 161.200 111.55 - - SWFWMD 149.00 47.62 - - SFWMD 420.00 370.00 367.37 367.37 SFWMD 1,049.00 206.50 88.80 88.80 Upper Coastal Dec-08 Wetlandsbank Dec-08 Split Oak Dec-08 Table 11.10. Acreage of Affected Wetlands Regulated by the Department and the WMDs (2012– 13) This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the agency, Column 2 lists the wetlands acreage permanently lost, Column 3 lists the acreage created, Column 4 lists the acreage preserved, and Column 5 lists the acreage improved. Departmental data coverage is from October 2012 to September 2013. Data do not represent impacts from nonregulated or unpermitted activities. 3 Wetlands destroyed. 4 Wetlands created where none existed. 5 Wetlands with additional protective devices placed on them (i.e., conservation easements). 6 Poor or lesser quality jurisdictional wetlands enhanced through various activities (i.e., improved hydrology, removal of exotics, re-establishment of native flora). 1 2 Agency Wetlands Acreage Permanently Lost3 Wetlands Acreage Created4 Wetlands Acreage Preserved5 Wetlands Acreage Improved6 The Department 1 1,253.93 5.72 19.40 6.26 NWFWMD 36.89 15.75 48.38 37.70 SWFWMD 421.55 127.27 1,808.63 293.10 SJRWMD 380.66 14.46 2,268.58 660.11 SFWMD 3,031.19 2,513.07 3,405.31 3,959.33 SRWMD 4.32 5.80 5.30 21.28 Total2 5,128.54 2,682.07 7,55.60 4,977.78 April 1, 2014, Page 277 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report References Abbott, J.P., L.J. Flewelling, and J.H. Landsberg. 2009a. Saxitoxin monitoring of three species of Florida puffer fish. Harmful Algae 8: 343–348. Abbott, G.M., J.H. Landsberg, A.R. Reich, K.A. Steidinger, S. Ketchen, and C. Blackmore. 2009b. Resource guide for public health response to harmful algal blooms in Florida. Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission, Fish and Wildlife Research Institute, Technical Report TR-14. Available: http://research.myfwc.com/engine/download_redirection_process.asp?file=TR_ 14screen.pdf&objid=20125&dltype=article. American Public Health Association. 1995. Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater resources. 19th Edition. Baltimore, MD: United Book Press. American Safety Council. 2010. Florida quickfacts. Available: http://www.stateofflorida.com/Portal/ DesktopDefault.aspx?tabid=95. Americasroof.com. 2013. Florida highest named summits. Available: http://www.americasroof.com/highest/fl.shtml. Arthur, J.A., A.A. Dabous, and J.B. Cowart. 2002. Mobilization of arsenic and other trace elements during aquifer storage and recovery, southwest Florida. U.S. Geological Survey Open File Report 02–89. USGS Artificial Recharge Workshop Proceedings. Available: http://water.usgs.gov/ogw/pubs/ofr0289/jda_mobilization.htm. Arthur, J.D., Dabous, A.A., and Cowart, J.B. 2005. Chapter 24: Water-rock geochemical considerations for aquifer storage and recovery: Florida case studies. In: C.F. Tsan and J.A. Apps (Eds.), Underground Injection Science and Technology, Developments in Water Science (Amsterdam, Netherlands: Elsevier, v.52, p. 327–339). Azanza, R.V., and F.J.R.M. Taylor. 2001. Are Pyrodinium blooms in the Southeast Asianregion recurring and spreading? A view at the end of the millennium. Ambio 30: 356–364. Backer, L.C. 2009. Impacts of Florida red tides on coastal communities. Harmful Algae 8: 618–622. Backer, L.C., L.E. Fleming, A.D. Rowan, and D.G. Baden. 2003. Epidemiology, public health and human illnesses associated with harmful marine algae. In: G.M. Hallegraeff, D.M. Anderson, and A.D. Cembella (Eds.), Manual on harmful marine microalgae (Paris, France: Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission of UNESCO, pp. 723–750). Bay Regional Atmospheric Chemistry Experiment (BRACE). 2011. Tampa, FL: University of South Florida, Health Sciences Center, College of Public Health, Environmental and Occupational Health. Available: http://hsc.usf.edu/publichealth/EOH/BRACE/. April 1, 2014, Page 278 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Blair, J.A., and R. Jones. Updated January 15, 2008. Consumer Fertilizer Task Force: Final report to the 2008 Florida Legislature. Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, Florida Conflict Resolution Consortium. Available: http://consensus.fsu.edu/fertilizer-taskforce/pdfs2/Fertilizer_Task_Force_Final_Report11408-3.pdf. Bodager, D. 2002. Outbreak of saxitoxin illness following consumption of Florida pufferfish. Florida Journal of Environmental Health 179: 9–13. Brown, M.T., K.C. Reiss, M.J. Cohen, J.M. Evans, and P.W. Inglett et al. April 28, 2008. Summary and synthesis of the available literature on the effects of nutrients on spring organisms and systems. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida Water Institute. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/springs/reports/files/UF_SpringsNutrients_Report.pdf. Burns, J. 2008. Toxic cyanobacteria in Florida waters. Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 619: 127–137. Burns, J., C. Williams, and A. Chapman. 2002. Cyanobacteria and their toxins in Florida surface waters. In: D. Johnson and R.D. Harbison (Eds.), Proceedings of health effects of exposure to cyanobacteria toxins: State of the science (August 13–14, 2002, Sarasota, FL, pp. 16–21). Campbell, P. May 1997. Current population reports: Population projections: States, 1995–2025. Washington, DC: U.S. Census Bureau. Available: http://www.census.gov/prod/2/pop/p25/p251131.pdf. Carvalho, A., W. Schropp, G.M. Sloane, T.P. Biernacki, and T.L. Seal. 2002. Development of an interpretive tool for assessment of metal enrichment in Florida freshwater sediment. Jacksonville, FL: Taylor Engineering and Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Prepared for the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/docs/seds/FFW_Metals_Report_Final.pdf. Chang, N.B., M. Wanielista, A. Daranpob, F. Hossain, and Z. Xuan et al. April 17, 2011. On-site sewage treatment and disposal systems evaluation for nutrient removal. Florida Department of Environmental Protection Project #WM 928. Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, Civil, Environmental, and Construction Engineering Department, Stormwater Management Academy. Available: http://stormwater.ucf.edu/research/UCF_OSTDSFinalReport04192011.pdf. Chapman, A.D., and C.L. Schelske. 1997. Recent appearance of Cylindrospermopsis (Cyanobacteria) in five hypereutrophic Florida lakes. J. Phycology 33: 191–195. Comprehensive Everglades Restoration Plan. 2012. Available: http://www.evergladesplan.org/. Conover, W.J. 1999. Practical nonparametric statistics. New York: Wiley. Copeland, R., N.A. Doran, A.J. White, and S.B. Upchurch. 2011. Regional and statewide trends in Florida’s spring and well groundwater quality. Florida Geological Survey Bulletin No. 69. Tallahassee, FL. Available: http://ufdcweb1.uflib.ufl.edu/ufdc/?b=UF00095137&v=00001. April 1, 2014, Page 279 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Crabbe, N. February 28, 2008. Drought just tip of water problems. Gainesville Sun. Dahl, T.E. 1990. Wetlands: Losses in the United States, 1780s to 1980s. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Report to Congress. St. Petersburg, FL: National Wetlands Inventory. Available: http://www.npwrc.usgs.gov/resource/wetlands/wetloss/. ———. 2005. Florida's wetlands: An update on status and trends, 1985 to 1996. Washington, DC: U.S .Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service. Available: http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/Documents/Floridas-Wetlands-An-Update-on-Status-andTrends-1985-to-1996.pdf#search. Emslie, S.D., W.D. Allmon, F.J. Rich, J.H. Wrenn, and S.D. Defrance. 1996. Integrated taphonomy of an avian death assemblage in marine sediments from the late Pliocene of Florida. Palaeogeogr. Palaeocl. 124, 107–136. Fernald, E.A., and E.D. Purdum (Eds.). 1998. Water resources atlas of Florida. Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, Institute of Science and Public Affairs. Fischler, C., P. Hansard, M. Ladle, and C. Burdette. In review. A review of selected Florida aquifer storage and recovery (ASR) sites and their geochemical characteristics. Florida Geological Survey Report of Investigation 112. Fleming, L.E., D.G. Baden, J.A. Bean, R. Weisman, and D.G. Blythe. 1998. Marine seafood toxin diseases: Issues in epidemiology and community outreach. In: Environmental health resources for community outreach and education: Marine science (Miami, FL: National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Marine and Freshwater Biomedical Sciences Center). Available: http://iodeweb1.vliz.be/odin/bitstream/1834/758/1/Lora%20E5.pdf. Flewelling, L.J., J.P. Naar, J.P. Abbott, D.G. Baden, and N.B. Barros et al. 2005. Brevitoxicosis: Red tides and marine mammal mortalities. Nature 435 (7043), 755–756. Florida Administrative Code. August 8, 2007. Section 5E-1.003, Fertilizer: Labels or tags. Available: https://www.flrules.org/gateway/ChapterHome.asp?Chapter=5E-1. Florida Administrative Register. 2013. Available: https://www.flrules.org/Default.asp. Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (FDACS). Revised November 29, 2007. Contingency plan for the control of shellfish potentially contaminated by marine biotoxin. Tallahassee, FL. ———. 2006. Shellfish harvesting. Division of Aquaculture. Available: http://shellfish.floridaaquaculture.com/seas/seas_statusmap.htm. ———. 2006. Red tide. Available: http://www.floridaaquaculture.com/RedTide/RedTideInfo.htm. April 1, 2014, Page 280 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. 2010. Office of Agricultural Water Policy. Available: http://www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com/. Florida Department of Environmental Protection (Department). 1994. Florida coastal sediments contaminants atlas. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/FGS/FGS_Publications/ FGS%20Library%20Documents/FLCoastSedContamAtlas.pdf. ———. 2000. Integrated water quality assessment for Florida: 2000 305(b) report and 303(d) list update. Tallahassee, FL: Bureau of Watershed Management. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/docs/2004_Integrated_Report.pdf. ———. 2000–06. Basin status reports and water quality assessment reports. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/basin411/default.htm. ———. February 2001. A report to the Governor and the Legislature on the allocation of Total Maximum Daily Loads in Florida. Tallahassee, FL: Bureau of Watershed Management. ———. January 2003. Interpretative tool for the assessment of metal enrichment in Florida freshwater sediment. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/fwseds.htm. ———. 2004. Integrated water quality assessment for Florida: 2004 305(b) report and 303(d) list update. Tallahassee, FL: Bureau of Watershed Management. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/docs/2004_Integrated_Report.pdf. ———. December 22, 2004 (revised March 30, 2005). Elements of Florida’s water monitoring and assessment program. Tallahassee, FL: Division of Water Resource Management, Bureau of Watershed Management. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/docs/monitoringstrategy-2009.pdf. ———. 2006a. South Florida Mercury Science Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/sas/mercury/index.htm. ———. 2006b. Criteria for surface water quality classifications. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wqssp/classes.htm. ———. 2006c. Florida’s springs: Protecting native gems. Available: www.floridasprings.org. ———. 2006d. Drinking Water Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/ water/drinkingwater/index.htm. ———. 2006e. STORET Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/storet/index.htm. ———. May 2, 2006. Integrated water quality assessment for Florida: 2006 305(b) report and 303(d) list update. Tallahassee, FL: Bureau of Watershed Management. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/docs/2006_Integrated_Report.pdf. April 1, 2014, Page 281 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. December 2006. Canal recharge: A report to the Legislature and Governor. Preliminary draft report. Division of Water Resource Management in consultation with the South Florida Water Management District. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wqssp/docs/CanalRechargeReport.pdf. ———. January 2007. Best management practices for the enhancement of environmental quality on Florida golf courses. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/nonpoint/docs/nonpoint/glfbmp07.pdf. ———. September 2007. Plan for development of a statewide total maximum daily load for mercury (mercury TMDL). Tallahassee, FL: Division of Water Resource Management and Division of Air Resource Management, Bureau of Laboratories. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/sas/mercury/docs/merc-tmdl-plan-draft.pdf. ———. 2008. Florida friendly best management practices for protection of water resources by the green industries. Available: http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/pdf/GIBMP_Manual_WEB_2_17_11.pdf . ———. March 31, 2008a. Standard operating procedures for field activities. DEP-SOP-001/01. ———. March 31, 2008b. Process for assessing data usability. DEP-EA-001/07. ———. October 2008. Integrated water quality assessment for Florida: 2009 305(b) report and 303(d) list update. Tallahassee, FL: Bureau of Watershed Management. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/docs/2008_Integrated_Report.pdf. ———. December 3, 2008. Standard operating procedures for field activities. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/sas/sop/sops.htm. ———. 2010. 1:24,000 high-resolution, National Hydrography Dataset. ———. 2011. Florida’s Lands and Water – Brief Facts. Division of State Lands, Bureau of Survey and Mapping. 2 pp. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/lands/files/FloridaNumbers_031011.pdf. ———. March 2011. Implementation guidance for the fecal coliform total daily maximum loads adopted by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Tallahassee, FL: Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration, Bureau of Watershed Restoration. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/watersheds/docs/fcg_toolkit.pdf. ———. August 29, 2011. Monitoring design document. Tallahassee, FL: Watershed Monitoring Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/docs/watershed-monitoringdesign-document.pdf. ———. 2012a. Agricultural Nonpoint Source Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/nonpoint/agsrc.htm. April 1, 2014, Page 282 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. 2012b. Watershed Management. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/watersheds/bmap.htm. ———. 2012c. Beach health results. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/labs/cgibin/beach_health/index.asp. ———. 2012d. Blue-green algae. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/ bgalgae/index.htm. ———. 2012e. Bureau of Petroleum Storage Systems. Available: http://www.dep. state.fl.us/waste/categories/pss/default.htm. ———. 2012f. Chapter 303, Identification of impaired surface waters. Florida Administrative Code. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/legal/Rules/shared/62-303/62-303.pdf. ———. 2012g. Delineation Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/ groundwater/delineate.htm. ———. 2012h. Drinking Water Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/. ———. 2012i. Drinking Water Toxics Program. Available: http://www.myfloridaeh.com/water/drinkingwatertoxics.html. ———. 2012j. Drycleaning Solvent Cleanup Program Main Page. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/waste/categories/drycleaning/default.htm. ———. 2012k. Emerging substances of concern fact sheet. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/esoc.htm. ———. 2012l. Florida Action Team on Energy and Climate Change. Available: http://www.flclimatechange.us/index.cfm .———. 2012m. Florida Forever. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/lands/fl_forever.htm. ———. 2012n. Florida-friendly landscaping. Green industries best management practice training and program overview. Available: http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/professionals/BMP_overview.htm. ———. 2012o. Florida Geological Survey. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/geology/. ———. 2012p. Florida’s springs. Available: http://www.floridasprings.org/. ———. 2012q. Florida State Emergency Response Team natural resource damage assessment. Available: http://nrdata.org/. ———. 2012r. Florida’s surface water quality standards: Refining designated uses and classifications. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/secretary/designateduse.htm. April 1, 2014, Page 283 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. 2012w. Hazardous Waste Cleanup Section. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/waste/categories/wc/pages/cleanup/default.htm. ———. 2012t. Interpretative tool for the assessment of metal enrichment in Florida freshwater sediment. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/WATER/monitoring/fwseds.htm. ———. 2012u. Mercury in aquatic systems in Florida. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/sas/mercury/index.htm. ———. 2012v. Nonpoint Source Management Program. Available: http://www.dep. state.fl.us/water/nonpoint/. ———. 2012w. Development of numeric nutrient criteria for Florida’s waters. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wqssp/nutrients/. ———. 2012x. Petroleum Cleanup Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/waste/categories/pcp/default.htm. ———. 2012y. Sediment guidelines. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/ monitoring/sediments.htm. ———. 2012z. Source Water Assessment and Protection Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/swapp/. ———. 2012aa. Statewide stormwater treatment rule development. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/Water/wetlands/erp/rules/stormwater/index.htm. ———. 2012bb. Statistical abstract: Geographical summary. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/secretary/stats/geographical.htm. ———. 2012cc. Storage tank and petroleum contamination/cleanup monitoring. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/waste/quick_topics/database_reports/pages/stcm/stcm_reports .htm. ———. 2012dd. STORET. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/storet/index.htm. ———. 2012ee. Surface water improvement and management. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/watersheds/swim.htm. ———. 2012ff. Temporal Variability (Trend) Monitoring Network. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/trend.htm. ———. 2012gg. Total Maximum Daily Loads. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/tmdl/ index.htm. April 1, 2014, Page 284 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. 2012hh. Wastewater permitting. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wastewater/permitting.htm. ———. 2012ii. Water sampling data. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/deepwaterhorizon/water.htm. ———. 2012jj. Underground Injection Control Program. Available: http://www.dep. state.fl.us/water/uic/. ———. 2012ll. Watershed Assessment Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/watersheds/assessment/index.htm. ———. 2012mm. Watershed monitoring. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/index.htm. ———. 2012nn. Watershed Supply Restoration Program. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wff/wsupply/. ———. 2012oo. Wellhead protection. Available: http://www.dep.state. fl.us/water/groundwater/wellhead.htm. ———. 2012pp. Status Monitoring Network. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/status.htm. ———. July 2013. Derivation of dissolved oxygen criteria to protect aquatic life in Florida’s fresh and marine waters. Draft technical support document. Tallahassee, FL: Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wqssp/docs/do/tsd-do-criteria-aquatic-life.pdf. Florida Department of Health. 2011. Human health based screening levels for petroleum products impacting Gulf coastal waters and beach sediments. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/deepwaterhorizon/files2/FLScreeningLevels.pdf. ———. 2012a. Healthy Beaches Program. Available: http://www.floridahealth.gov/healthyenvironments/beach-water-quality/index.html. ———. 2012b. Bureau of Water Programs. Available: http://www.doh.state.fl.us/environment/water/index.html. ———. 2012c. Seafood consumption. Available: http://www.floridahealth.gov/prevention-safety-andwellness/healthy-weight/nutrition/seafood-consumption/index.html. ———. 2012d. Healthy Beaches Program history. Available: http://esetappsdoh.doh.state.fl.us/irm00beachwater/history/hisintro.htm. April 1, 2014, Page 285 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. 2012e. Petroleum Surveillance Program (Super Act). Available: http://www.doh.state.fl.us/Environment/water/petroleum/saindex.html. Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission. 2010a. Fish and Wildlife Research Institute. Available: http://research.myfwc.com/. ———. 2010b. Fish kill database. Available: http://research.myfwc.com/fishkill/. ———. 2010c. Harmful Algal Bloom Task Force. Available: http://myfwc.com/research/redtide/. ———. 2012a. The economic impact of saltwater fishing in Florida. Available: http://myfwc.com/conservation/value/saltwater-fishing/. ———. 2012b. Most recent commercial landings data for freshwater fisheries in Florida. Available: http://myfwc.com/research/freshwater/fish-projects/commercial-fisheries/commerciallandings-data/. ———. 2012c. The economic impact of freshwater fishing in Florida. Available: http://myfwc.com/conservation/value/freshwater-fishing/. Florida LAKEWATCH. October 1999. A beginner’s guide to water management: The ABCs. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences. Available: http://lakewatch.ifas.ufl.edu/ circpdffolder/ABCsInt.pdf. ———. 2012. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences. Available: http://lakewatch.ifas.ufl.edu/. Florida Legislature Bureau of Economic and Demographic Research. 2011. Available: http://edr.state.fl.us/Content/. Florida Springs Task Force. November 2000. Florida’s springs: Strategies for protection and restoration. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/springs/reports/files/ SpringsTaskForceReport.pdf. Florida Trend. 2009. 2009 economic yearbook: Bad case of the blues. Fore, L.S., R. Frydenborg, D. Miller, T. Frick, and D. Whiting et al. March 2007. Development and testing of biomonitoring tools for macroinvertebrates in Florida streams (Stream Condition Index and BioRecon: Final report. Prepared for the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Nonpoint Source Bioassessment Program, by Statistical Design, Inc., Seattle, WA. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/labs/sas/sopdoc/sci_final.pdf. Fore, L.S., R. Frydenborg, N. Wellendorf, J. Espy, and T. Frick et al. December 2007. Assessing the biological condition of Florida lakes: Development of the Lake Vegetation Index (LVI). Prepared April 1, 2014, Page 286 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report for the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Nonpoint Source Bioassessment Program, by Statistical Design, Inc., Seattle, WA. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/ sas/sopdoc/lvi_final07.pdf. Frayer, W.E., and J.M. Hefner. 1991. Florida wetlands status and trends, 1970s to 1980s. Atlanta, GA: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Southeast Region. Available: http://books.google.com/books?id=iL5ywoshPl0C&pg=PA335&lpg=PA335&dq=frayer +florida+wetlands+status+and+trends,+1970s+to+1980s&source=bl&ots=CcDtpki0N4&sig=_qiGb 7K02n6pOVJStBTvlENfmc&hl=en#v=onepage&q=frayer%20florida%20wetlands%20status%20and %20trends%2C%201970s%20to%201980s&f=false. Fujiki, H., M. Suganuma, H. Surguri, S. Yoshizawa, and K. Takagi et al. 1990. New tumor promoters from marine natural products. In: S. Hall and G. Strichartz (Eds.), Marine toxins: Origin, structure and molecular pharmacology (Washington, DC: American Chemical Society, pp. 232– 240). Gabriel, M.C., D.M. Axelrad, T. Lange, and T. Dirk. 2010. Chapter 3B. Mercury and sulfur monitoring: Research and environmental assessment in south Florida. In: 2010 South Florida environmental report, Volume I (West Palm Beach, FL: South Florida Water Management District). Available: https://my.sfwmd.gov/portal/page/portal/pg_grp_sfwmd_sfer/ portlet_sfer/tab2236037/2010%20report/v1/chapters/v1_ch3B.pdf. Gao, X. 2007. TMDL report: Nutrient TMDLs for the Wekiva River (WBIDs 2956, 2956A, and 2956C) and Rock Springs Run (WBID 2967), Draft 11/15/07. Tallahassee, FL: Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Watershed Assessment Section. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/tmdl/docs/tmdls/final/gp2/Wekiva_MainStem04182008 .pdf. Gerritsen, J., B. Jessup, E. Leppo, and J. White. July 2000. Development of Lake Condition Indexes (LCI) for Florida. Prepared for the Florida Department of Environmental Protection by Tetra Tech, Inc., Owings Mills, MD. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/labs/sas/sopdoc/ lci_final.pdf. Gilbert, R.O. 1987. Statistical methods for environmental pollution monitoring. New York: Van Nostrand. Glibert, P.M., D.M. Anderson, P. Gentien, E. Graneli, and K.G. Sellner. 2005. The global, complex phenomena of harmful algal blooms. Oceanography 18, 2 (2005): 136–147. Governor’s Action Team on Energy and Climate Change. October 15, 2008. Florida energy and climate change action plan. Available: http://www.flclimatechange.us/documents.cfm. Gulf of Mexico Alliance. 2010. Available: http://gulfofmexicoalliance.org/. April 1, 2014, Page 287 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Hale, J.A., T.K. Frazer, D.A. Tomasko, and M.O. Hall. 2004. Changes in the distribution of seagrass species along Florida's Central Gulf Coast—Iverson and Bittaker revisited. Estuaries 27(1): 36-43. Hand, J., N. Lewis, and L. Lord. April 2009. Typical water quality values for Florida lakes, streams, blackwaters, coastal waters, and estuaries. Tallahassee, FL: Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Watershed Assessment Section. Harrington, D., G. Maddox, and R. Hicks. 2010. Florida Springs Initiative monitoring network report and recognized sources of nitrate. Tallahassee, FL: Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Division of Environmental Assessment and Restoration. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/springs/reports/files/springs_report_102110.pdf. Hefner, J.M. 1986. Wetlands of Florida 1950s to 1970s. In: E.D. Estevez, J. Miller, J. Morris, and R. Hamman (Eds.), Proceedings of the conference: Managing cumulative effects in Florida wetlands (Madison, WI: Omnipress). New College Environmental Studies Program, Publication No. 37. Heil, C.A., and K.A. Steidinger. 2009. Monitoring, management, and mitigation of Karenia blooms in the eastern Gulf of Mexico. Harmful Algae 8: 611–617. Heil, D. 2009. Karenia brevis monitoring, management, and mitigation for Florida molluscan shellfish harvesting areas. Harmful Algae 8(4): 608–610. Jones, G.W, and T. Pichler. 2007. The relationship between pyrite stability and arsenic mobility during aquifer storage and recovery in southwest central Florida. Environmental Science and Technology 41-3, 723–730. Kelly, M. 2004. Florida river flow patterns and the Atlantic Multidecadal Oscillation. Draft Report. Ecologic Evaluation Section, Southwest Florida Water Management District. Available: http://www.swfwmd.state.fl.us/documents/reports/riverflow_patterns.pdf. Kirkpatrick, B., L.E. Fleming, L.C. Backer, J.A. Bean, and R. Tamer et al. 2006. Environmental exposures to Florida red tides: Effects on emergency room respiratory diagnoses admissions. Harmful Algae 5: 526–533. Kirkpatrick, B., L. Fleming, D. SquicciarinI, L. Backer, and R. Clark et al. 2004. Literature review of Florida red tide: Implications for human health. Harmful Algae 3: 99–115. Kushlan, J.A. 1990. Freshwater marshes. In: R.L. Myers and J.J. Ewel (Eds.), Ecosystems of Florida (Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida Press). Landsberg, J.H. 2002. The effects of harmful algal blooms on aquatic organisms. Reviews in Fisheries Science 10: 113–390. April 1, 2014, Page 288 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Landsberg, J.H., S. Hall, J.N. Johannessen, K.D. White, S.M. Conrad, and J.P. Abbott et al. 2006. Saxitoxin puffer fish poisoning in the United States, with the first report of Pyrodinium bahamense as the putative toxin source. Environ. Health Persp. 114: 1502–1507. Lane, C.R., M.T. Brown, M. Murray-Hudson, and M.B. Vivas. September 2003. The Wetland Condition Index (WCI): Biological indicators of wetland condition for isolated depressional herbaceous wetlands in Florida. Report submitted to the Florida Department of Environmental Protection under Contract #WM-683. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, H.T. Odum Center for Wetlands. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/labs/sas/library/docs/wet_herb.pdf. Lapointe, B.E., and B.J. Bedford. 2007. Drift rhodophyte blooms emerge in Lee County, Florida, USA: Evidence of escalating coastal eutrophication. Harmful Algae 6:421–437. Lapointe, B.E., P.J. Barile, and C.A. Yentsch. 2004. The physiology and ecology of macroalgal blooms (green tides) on coral reefs off northern Palm Beach County, Florida (USA). Harmful Algae 3:185– 268. Long, E.R., and L.G. Morgan. 1990. The potential for biological effects of sediment-sorbed contaminants tested in the National Status and Trends Program. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Technical Memorandum NOS OMA 52. Seattle, WA: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. MacDonald, D.D. 1994. Approach to the assessment of sediment quality in Florida coastal waters. MacDonald Environmental Sciences Ltd. Prepared for the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/waste/quick_topics/ publications/documents/sediment/volume2.pdf. MacDonald Environmental Sciences Ltd. and U.S. Geological Survey. 2003. Development and evaluation of numerical sediment quality assessment guidelines for Florida inland waters. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/monitoring/docs/seds/SQAGs_for_ Florida_Inland_Waters_01_03.PDF. Magaña, H.A., C. Contreras, and T.A. Villareal. 2003. A historical assessment of Karenia brevis in the western Gulf of Mexico. Harmful Algae 2, 163–171. Marella, R.L. 2009. Water withdrawals, use, and trends in Florida, 2005. U.S. Geological Survey Scientific Investigations Report 2009-5125. Available: http://pubs.usgs.gov/sir/2009/5125/. Morris, A., and J.P. Morris. 2009. The Florida handbook: 2009–2010. 32nd biennial edition. Tallahassee, FL: Peninsular Publishing Company. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. January 6, 2009. New economic report finds commercial and recreational saltwater fishing generated more than two million jobs. Available: http://www.noaanews.noaa.gov/stories2009/20090105_nmfseconomics.html. April 1, 2014, Page 289 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. 2010. Harmful Algal Bloom Operational Forecast System. Available: http://tidesandcurrents.noaa.gov/hab/. Natural Resources Defense Council. April 2007. Florida’s coastal and ocean future: A blueprint for economic and environmental leadership. Florida Ocean and Coastal Coalition. Issue Paper. Available: http://www.nrdc.org/water/oceans/florida/flfuture.pdf. Netstate.com. 2010. The state of Florida. Available: http://www.netstate.com/states/intro/fl_intro.htm. Northwest Florida Water Management District. September 19, 2007. Environmental resource permitting in Florida’s Panhandle. Brochure. District Publication Number PIC 07-01. ———. 2011. Apalachicola River. Available: http://www.nwfwmd.state.fl.us/recreation/apalachicolariver.html. ———. 2012. NWFWMD wetland programs: Apalachicola River and Bay watershed. Available: http://nwfwmdwetlands.com/Watershed.php?watershed_id=5. Obreza, T., M. Clark, B. Boman, T. Borisova, and M. Cohen et al. Revised March 2011. A guide to EPA's numeric nutrient water quality criteria. Publication SL316. Tallahassee, FL: University of Florida, Soil and Water Science Department, Florida Cooperative Extension Service, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences. Available: http://edis.ifas.ufl.edu/pdffiles/SS/SS52800.pdf. Ollis, S., and G. Redfield. 2010. Introduction. In: 2010 South Florida environmental report, Volume I, Chapter 1 (West Palm Beach, FL: South Florida Water Management District). Available: https://my.sfwmd.gov/portal/page/portal/pg_grp_sfwmd_sfer/portlet_sfer/tab2236037/ 2010%20report/v1/chapters/v1_ch1.pdf. Palmer, S.L. 1984. Chapter 6: Surface water. In: E.A. Fernald and D.J. Patton (Eds.), Water resources atlas of Florida (Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, pp. 54–67). Paul, V.J., R.W. Thacker, and K. Banks. 2005. Benthic cyanobacterial bloom impacts the reefs of South Florida (Broward County, USA). Coral Reefs 24:693–697. Phlips, E.J., S. Badylak, and T.L. Lynch. 1999. Blooms of the picoplanktonic Cyanobacterium Synechococcus in Florida Bay. Limnol. Oceanogr. 44:1166–1175. Phlips, E.J., S. Badylak, E.L. Bledsoe, and M. Cichra. 2006. Factors influencing the distribution and abundance of Pyrodinium bahamense in coastal ecosystems of Florida. Mar. Ecol. Progr. Ser. 322:99–115. Phlips, E.J., S. Badylak, M. Christman, and M. Lasi. 2010a. Climatic trends and temporal patterns of phytoplankton composition, abundance and succession in the Indian River Lagoon, Florida, USA. Estuaries and Coasts 33:498–513. April 1, 2014, Page 290 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Phlips, E.J., S. Badylak, M. Christman, J. Wolney, J. Garland, and L. Hall et al. 2010b. Scales of variability of harmful algae blooms in the Indian River, Florida, USA. Harmful Algae, accepted for publication. Phlips, E.J., E. Bledsoe, M. Cichra, S. Badylak, and J.Frost. 2002. The distribution of potentially toxic cyanobacteria in Florida. In: D. Johnson and R.D. Harbison (Eds.), Proceedings of health effects of exposure to cyanobacteria toxins: State of the science (August 13–14, 2002, Sarasota, FL, pp. 22– 29). Poli, M.A., S.M. Musser, R.W. Dickey, P. Eilers, and S. Hall. 2000. Neurotoxic shellfish poisoning and brevetoxin metabolites: A case study from Florida. Toxicon 38: 981–993. Price, R.E. and T. Pichler. 2006. Abundance and mineralogical association of arsenic in the Suwannee Limestone (Florida): implications for arsenic release during water-rock interaction. Invited paper for special issue of Chemical Geology 228 (1-3), 44–56. Pichler, T., 2011, Evaluating elevated arsenic and molybdenum concentration at the Pritcher Road site, Lithia, central Florida. In: Pritcher Road environmental assessment, Lithia, Hillsborough County, Florida. Florida Department of Environmental Protection Site Investigation Section Preliminary Contamination Assessment Report 2011-2. Regas, D. July 29, 2005. 2006 integrated report guidance. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Available: http://water.epa.gov/lawsregs/lawsguidance/cwa/tmdl/2006IRG_index.cfm. Reiss, K.C., and M.T. Brown. June 2005a. The Florida Wetland Condition Index (FWCI): Developing biological indicators for isolated depressional forested wetlands. Report submitted to the Florida Department of Environmental Protection under Contract #WM-683. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, Howard T. Odum Center for Wetlands. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/labs/sas/library/docs/wet_depf.pdf. ———. June 2005b. Pilot study—The Florida Wetland Condition Index (FWCI): Preliminary development of biological indicators for forested strand and floodplain wetlands. Report submitted to the Florida Department of Environmental Protection under Contract #WM-683. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, Howard T. Odum Center for Wetlands. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/labs/sas/library/docs/wet_stfp.pdf. Richardson, L., R. Sekar, J.L. Meyers, M. Gantar, and J.D. Voss et al. 2007. The presence of the cyanobacterial toxin microcystin in black band disease of corals. FEMS Microbiol Letts 272: 182– 187. Sato, K., A. Kitahara, K. Satoh, T. Ichikawa, M. Tatematsu, and N. Ito. 1984. The placental form of glutathione S-transferase as a new marker protein for preneoplasia in rat chemical carcinogenesis. Gann 75: 199–202. April 1, 2014, Page 291 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Schropp, S., and H. Windom. 1988. A guide to the interpretation of metals concentrations in estuarine sediments. Tallassee, FL: Florida Department of Environmental Regulation, Coastal Zone Management Section. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/WATER/ monitoring/docs/seds/estuarine.pdf. Scott, T.M., G.H. Means, R.P. Meegan, R.C. Means, and S.B. Upchurch et al. 2004. Springs of Florida. Florida Geological Survey. Bulletin 66. Available: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/geology/geologictopics/springs/bulletin66.htm. Seal, T., F. Calder, G. Sloane, S. Schropp, and H. Windom. 1994. Florida coastal sediment contaminants atlas: A summary of coastal sediment quality surveys. Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/FGS/ FGS_Publications/FGS%20Library%20Documents/FLCoastSedContamAtlas.pdf. South Florida Water Management District. 2010a. Available: http://www.swfwmd.state.fl.us/. ———. 2010b. About Everglades. Available: https://my.sfwmd.gov/portal/page/ portal/pg_grp_sfwmd_watershed/subtabs_evergladesflbay_home/tab1834093/flbayalgalbloom.pdf. ———. 2012c. Kissimmee Basin. Available: http://www.sfwmd.gov/portal/page/portal/xweb%20protecting%20and%20restoring/kiss immee%20river. Southeast Regional Climate Center. September 8, 2011. Florida state averaged precipitation data, 1895–2011. Available: http://www.sercc.com/climateinfo_files/monthly/Florida_prcp.html. ———. 2012. Available: http://www.sercc.com/ Southwest Florida Water Management District. 2012. Available: http://www.swfwmd.state.fl.us/. St. Johns River Water Management District. 2012. Management and storage of surface waters (MSSW) applicant’s handbook. Available: http://www.sjrwmd.com/handbooks/msswhandbook.html. Steidinger, K.A., P. Carlson, D. Baden, C. Rodriguez, and J. Seagle. 1998. Neurotoxic shellfish poisoning due to toxin retention in the clam Chione cancellata. In: B. Reguera, J. Blanco, M.L. Fernández, and T. Wyatt (Eds.), Harmful algae (Paris, France: Xunta de Galicia and Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission of UNESCO, pp. 457–458). Steidinger, K.A., J.H. Landsberg, C.R. Tomas, and J.W. Burns. 1999. Harmful algal blooms in Florida. Unpublished technical report submitted to the Florida Harmful Algal Bloom Task Force. St. Petersburg, FL: Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission, Fish and Wildlife Research Institute. Available: http://research.myfwc.com/features/view_article.asp?id=26925. April 1, 2014, Page 292 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Steidinger, K.A., J.H. Landsberg, E.W. Truby, and B.S. Roberts. 1998. First report of Gymnodinium pulchellum Larsen 1994 (Dinophyceae) in North America and associated fish kills in the Indian River, Florida. J. Phycology 34: 431–437. Stevenson, R.J, A. Pinowska, A. Albertin, and J.O. Sickman. 2007. Ecological condition of alga and nutrients in Florida springs: The synthesis report. Michigan State University, Department of Zoology, Florida Department of Environmental Protection Contract WM858. Available: http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/labs/sas/library/docs/springs/synthesisreport.pdf. Suwannee River Water Management District. 2010. Nitrate information. Available: http://www.srwmd.state.fl.us/index.aspx?NID=332. ———. 2012. Available: http://www.srwmd.state.fl.us/. Tiner, R.W., Jr. 1984. Wetlands of the United States: Current status and recent trends. Washington, DC: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Wetlands Inventory. U.S. Census Bureau. 2010a. Resident population by age and state—Projections: 2010 and 2015. Available: http://www.census.gov/compendia/statab/2010/tables/10s0018.pdf. ———. 2010b. Statistical abstract of the United States 2011. 130th Edition. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. ———. 2012a. State and county quickfacts: Florida. Available: http://quickfacts.census.gov/qfd/states/12000.html. ———. 2012b. State and county quickfacts. Available: http://quickfacts.census.gov/qfd/states/12000lk.html. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. May 20, 2002. EPA review of 2002 Section 303(d) lists and guidelines for reviewing TMDLs under existing regulations issued in 1992. Available: http://water.epa.gov/lawsregs/lawsguidance/cwa/tmdl/guidance.cfm. ———. March 2003. Elements of a state water monitoring and assessment program. Washington, DC: Office of Wetlands, Oceans and Watersheds. EPA 841-B-03-003. Available: http://www.epa.gov/owow/monitoring/elements/. ———. July 29, 2005. Guidance for 2004 assessment, listing, and reporting requirements under Sections 303(d) and 305 (b) of the Clean Water Act. Watershed Branch, Office of Wetlands, Oceans and Watersheds. ———. 2006a. Ecoregions of Florida. Available: http://www.epa.gov/wed/pages/ ecoregions/fl_eco.htm. ———. 2006b. TMDLs in Florida. Available: http://www.epa.gov/region4/water/tmdl/florida/. April 1, 2014, Page 293 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report ———. 2006c. National STORET/WQX Program. http://www.epa.gov/storet/. ———. 2008. Clean watersheds needs survey 2008: Report to Congress. Available: http://water.epa.gov/scitech/datait/databases/cwns/upload/cwns2008rtc.pdf. ———. 2009. Contaminant candidate 3 list. Available: http://www.epa.gov/ogwdw000/ccl/ccl3.html#chemical. ———. January 14, 2009. Letter to Michael Sole, Florida Department of Environmental Protection Secretary, from Benjamin Grumbles, Assistant Administrator. Washington, DC: Office of Water. ———. 2010a. Clean Watersheds Needs Survey. Available: http://www.epa.gov/cwns/. ———. 2012b. Aquatic resource monitoring. Available: http://www.epa.gov/nheerl/arm/index.htm. ———. 2012c. Human health benchmarks for chemicals in water. Available: http://www.epa.gov/BPSpill/health-benchmarks.html. ———. 2012d. National Priorities List. Available: http://www.epa.gov/superfund/sites/npl/. ———. 2012e. Watershed improvement summaries. Available: http://www.epa.gov/region4/water/watersheds/watershed_summaries.html. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Wetlands Inventory, Branch of Resource and Mapping Support. 2010. Wetlands status and trends. Available: http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/Status-andTrends/index.html. U.S. Geological Survey. May 1995. Springs of Florida. Fact Sheet FS-151-95. Tallahassee, FL. Available: http://fl.water.usgs.gov/PDF_files/fs151_95_spechler.pdf. ———. 2008. Historical water use by category, 1970–2000. Available: http://fl.water.usgs.gov/WaterUse/Historical_Tables_Miscellaneous/florida-historicalcategory.1970-2000.htm. ———. 2012a. The Apalachicola-Chattahoochee-Flint (ACF) River National Water Quality Assessment (NAWQA) Program study. Basin description: Apalachicola River Basin. Atlanta, GA: Georgia Water Science Center. Available: http://ga.water.usgs.gov/nawqa/basin/apalachicolabasin.html). ———. 2012b. Water resources of the United States. Available: http://water.usgs.gov/. U.S. Geological Survey and Florida Water Science Center Environmental Data Server. 2010. Available: http://www.envirobase.usgs.gov/. University of Central Florida Stormwater Management Academy. 2012. Orlando, FL. Available: http://www.stormwater.ucf.edu/. April 1, 2014, Page 294 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report University of Florida Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences (UF/IFAS). February 2010. A guide to EPA’s proposed numeric nutrient water quality criteria for Florida. SL316. Gainesville, FL: Soil and Water Science Department, Florida Cooperative Extension Service. Available: http://edis.ifas.ufl.edu/pdffiles/SS/SS52800.pdf. ———. 2012. Florida-Friendly Landscaping Program. Available: http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/. Visit Florida, Florida Commission on Tourism. 2012. Research. Available: http://media.visitflorida.org/research.php. Vogel, M. April 2006. Economic yearbook 2006: Good migrations. Florida Trend. Water Quality Association. 2006. Water quality glossary: pH. Available: http://www.wqa. org/glossary.cfm?gl=1146. Watkins, S.M., A. Reich, L.E. Fleming, and R. Hammond. 2008. Neurotoxic shellfish poisoning. Marine Drugs 6: 431–455. Wayland, R.H. November 19, 2001. 2002 Integrated water quality monitoring and assessment report guidance. Memorandum. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Wekell, J.C., J. Hurst, and K.A. Lefebvre. 2004. The origin of the regulatory limits for PSP and ASP toxins in shellfish. J. Shellfish Res. 23: 927–930. Welch, P.S. 1948. Limnological methods. New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Williams, C.D., M.T. Aubel, A.D. Chapman, and P.E. D’Aiuto. 2007. Identification of cyanobacterial toxins in Florida’s freshwater systems. Lake and Reservoir Management 23: 144–152. Williams, C.D., J. Burns, A. Chapman, M. Pawlowicz, and W. Carmichael. 2006. Assessment of cyanotoxins in Florida’s surface waters and associated drinking water resources. Final report to the St. Johns River Water Management District, Palatka, FL. Available: http://greenwaterlab.com/articles/Assess%20of%20Cyano%202006.pdf. April 1, 2014, Page 295 of 296 Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Appendices Appendix A: Discussion of Status Network Surface Water Indicators for Rivers, Streams, Canals, and Lakes, and Ground Water Indicators for Confined and Unconfined Aquifers Appendix B: Tables from the 2010–12 Status Network Regional Assessment Results for Large Lakes, Small Lakes, Rivers, Streams, Confined Aquifers, and Unconfined Aquifers Appendix C. IWR Methodology for Evaluating Impairment Appendix D: Section 314 of the Federal Clean Water Act Update, Listing Impaired Lakes in Florida, Group 1–5 Basins April 1, 2014, Page I of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Appendix A: Discussion of Status Network Surface Water Indicators for Rivers, Streams, Canals, and Lakes, and Ground Water Indicators for Confined and Unconfined Aquifers Surface Water Indicators for Rivers, Streams, Canals, and Lakes Table A.1 contains the list of surface water analytes, with the associated criterion for each analyte. Table A.1. Status Monitoring Network Water Quality Standards for Surface Water This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the criterion/threshold, and Column 3 lists the designated use. 1 mL – milliliters; mg/L – milligrams per liter; μg/L – micrograms per liter; PCUs – platinum cobalt units Indicators Criterion/Threshold1 Designated Use Dissolved Oxygen (DO) < 400 colony-forming units per 100 milliliters (CFU/100mL) ≥ 5 mg/L Aquatic Life Un-ionized Ammonia ≤ 0.02 mg/L Aquatic Life Chlorophyll a ≤ 20 μg/L Color ≤ 40 PCUs, then TSI ≤ 40 Color > 40 PCUs, then TSI ≤ 60 Aquatic Life Fecal Coliform Bacteria Trophic State Index (TSI) Recreation Aquatic Life Fecal Coliform Bacteria The threshold for fecal coliform bacteria is 400 colony-forming units per 100 milliliters CFU/100mL. Additionally, twice that number (800), as cited in Chapter 62-302, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.), indicates a highly contaminated result, and is used for regulatory purposes. The presence of these bacteria can indicate the contamination of a waterway or well and the possible presence of other pathogenic organisms. Fecal coliform bacteria can enter water through the discharge of waste from mammals and birds, agricultural and stormwater runoff, and untreated human sewage. Septic tanks for individual homes can become overloaded during the rainy season and allow untreated human wastes to flow into drainage ditches and nearby waters. Agricultural practices that fail to contain animal wastes during the rainy season, as well as spreading manure and fertilizer on fields during rainy periods, and allowing livestock access to streams, can all contribute fecal coliform contamination. Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Dissolved oxygen (DO) is a measure of water quality indicating free oxygen dissolved in water. Oxygen is measured in its dissolved form. If more oxygen is consumed than is produced, DO levels decline and April 1, 2014, Page II of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report some sensitive aquatic animals may move away, weaken, or die. Levels vary with water temperature; therefore, cold water holds more oxygen than warm water. Surface water gains oxygen from the atmosphere and plants as a result of photosynthesis. Running water contains more oxygen than still water because of turbulent mixing. Respiration by aquatic animals, decomposition, and various chemical reactions consume oxygen. Wastewater from sewage treatment plants often contains organic materials that are decomposed by microorganisms, which consume oxygen in the process. Other sources of oxygen-consuming waste include stormwater runoff from farmland or urban streets, feedlots, and failing septic systems. Ground water is naturally low in DO. Surface water contact with ground water seepage or upwelling can cause a natural lowering of DO levels. Un-ionized Ammonia The threshold for un-ionized ammonia is ≤0.02 milligrams per liter (mg/L) as ammonia and is calculated using temperature, salinity, ammonia, and pH. This criterion applies to predominantly fresh waters in Florida. In water, ammonia occurs in two forms, which together are called total ammonia nitrogen (TAN). Chemically, these two forms are represented as NH 4 + and NH 3 . The NH 4 + is called ionized ammonia because it has a positive electrical charge, and NH 3 is called un-ionized ammonia as it has no charge. Unionized ammonia (abbreviated as UIA), is the form that is toxic to fish and invertebrates. Water temperature and pH affect the form of ammonia that is predominant at any given time in an aquatic system. Chlorophyll a The threshold for chlorophyll a is ≤ 20 micrograms per liter (µg/L). This threshold is applied to the rivers and streams resources in the Status Monitoring Network. It is not a criterion under Chapter 62-302, F.A.C.; rather, it is listed as a measure to identify impairment in surface waters in Rule 62-303.351, F.A.C., which describes the assessment of nutrients in streams. Chlorophylls are pigments that allow plants—including algae and some bacteria—to convert sunlight into organic compounds during the process of photosynthesis. Chlorophyll a is the predominant type found in all photosynthetic plants, algae and cyanobacteria (blue-green algae), and its abundance is used as a measurable proxy of the amount of algae present in a surface waterbody. April 1, 2014, Page III of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Excessive quantities of chlorophyll a can indicate the presence of algal blooms. These may consist of species undesirable for fish and other grazers to consume. Unconsumed algae may sink to the bottom and decay, using up the oxygen required by other plants and benthic organisms to survive. The presence of too many nutrients, such as nitrogen and phosphorus, can stimulate algal blooms and reduce water clarity. Chlorophyll a also plays a direct role in reducing the amount of light available to plants in shallow-water habitats. Like their terrestrial cousins, these plants need sunlight to grow. As algal levels increase, the amount of sunlight reaching underwater plants declines. Trophic State Index (TSI) The Trophic State Index (TSI) and chlorophyll a are the primary measures used to assess nutrient impairment in waterbodies. The TSI is measured using chlorophyll, nitrogen, and phosphorus concentrations. There are two thresholds for TSI that are based on the color of a lake. Dark-water lakes with a mean color greater than 40 platinum-cobalt units (PCUs) are impaired when their annual mean TSI exceeds 60. Clear and low-color lakes with a mean color less than or equal to 40 PCUs are impaired when their annual mean TSI exceeds 40. A 10-unit increase or decrease in the index represents a doubling or halving, respectively, of the number of algal cells present. Note: Both chlorophyll a and TSI are not standards, but thresholds used to estimate the condition of state waters. These thresholds are used in the analyses of Status Monitoring Network data based on single samples in a basin during a predetermined index period. The analyses and representation of these data are not intended to infer the verification of impairment in these waters, as defined in Chapter 62-303, F.A.C. Ground Water Indicators for Confined and Unconfined Aquifers Analytes with primary drinking water standards have been added to measure the condition of Florida’s aquifers. Table A.2 contains the list of ground water analytes with the associated criterion for each analyte. Primary standards mean that the criterion for an analyte is based on human health effects. Key indicator contaminants for ground water (e.g., chloride, nitrate, metals, and bacteria) serve to assess its general suitability for drinking water purposes. Aquifer samples collected for the Status Monitoring Network between 1999 and 2003 (Cycle 1) were filtered to mitigate well construction factors, and the analytes were measured as dissolved constituents. Aquifer samples collected for the Status Monitoring Network between 2004 and 2012 were not filtered and were analyzed as total constituents. These samples April 1, 2014, Page IV of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report represent more closely the conditions of water as it comes directly from the aquifer. Additionally, standards are measured using unfiltered water, and so unfiltered samples allow consistency with standards. Table A.2. Status Monitoring Network Water Quality Standards for Ground Water This is a three-column table. Column 1 lists the indicator, Column 2 lists the criterion/threshold, and Column 3 lists the designated use. 1 The Method Detection Limit (MDL) for fecal coliform, per Departmental SOP MB-X, is 2 CFU/100mL. Indicators Criterion/Threshold Designated Use Arsenic ≤ 10 μg/L Potable Water (drinking water) Cadmium ≤ 5 μg/L Potable Water (drinking water) Chromium ≤ 100 μg/L Potable Water (drinking water) Lead ≤ 15 μg/L Potable Water (drinking water) Nitrate–Nitrite ≤ 10 mg/L Potable Water (drinking water) Sodium ≤ 160 mg/L Potable Water (drinking water) Fluoride Total Coliform Bacteria (CFU/100mL) Fecal Coliform Bacteria (CFU/100mL) ≤ 4 mg/L Potable Water (drinking water) ≤ 4 (sample maximum) Potable Water (drinking water) < 2 (sample maximum)1 Potable Water (drinking water) Total Coliform Bacteria The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has determined that the presence of total coliform is a possible health concern. Coliform bacteria are common in the environment and are generally not harmful themselves. The presence of these bacteria in drinking water, however, is a result of problems with water treatment or the pipes that distribute the water, and indicates that the water may be contaminated with organisms that can cause disease. The EPA and the state have set an enforceable drinking water standard for total coliform of 4 CFU/100mL to reduce the risk of adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets this standard is usually not associated with a health risk from disease-causing bacteria and should be considered safe. Fecal Coliform Bacteria The EPA has determined that the presence of fecal coliform bacteria is a possible health concern because these are usually associated with sewage or animal wastes. Their presence in drinking water generally results from a problem with water treatment or pipes that distribute the water, and indicates that the water may be contaminated with organisms that can cause disease. In addition, ground water can become contaminated with fecal coliform from surface water interactions in karst (limestone) terrains, such as those found in Florida. April 1, 2014, Page V of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The EPA and the state have set an enforceable drinking water standard for fecal coliform to reduce the risk of adverse health effects. Under this standard, all drinking water samples must be free of fecal coliform bacteria. The Florida Department of Environmental Protection’s (the Department’s) Bureau of Laboratories has established a method detection limit (MDL) per sample of 2 CFU/100mL, and so the presence of any detectable fecal coliform is considered an exceedance. Drinking water that meets this standard is associated with little or no health risk and should be considered safe. Arsenic Arsenic, a naturally occurring element, is widely distributed in the earth’s crust. Two main categories are found: inorganic and organic arsenic. Inorganic arsenic compounds are mainly used to preserve wood. Organic arsenic compounds, found in animals and plants, occur when arsenic combines with carbon and hydrogen. Organic arsenic compounds are used as pesticides. Many arsenic compounds can dissolve in water and can be transported into ground water. Arsenic can affect human health. Several studies have shown that inorganic arsenic can increase the risk of lung, skin, bladder, liver, kidney, and prostate cancers. The World Health Organization (WHO), the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), and the EPA have determined that inorganic arsenic is a human carcinogen. For this reason, the EPA and the Department have set an enforceable drinking water standard of 10 parts per billion (ppb) for arsenic. Organic arsenic compounds are less toxic than inorganic arsenic compounds. However, exposure to high levels of some organic arsenic compounds may cause similar effects to those of inorganic arsenic. Cadmium The EPA and the Department set the drinking water standard for cadmium at 5 ppb to protect against the risk of adverse health effects. Cadmium, a naturally occurring heavy metal whose chemical properties are similar to those of zinc, does not occur uncombined in nature. A byproduct of smelting and refining zinc and lead ores, it is used for its anticorrosive properties in the electroplating of steel, in its sulfide form in the manufacture of paint pigments, and in the manufacture of batteries and other electrical components. Cadmium also occurs as a byproduct in many chemical fertilizers that are produced from phosphate ores. Cadmium enters the ambient air primarily from local smelting operations, it enters soil from local mining operations and from chemical fertilizers, and it enters water from fertilizer runoff and/or industrial wastewater. April 1, 2014, Page VI of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report This inorganic metal is a contaminant in the metals used to galvanize pipe. It generally enters water by the corrosion of galvanized pipes or by improper waste disposal. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to cadmium. Chromium This inorganic metal, which occurs naturally in the ground, is often used in electroplating metals. It generally enters water from runoff from old mining operations and improper waste disposal from plating operations. Some humans exposed to high levels of chromium have suffered liver and kidney damage, dermatitis, and respiratory problems. The EPA has set the drinking water standard for chromium at 100 ppb to protect against the risk of adverse health effects. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to chromium. Fluoride EPA regulations require fluoride, which occurs naturally in some water supplies, not to exceed a concentration of 4.0 mg/L in drinking water. Extended exposure to drinking water levels above 4.0 mg/L may result in crippling skeletal fluorosis, a serious bone disorder. State regulations require notification of the public when monitoring indicates that the fluoride in a drinking water system exceeds 2.0 mg/L. This is intended to alert families about dental problems that might affect children under nine years of age. Fluoride in children's drinking water at levels of approximately 1 mg/L reduces the number of dental cavities. However, some children exposed to levels of fluoride greater than about 2.0 mg/L may develop dental fluorosis. In its moderate and severe forms, this is a brown staining and/or pitting of the permanent teeth. Because dental fluorosis occurs only when developing teeth (before they erupt from the gums) are exposed to elevated fluoride levels, households without children are not expected to be affected by this level of fluoride. Families with children under the age of nine are encouraged to seek other sources of drinking water for their children to avoid the possibility of tooth staining and pitting. Lead The EPA and the Department set the drinking water standard for lead at 15 ppb to protect against the risk of adverse health effects. Lead toxicity affects the nervous system, blood, kidney, heart, and reproductive system. Infants and young children whose nervous and circulatory systems are not fully developed are April 1, 2014, Page VII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report more susceptible to the adverse health effects from lead exposure. Irreversible learning difficulties, mental retardation, and delayed neurological and physical development can occur from long-term exposure to even low levels of lead. Materials that contain lead have frequently been used in the construction of water supply distribution systems, and in plumbing systems in private homes and other buildings. The most commonly found materials include service lines, pipes, brass and bronze fixtures, and solders and fluxes. Lead in these materials can contaminate drinking water as a result of the corrosion that takes place when water comes into contact with those materials. Nitrate-Nitrite The EPA has set the drinking water standard at 10 parts per million (ppm) for nitrate to protect against the risk of adverse effects. Excessive levels of nitrate in drinking water have caused serious illness and sometimes death in infants less than 6 months of age. Nitrate is used in fertilizer and is found in sewage and wastes from human and/or farm animals; it generally enters drinking water from these activities. The EPA has also set a drinking water standard for nitrite at 1 ppm. To allow for the fact that the toxicity of nitrate and nitrite is additive, the EPA has established a standard for the sum of nitrate and nitrite at 10 ppm. Drinking water that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this risk and is considered safe with respect to nitrate. Sodium The EPA has set the drinking water standard for sodium at 160 ppm to protect individuals who are susceptible to sodium-sensitive hypertension or diseases that cause difficulty in regulating body fluid volume. Sodium is monitored so that individuals on sodium-restricted diets may take the sodium in their water into account. Sodium naturally occurs in food and drinking water. Food is the common source of sodium. Drinking water contributes only a small fraction (less than 10%) of an individual’s overall sodium intake. April 1, 2014, Page VIII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Appendix B: Tables from the 2010–12 Status Network Regional Assessment Results for Large Lakes, Small Lakes, Rivers, Streams, Confined Aquifers, and Unconfined Aquifers The Status Network design focuses on the following four surface water resource types:  Rivers are major rivers of the state.  Streams are the remaining streams.  Large Lakes are 25 acres or greater.  Small Lakes are 10 to less than 25 acres in size. Status Network indicators include the following:   Rivers and Streams: o DO. o Fecal coliform. o Un-ionized ammonia (calculated). o Chlorophyll a. Small and Large Lakes: o DO. o Fecal coliform. o Un-ionized ammonia (calculated). o TSI. Note: Appendix A: Discussion of Status Network Surface Water Indicators for Rivers, Streams, Canals, and Lakes, and Ground Water Indicators for Confined and Unconfined Aquifers Appendix B: Tables from the 2010–12 Status Network Regional Assessment Results for Large Lakes, Small Lakes, Rivers, Streams, Confined Aquifers, and Unconfined Aquifers Appendix C. IWR Methodology for Evaluating Impairment April 1, 2014, Page IX of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Appendix D: Section 314 of the Federal Clean Water Act Update, Listing Impaired Lakes in Florida, Group 1–5 Basins April 1, 2014, Page X of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Appendix A provides additional information on whether the thresholds listed in the tables in this appendix are water quality standards or screening levels. April 1, 2014, Page XI of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table B.1. 2010-12 Statewide and Regional Percentages of Rivers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Miles This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the number of sites, percent meeting threshold, & percent not meeting threshold by region; Column 2 values for DO; Column 3 values for fecal coliforms; Column 4 values for chlorophyll a; Column 5 values for un-ionized ammonia. Resource Rivers Statewide Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 1 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 2 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 3 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 4 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 5 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 6 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out DO Fecal Coliform Chlorophyll a Un-ionized Ammonia 190 190 190 189 96.3% 3.7% 98.3% 1.7% 93.8% 6.2% 100% 0% 35 35 35 34 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 34 35 35 35 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 34 34 34 34 100% 0% 100% 0% 78.8% 21.2% 100% 0% 33 33 33 33 84.5% 15.5% 95.2% 4.8% 100% 0% 100% 0% 28 28 28 28 96.9% 3.1% 91.9% 8.1% 69.0% 31.0% 100% 0% 25 25 25 25 93.0% 7.0% 100% 0% 98.0% 2.0% 100% 0% April 1, 2014, Page XII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table B.2. 2010–012 Statewide and Regional Percentages of Streams Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Miles This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the number of sites, percent meeting threshold, & percent not meeting threshold by region; Column 2 values for DO; Column 3 values for fecal coliforms;, Column 4 values for chlorophyll a; Column 5 values for un-ionized ammonia. ISD = Insufficient data Resource Streams Statewide Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 1 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 2 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 3 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 4 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 5 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 6 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out DO Fecal Coliform Chlorophyll a Un-ionized Ammonia 195 195 195 195 84.1% 15.9% 84.5% 15.5% 94.7% 5.3% 98.8% 1.2% 35 35 35 35 87.8% 12.2% 95.6% 4.4% 96.7% 3.3% 100% 0% 35 35 35 35 81.1% 18.9% 84.4% 15.6% 100% 0% 96.7% 3.3% 35 35 35 35 81.1% 18.9% 81.1% 18.9% 94.4% 5.6% 100% 0% 24 24 24 24 ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD 35 35 35 35 82.0% 18.0% 87.5% 12.5% 78.2% 21.8% 100% 0% 31 31 31 31 56.7% 43.3% 71.6% 28.4% 94.3% 5.7% 100% 0% April 1, 2014, Page XIII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table B.3. 2010–12 Statewide and Regional Percentages of Large Lakes Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Hectares This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the number of sites, percent meeting threshold, & percent not meeting threshold by region; Column 2 values for DO; Column 3 values for fecal coliforms; Column 4 values for un-ionized ammonia; Column 5 values for TSI. Resource Large Lakes Statewide Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 1 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 2 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 3 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 4 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 5 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 6 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out DO Fecal Coliform Un-ionized Ammonia TSI 209 209 209 209 94.4% 5.6% 99.0% 1.0% 96.9% 3.1% 48.2% 51.8% 34 34 34 34 89.3% 10.7% 100% 0% 100% 0% 60.8% 39.2% 35 35 35 35 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 88.7% 11.3% 35 35 35 35 93.2% 6.8% 96.8% 3.2% 93.8% 6.2% 66.0% 34.0% 35 35 35 35 100% 0% 100% 0% 97.5% 2.5% 55.3% 44.7% 35 35 35 35 100% 0% 100% 0% 94.1% 5.9% 51.8% 48.2% 35 35 35 35 91.5% 8.5% 100% 0% 100% 0% 25.9% 74.1% April 1, 2014, Page XIV of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table B.4. 2010–12 Statewide and Regional Percentages of Small Lakes Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Individual lakes This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the number of sites, percent meeting threshold, & percent not meeting threshold by region; Column 2 values for DO; Column 3 values for fecal coliforms; Column 4 values for un-ionized ammonia; Column 5 values for TSI. ISD = Insufficient data Resource Small Lakes Statewide Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 1 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 2 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 3 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 4 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 5 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out Zone 6 Number of Sites Percent In Percent Out DO Fecal Coliform Un-ionized Ammonia TSI 177 173 174 174 97.0% 3.0% 95.9% 4.1% 100% 0% 80.4% 19.6% 35 35 35 35 94.6% 5.4% 100% 0% 100% 0% 88.3% 11.7% 35 32 32 32 85.7% 14.3% 96.2% 3.8% 100% 0% 67.4% 32.6% 36 35 36 36 98.0% 2.0% 92.8% 7.2% 100% 0% 78.1% 21.9% 35 35 35 35 97.0% 3.0% 96.0% 4.0% 100% 0% 77.8% 22.2% 30 31 31 31 98.6% 1.4% 100% 0% 100% 0% 95.1% 4.9% 5 5 5 5 ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD ISD April 1, 2014, Page XV of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report The Status Network design focuses on the following two ground water resource types:  Confined Aquifers.  Unconfined Aquifers. This appendix contains information on the following indicators for Confined and Unconfined Aquifers for the Status Network:  Arsenic.  Cadmium.  Chromium.  Fluoride.  Lead.  Nitrate-nitrite.  Sodium.  Fecal coliform.  Total coliform. April 1, 2014, Page XVI of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table B.5. 2010–12 Statewide and Regional Percentages of Confined Aquifers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Individual Wells This is a 10-column table. Column 1 lists the number of sites, percent meeting threshold, & percent not meeting threshold by region; Column 2 values for arsenic; Column 3 values for cadmium; Column 4 values for chromium; Column 5 values for lead; Column 6 values for nitrate-nitrite; Column 7 values for sodium; Column 8 values for fluoride; Column 9 values for fecal coliforms; Column 10 values for total coliforms. Resource Confined Aquifer Arsenic Cadmium Chromium Lead NitrateNitrite Sodium Fluoride Fecal Coliform Total Coliform Statewide Number of Sites 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 323 322 Percent In 98.7% 1.3% 99.9% 0.1% 100% 0% 99.5% 0.5% 100% 0% 96.3% 3.7% 99.3% 0.7% 99.8% 0.2% 88.8% 11.2% Zone 1 Number of Sites 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 58 Percent In 98.7% 1.3% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 99.0% 1.0% 100% 0% 87.4% 12.6% Zone 2 Number of Sites 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 Percent In 97.4% 2.6% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 90.6% 9.4% Zone 3 Number of Sites 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Percent In 98.9% 1.1% 98.9% 1.1% 100% 0% 98.9% 1.1% 100% 0% 86.4% 13.6% 100% 0% 100% 0% 91.9% 8.1% Zone 4 Number of Sites 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Percent In 98.8% 1.2% 100% 0% 100% 0% 98.1% 1.9% 100% 0% 86.4% 13.6% 100% 0% 97.7% 2.3% 95.7% 4.3% Zone 5 Number of Sites 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 59 59 Percent In 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 93.3% 6.7% 100% 0% 70.2% 29.8% 100% 0% 98.6% 1.4% 84.0% 16.0% Zone 6 Number of Sites 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 Percent In 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 34.6% 65.4% 100% 0% 96.2% 3.8% 100% 0% Percent Out Percent Out Percent Out Percent Out Percent Out Percent Out Percent Out April 1, 2014, Page XVII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Table B.6. 2010–12 Statewide and Regional Percentages of Unconfined Aquifers Meeting Threshold Values for Indicators Calculated Using Probabilistic Monitoring Design Status Network Designated Use: Recreation and Aquatic Life Units: Individual Wells This is a 10-column table. Column 1 lists the number of sites, percent meeting threshold, & percent not meeting threshold by region; Column 2 values for arsenic; Column 3 values for cadmium; Column 4 values for chromium; Column 5 values for lead; Column 6 values for nitrate-nitrite; Column 7 values for sodium; Column 8 values for fluoride; Column 9 values for fecal coliforms; Column 10 values for total coliforms. Resource Unconfined Aquifer Arsenic Cadmium Chromium Lead NitrateNitrite Sodium Fluoride Fecal Coliform Total Coliform Statewide Number of Sites 346 346 346 346 345 346 346 345 345 Percent In Percent Out 99.5% 0.5% 100% 0% 100% 0% 98.4% 1.6% 97.0% 3.0% 98.1% 1.9% 100% 0% 93.1% 6.9% 78.0% 22.0% Zone 1 Number of Sites 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Percent In Percent Out 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 99.1% 0.9% 96.1% 3.9% 100% 0% 100% 0% 96.2% 3.8% 81.9% 18.1% Zone 2 Number of Sites 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Percent In Percent Out 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 97.8% 2.2% 100% 0% 100% 0% 84.9% 15.1% Zone 3 Number of Sites 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Percent In Percent Out 94.6% 5.4% 100% 0% 100% 0% 96.2% 3.8% 100% 0% 96.8% 3.2% 100% 0% 93.8% 6.2% 70.8% 29.2% Zone 4 Number of Sites 56 56 56 56 55 56 56 56 56 Percent In Percent Out 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 96.4% 3.6% 96.4% 3.6% 90.2% 9.8% 100% 0% 90.5% 9.5% 74.3% 25.7% Zone 5 Number of Sites 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 Percent In Percent Out 97.5% 2.5% 100% 0% 100% 0% 97.6% 2.4% 100% 0% 92.2% 7.8% 100% 0% 81.6% 18.4% 70.0% 30.0% Zone 6 Number of Sites 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 56 56 Percent In Percent Out 100% 0% 100% 0% 100% 0% 96.0% 4.0% 98.7% 1.3% 93.8% 6.2% 100% 0% 74.5% 25.5% 60.2% 39.8% April 1, 2014, Page XVIII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Appendix C: IWR Methodology for Evaluating Impairment To identify impairments in the attainment of designated uses, the Impaired Surface Waters Rule (IWR) is structured around four attainment categories, as follows:  Aquatic life use support.  Primary contact and recreation use support.  Fish and shellfish consumption use support.  Drinking water use support and protection of human health. The particular type of data and/or information required to determine use attainment varies by designated use and—in addition to discrete measurements of analytical results that reflect the physical and chemical characteristics of the water column and bacteriological data—includes biological data, fish consumption advisories, beach closure and advisory information, and information related to changes in the classification of shellfish-harvesting areas. At times information from field surveys and recons is also used to help identify impairments. Numeric and narrative water quality criteria from the Florida Water Quality Standards (Chapter 62-302, F.A.C.) are used to determine aquatic life use support, drinking water use support, and protection of human health for Class I, II, and III waters. In addition, the bacteriological criteria from the Florida Standards are used in conjunction with IWR assessments performed under the IWR for determinations of primary contact and recreation use support (Rule 62-303.360, F.A.C.) for Class I, II, and III waters; and fish and shellfish consumption use support (Rule 62-303.370, F.A.C.) for Class II waters. Aquatic Life–Based Use Attainment The methodology described in Chapter 62-303, F.A.C., determines aquatic life–based use attainment based on evaluation of the following three distinct types of data (Rule 62-303.310, F.A.C.): 1. Comparisons of discrete water quality measurements with specific numeric threshold values, consisting of comparisons with class-specific numeric criteria from the Florida Standards (and other, similarly worded numeric threshold values, as outlined in Rule 62303.320, F.A.C.). April 1, 2014, Page XIX of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report 2. Comparisons of results calculated for multimetric biological indices with waterbody type–specific biological assessment thresholds (as outlined in Rule 62-303.330, F.A.C). 3. Comparisons of annual summary statistics with threshold values based on an interpretation of narrative criteria from the Florida Standards (as outlined in Rule 62303.350, F.A.C.). These evaluations rely primarily on discrete sample data primarily obtained from Florida STORET (STOrage and RETrieval database) STORET; subject to data sufficiency and data quality requirements, exceedances of applicable thresholds indicate that aquatic life–based use attainment is not met. Primary Contact and Recreation Use Attainment The methodology described in Chapter 62-303, F.A.C., determines primary contact and recreation use attainment based on the evaluation of the following types of information (Rule 62-303.360, F.A.C.): 1. Comparisons of discrete water quality measurements with specific numeric thresholds values for bacteria, consisting of comparisons with the relevant class-specific numeric criteria from the Florida Standards (and other, similarly worded numeric threshold values, as outlined in Rule 62-303.320, F.A.C.). 2. Evaluation of beach closure, or beach advisories or warning, information; this information must be based on bacteriological data, issued by the appropriate governmental agency. 3. Comparison of summary measures of bacteriological data with threshold values described in Rule 62-303.360, F.A.C. For assessment purposes using discrete sample data for bacteria, the Florida Department of Health (FDOH) reports data directly to Florida STORET; beach advisory and beach closure information is received directly from FDOH. Subject to data sufficiency and data quality requirements, exceedances of applicable thresholds indicate that primary contact and recreational use attainment is not met. Fish and Shellfish Consumption Use Attainment The evaluation of fish and shellfish consumption use attainment relies on the following evaluation of both quantitative and qualitative information (as described in Rule 62-303.370, F.A.C.): April 1, 2014, Page XX of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report 1. Comparisons of discrete water quality measurements with specific quantitative threshold values for bacteria consisting of comparisons with the relevant class-specific numeric criteria from the Florida Standards (and other, similarly worded numeric threshold values, as outlined in Rule 62-303.320, F.A.C.). 2. Evaluation of fish advisory information issued by FDOH, or other authorized governmental entity. 3. Evaluation of shellfish-harvesting actions taken by FDACS, provided those actions were based on bacteriological contamination or water quality data. Assessments performed under the IWR that are based on the evaluation of discrete sampling results to determine fish and shellfish use attainment rely on data reported to Florida STORET by FDACS (as well as other data providers statewide). FDOH issues fish consumption advisories for surface waters based on mercury levels found in fish tissue studies. The Department receives information related to fish advisories directly from FDOH; in addition, information related to shellfish area actions is received directly from FDACS. When a Class I, II, or III waterbody fails to meets its applicable Class II water quality criteria for bacteriological quality, the waterbody is assessed as impaired under the IWR. Subject to data sufficiency and data quality requirements, exceedances of applicable thresholds indicate that aquatic life–based use attainment is not met. In addition, if FDOH has issued a fish consumption advisory, or if FDACS has classified a Class II waterbody segment as anything other than approved for shellfish harvesting or propagation, that segment is verified as impaired, and determined not to meet its designated use. Drinking Water Use Attainment The evaluation of drinking water use attainment is based on the following type of information (Rule 62303.380, F.A.C.): 1. Comparisons of discrete water quality measurements with threshold values consisting of comparisons with class-specific numeric criteria from the Florida Standards (and April 1, 2014, Page XXI of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report other, similarly worded numeric threshold values, as outlined in Rule 62-303.320, F.A.C.). Evaluation and Determination of Use Attainment Exceedances of Numeric Criteria from the Florida Standards Table C.1 lists analytes for which numeric criteria in the Florida Standards exist and counts of sample results available for assessments performed under the IWR. Table C.1. Sample Counts for Analytes Having Numeric Criteria in the Florida Standards This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the analyte, and Column 2 lists the number of observations. Number of Analyte Observations 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4-D) 42 2,4-Dichlorophenol 182 2,4-Dinitrophenol 178 Acenaphthene 190 Aldrin 812 Alkalinity 83,108 Alpha, Gross 29 Aluminum 944 Ammonia, Un-ionized 93,290 Anthracene 228 Antimony 6,928 Arsenic 31,737 Barium 1,329 Beta Benzenehexachloride (β-BHC) 210 Cadmium 4,666 Chlordane 804 Chloride 8,107 Chlorine 46 Chlorophenols 56 Chromium VI 23 Conductance, Specific 226,540 Copper 7,673 Cyanide 121 Copper 7,673 Demeton 609 Detergents 19 Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) 724 Dieldrin 835 Dissolved Oxygen 390,051 Dissolved Solids 4,785 April 1, 2014, Page XXII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Analyte Endosulfan Number of Observations 833 Endrin 800 Fecal Coliform 267,900 Fluoranthene 227 Fluorene 191 Fluoride 39,535 Iron 34,767 Guthion® 190 Heptachlor 818 Iron 34,767 Lead 5,964 Lindane 885 Malathion 766 Manganese 205 Mercury 3,153 Methoxychlor 702 Mirex 195 Nickel 1,922 Nitrate 1,503 Oil/Grease 282 Parathion 7 Pentachlorophenol 220 Phenol 975 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) 26 Pyrene 227 Radium 29 Selenium 18,104 Silver 22,718 Silvex 12 Thallium 6444 Toxaphene 819 Turbidity 172,601 Zinc 5,433 Since the numeric water quality criteria from Chapter 62-302, F.A.C., are class and waterbody-type specific, segments are first classified by their appropriate waterbody class and as one of four waterbody types—stream (including springs), lake, estuary, or coastal. For each analyte having a criterion in the Florida Standards, four-day station-median concentrations are calculated, and these values are then compared with the applicable class-specific criterion values in the Florida Standards (in some instances, however, the IWR specifies the use of daily values, rather than the four-day station median). April 1, 2014, Page XXIII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report For waters assessed under Subsection 62-303.320(1), F.A.C., for each segment and analyte combination, the count of the number of samples and exceedances of the applicable criterion from the Florida Standards is calculated, and the exceedance count is compared with the listing threshold value for the corresponding sample size. The listing thresholds represent the minimum number of samples not meeting the applicable water quality criterion necessary to obtain the required confidence levels for samples of known sizes and to place an assessed segment on the Planning List and Verified List (Tables 1 and 3, respectively, of Subsection 62-303.320[1], F.A.C.). Comparisons performed for acute toxicity-based exceedances, or exceedances of synthetic organics and pesticides, have a lower listing threshold of more than a single exceedance in any consecutive three-year period. Subject to data sufficiency requirements, a waterbody segment assessed under Subsection 62-303.320(1), F.A.C., is placed on the Planning List if there are a sufficient number of samples to attain at least 80% confidence that the actual criterion exceedance rate was greater than or equal to 10%. Waters placed on the Planning List are subject to additional data collection and subsequent review. Sample size requirements for placing a waterbody segment on the Planning List include a minimum of 10 samples from the 10-year period preceding the Planning List assessment (waters may also be placed on the Planning List if there are at least three exceedances of the applicable water quality criterion when this sample size requirement is not met). To place a waterbody segment assessed under Subsection 62-303.420(2), F.A.C., on the Verified List, the number of samples must be sufficient to attain at least a 90% confidence that the actual criterion exceedance rate was greater than or equal to 10%. Sample size requirements for placing a waterbody segment on the Verified List include a minimum of at least 20 samples from the last 7.5 years preceding the Verified List assessment (however, waters may be placed on the Verified List if there are at least five exceedances of the applicable water quality criterion when the sample size requirement is not met). Interpretation of Narrative Nutrient Criterion The Florida Standards also include a narrative nutrient criterion rather than a numeric value for nutrient thresholds. This narrative criterion states, “In no case shall nutrient concentrations of a body of water be altered so as to cause an imbalance in natural populations of aquatic flora or fauna.” In Rule 62-303.350, F.A.C., the IWR provides a working interpretation of the criterion. Under this interpretation, annual mean chlorophyll a concentrations (for segments that are not lakes) and annual mean TSI (for lake segments) April 1, 2014, Page XXIV of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report are the primary means for assessing whether a waterbody should be further assessed for nutrient impairment, as follows:  For streams assessed under Rule 62-303.351, F.A.C., nutrient enrichment is indicated when the annual mean chlorophyll a concentrations are greater than 20 µg/L, or if annual mean chlorophyll a concentrations have increased by more than 50% over historical values for at least two consecutive years. The IWR interpretation of the narrative criterion for nutrients also incorporates the consideration of direct evidence and additional information, when such information is available, indicative of an imbalance in flora or fauna due to nutrient enrichment, such as algal blooms, excessive macrophyte growth, a decrease in the distribution (either in density or aerial coverage) of seagrasses or other submerged aquatic vegetation, changes in algal species richness, or excessive diel oxygen swings.  Rule 62-303.352, F.A.C., of the IWR provides the following narrative nutrient interpretation for lakes: o For lakes having a mean color greater than 40 PCUs, an annual mean TSI exceeding 60 suggests potential nutrient enrichment. o For lakes having a mean color less than or equal to 40 PCUs, an annual mean TSI exceeding 40 indicates potential nutrient enrichment. Potential nutrient enrichment is also indicated for any lake by a statistically significant increase in TSI over the assessment period, or if TSI values have increased by 10 units over historical values.  In estuarine areas and open coastal waters (Rule 62-303.353, F.A.C.), nutrient enrichment is indicated when the annual mean chlorophyll a concentrations are greater than 11 µg/L, or if annual mean chlorophyll a concentrations have increased by more than 50% over historical values for at least two consecutive years. Exceedances of Biological Thresholds Biological assessment is an applied scientific discipline that uses the response of resident aquatic biological communities to various stressors as a method of evaluating ecosystem health. The rationale in using bioassessment methodology to characterize surface water quality status and attainment of designated April 1, 2014, Page XXV of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report uses recognizes the fact that biological components of the environment can manifest long-term water quality conditions. Thus these components can potentially provide a more comprehensive indication of a waterbody’s health than can be characterized by discrete chemical or physical measurements alone. Bioassessment results are particularly significant because biota inhabiting a waterbody function as continual natural monitors of environmental quality, capable of detecting the effects of both episodic, as well as cumulative, water quality, hydrologic, and habitat alterations. Monitoring the composition, abundance, and health of these natural communities enhances the state’s ability to evaluate the health of its waters. In conjunction with assessments performed under the IWR, bioassessment tools can often provide a direct measure of whether the designated aquatic life use, a “well-balanced population of fish and wildlife,” is being attained (Rule 62.302-400, F.A.C.). In addition to their use as an adjunct to physical and chemical water quality measurements to determine the impairment status of waterbody segments, bioassessment tools often can provide insights into appropriate restoration strategies. Metrics Used Bioassessment tools used in conjunction with assessments performed under the IWR incorporate multimetric methods to quantify biological community structure or function that responds in a predictable manner to changes in the environment. When multimetric methods are used, individual metrics (e.g., number of long-lived taxa, number of sensitive taxa, percent filter feeders, percent clingers) are determined, and the results of the individual metrics are combined into a single dimensionless, multimetric index. Such indices offer potential advantages over the use of individual metrics in that they can integrate multiple nonredundant measures into a single score that reflects a wider range of biological information. The Stream Condition Index (SCI) and Biological Reconnaissance (BioRecon) are two examples of multimetric indices used to in conjunction with IWR assessments to quantify the health of rivers and streams based on the biological health of macroinvertebrates. Recalibrations of the SCI and the BioRecon methods completed in 2007 involved the use of the Human Disturbance Gradient (HDG), which ranks sites based on independent assessments of habitat quality, degree of hydrologic disturbance, water quality, and human land use intensity. The SCI and BioRecon scores calculated prior to August 2007 used a somewhat smaller, but similar, set of input metrics than those that were ultimately included in the final recalibrated index; however, since both sets of scores April 1, 2014, Page XXVI of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report represent valid biological assessments performed during discrete periods, both are used in assessments of biological health performed under the IWR. Additional efforts in the development of multimetric indices for periphyton (attached algae) and phytoplankton (drifting algae) that incorporate the HDG have also been attempted, but significant relationships between human disturbance and biological response in these communities have not been established. The Department has since developed and implemented a Rapid Periphyton Survey (RPS) method to evaluate periphyton communities and continues to use chlorophyll a concentrations to quantify imbalances in phytoplankton communities. Bioassessment Data Used Only macroinvertebrate data from ambient sites located in surface waters of the state were used in the bioassessments included in water quality assessments performed under the IWR. Although sites designated as test and/or background sites for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) fifth-year inspections may be included, data from locations established to sample effluent outfalls from discharging facilities, or from monitoring sites not clearly established to collect ambient water quality data, are excluded from assessments performed for IWR purposes. Site-specific habitat and physicochemical assessment (e.g., percent suitable macroinvertebrate habitat, water velocities, extent of sand or silt smothering, and riparian [or streamside] buffer zone widths) provides adjunct information that can be important in identifying the stressors responsible for a failed bioassessment and is collected when a bioassessment is performed. This information is also evaluated in conjunction with IWR assessments and can be extremely useful in a definitive determination of biological impairment, since biological communities sometimes respond to factors other than water quality, such as habitat disruption and hydrologic disturbances. In using bioassessment data in conjunction with water quality assessments performed under the IWR, waterbody segments that are adversely affected only by pollution (e.g., a lack of habitat or hydrologic disruption) but not by a pollutant (a water quality exceedance) are not placed on the Verified List. The Department’s Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) provide definitions and specific methods for the generation and analysis of bioassessment data. Because these bioassessment procedures require specific training and expertise, the IWR additionally requires that persons conducting the bioassessments must comply with the quality assurance (QA) requirements of Chapter 62-160, F.A.C.; attend at least eight April 1, 2014, Page XXVII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report hours of Department-sanctioned field training; and pass a Department-sanctioned field audit verifying that the sampler follows the applicable SOPs in Chapter 62-160, F.A.C., before their bioassessment data can be used in conjunction with assessments performed under the IWR. Stream Condition Index A total SCI score was calculated by averaging the scores of the 10 metrics in the method: total number of taxa, total number of taxa belonging to the order Ephemeroptera, total taxa of the order Trichoptera, percent filter feeders, percent long-lived taxa, clinger taxa, percent dominant taxa, percent taxa in the Tanytarsini, percent sensitive taxa, and percent very tolerant taxa (see Table C.2 for calculations). A poor or very poor (or Category 3) rating based on the total score constituted a failed bioassessment, based on the IWR. Table C.2. SCI Metrics for the Northeast, Panhandle, and Peninsula Regions of Florida This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the SCI metric, Column 2 lists the calculation for northeast Florida, Column 3 lists the calculation for the Panhandle region, and Column 4 lists the calculation for the Peninsula region. SCI Metric Northeast Panhandle Peninsula Total taxa 10 * (X–16)/26 10 * (X–16)/33 10 * (X–16)/25 Ephemeroptera taxa 10 * X /3.5 10 * X /6 10 * X /5 Trichoptera taxa 10 * X /6.5 10 * X /7 10 * X /7 % filterer 10 * (X–1)/41 10 * (X–1)/44 10 * (X–1)/39 Long-lived taxa 10 * X /3 10 * X /5 10 * X /4 Clinger taxa 10 * X /9 10 * X /15.5 10 * X /8 % dominance 10 – ( 10 * [ ( X–10)/44 ] ) 10 – ( 10 * [ ( X–10)/33 ] ) 10 – ( 10 * [ ( X–10)/44 ] ) % Tanytarsini 10 * [ ln( X + 1) /3.3] 10 * [ ln( X + 1) /3.3] 10 * [ ln( X + 1) /3.3] Sensitive taxa 10 * X /11 10 * X /19 10 * X /9 % Very tolerant 10 – (10 * [ ln( X + 1)/4.4 ] ) 10 – (10 * [ ln( X + 1)/3.6 ] ) 10 – (10 * [ ln( X + 1)/4.1 ] ) April 1, 2014, Page XXVIII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report BioRecon To establish an impairment rating based on BioRecon data, the six metrics as calculated in Table C.3 and the index thresholds in Table C.4 were used. Table C.3. BioRecon Metrics for the Northeast, Panhandle, and Peninsula Regions of Florida This is a four-column table. Column 1 lists the BioRecon metric, Column 2 lists the calculation for northeast Florida, Column 3 lists the calculation for the Panhandle region, and Column 4 lists the calculation for the Peninsula region. BioRecon Metric Northeast Panhandle Peninsula Total taxa (X–14)/23 (X–16)/33 (X–11)/25 Ephemeroptera taxa X /3.5 X /12 X /5 Trichoptera taxa X /6.5 X /7 X /7 Long–lived taxa X /6 X /10 X /7 Clinger taxa X /7 X /15.5 X /8 Sensitive taxa X /11 X /19 X /9 Table C.4. BioRecon Sample Size and Index Range This is a two-column table. Column 1 lists the BioRecon sample size and score, and Column 2 lists the index range. BioRecon Index Range 1 sample: Pass (6–10) 1 sample: Fail (0–6) 2 samples: Good (7–10) 2 samples: Fair (4–7) 2 samples: Poor (0–4) April 1, 2014, Page XXIX of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Appendix D: Section 314 of the Federal Clean Water Act Update, Listing Impaired Lakes in Florida, Group 1–5 Basins Table D.1. Impaired Lakes of Florida This is a five-column table. Column 1 lists the basin group, Column 2 lists the basin name, Column 3 lists the WBID, Column 4 lists the waterbody name, and Column 5 lists the parameters causing impairment. Note: The most up-to-date Verified List of impaired waters, by basin group, is available at the Department’s Watershed Assessment Program website. Basin Group Basin Name WBID Waterbody Name Listed Parameters Group 1 Everglades West Coast 3259W Lake Trafford DO, pH, TSI, Un-ionized Ammonia Group 1 Everglades West Coast 3259Z Little Hickory Bay Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212A Lake Okeechobee DO, Iron, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, Turbidity Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212B Lake Okeechobee Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, Turbidity Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212C Lake Okeechobee DO, Iron, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI DO, Iron, Mercury in Fish Tissue, pH, TSI, Turbidity, Un-ionized Ammonia Alkalinity, Iron, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, Turbidity Iron, Mercury in Fish Tissue, pH, TSI, Turbidity Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, Turbidity, Un-ionized Ammonia Iron, Mercury in Fish Tissue, pH, TSI, Turbidity Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212D Lake Okeechobee Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212E Lake Okeechobee Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212F Lake Okeechobee Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212G Lake Okeechobee Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212H Lake Okeechobee Group 1 Lake Okeechobee 3212I Lake Okeechobee Mercury in Fish Tissue, pH, TSI, Turbidity Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 1297C Lake Talquin DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 1297D Lake Talquin DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 540A Tallavanna Lake TSI Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 647C Lake Killarney DO Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 689A Lake Overstreet DO Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 689B Lake Hall DO Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 756B Lake Piney Z DO, TSI Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 756C Lake Lafayette (Lower Segment) DO, TSI Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 791N Lake Miccosukee DO, TSI Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 807C Lake Munson DO, TSI, Turbidity Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 878C Lake Hiawatha DO Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 878D Cascade Lake DO Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 889A Moore Lake DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 971A Lake Erie DO Group 1 Ochlockonee–St. Marks 971B Lake Weeks DO Group 1 Ocklawaha 2705B Newnans Lake DO, TSI, Turbidity, Un-ionized Ammonia Group 1 Ocklawaha 2718B Bivans Arm TSI, TSI2, Turbidity Group 1 Ocklawaha 2720A Alachua Sink Fecal Coliform, TSI, TSI2 Group 1 Ocklawaha 2723A Cowpen Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2738A Lockloosa Lake TSI, TSI2 Group 1 Ocklawaha 2740B Lake Ocklawaha Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2741A Wauberg Lake TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2749 Orange Lake Reach DO Group 1 Ocklawaha 2749A Orange Lake DO, TSI April 1, 2014, Page XXX of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 1 Basin Name Ocklawaha WBID 2771A Waterbody Name Lake Eaton Listed Parameters DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2779A Mill Dam Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2782C Lake Bryant Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2785A Smith Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2790A Lake Weir TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2797A Ella Lake DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2803A Holly Lake DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2807 Lake Yale Canal DO, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2807A Lake Yale DO, TSI, TSI2 Group 1 Ocklawaha 2814A Lake Griffin DO, TSI, Un-ionized Ammonia Group 1 Ocklawaha 2817B Lake Eustis DO, TSI, Un-ionized Ammonia Group 1 Ocklawaha 2819A Trout Lake DO, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2821B Lake Joanna TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2825A Silver Lake TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2831B Lake Dora DO, TSI, Un-ionized Ammonia Group 1 Ocklawaha 2832A Lake Denham DO, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2834C Lake Beauclair TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2835D Lake Apopka TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2837B Lake Carlton DO, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2838A Lake Harris DO, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2838B Little Lake Harris DO, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2839A Lake Minneola Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2839B Lake Hiawatha DO Group 1 Ocklawaha 2839C Lake Wilson DO Group 1 Ocklawaha 2839D Lake Cherry DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 1 Ocklawaha 2839M Lake Louisa DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2839N Lake Minnehaha DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Ocklawaha 2873C Johns Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2 Group 1 Suwannee 3321A Lake Octahatchee Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Suwannee 3322A Lake Cherry Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Suwannee 3438A Peacock Lake DO Group 1 Suwannee 3496A Low Lake DO Group 1 Suwannee 3516A Alligator Lake DO, TSI Group 1 Suwannee 3593A Lake Crosby Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Suwannee 3598D Lake Sampson Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Suwannee 3605G Santa Fe Lake DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Suwannee 3605H Lake Alto Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Suwannee 3635A Hampton Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 1 Suwannee 3703A Watermelon Pond DO Group 1 Suwannee 3731A Lake Marion DO Group 1 Tampa Bay 1463M Little Lake Wilson Fecal Coliform, TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1473W Lake Juanita TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1473X Mound Lake TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1473Y Calm Lake TSI April 1, 2014, Page XXXI of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 1 Basin Name Tampa Bay WBID 1474V Waterbody Name Crescent Lake Listed Parameters TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1474W Lake Dead Lady TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1478H Lake Reinheimer TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1486A Lake Tarpon DO, TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1493E Buck Lake TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1496A Sunset Lake TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1516B Lake Magdalene TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1530A Moccasin Creek DO, Fecal Coliform, TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1574A Alligator Lake DO Group 1 Tampa Bay 1579A Bellows Lake (East Lake) TSI Group 1 Tampa Bay 1603D Lake Chautauqua DO Group 1 Tampa Bay 1700A Crescent Lake DO Group 1 Tampa Bay 1731A Lake Maggiore DO, TSI, Un-ionized Ammonia Group 2 Apalachicola–Chipola 272 Thompson Pond TSI Group 2 Apalachicola–Chipola 344 Ocheesee Pond DO Group 2 Apalachicola–Chipola 51A Dead LakeS Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Apalachicola–Chipola 60 Lake Seminole TSI Group 2 Apalachicola–Chipola 926A1 Lake Mystic Mercury in Fish Tissue St. Johns River above Doctors Lake St. Johns River above Julington Creek St. Johns River above Black Creek St. Johns River above Palmo Creek Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2213G Mercury in Fish Tissue, Thallium, TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2213H Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2213I Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2213J Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2213K St. Johns River above Tocoi Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2 DO, Fecal Coliform Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Silver, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2213L St. Johns River above Federal Point Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2308 Eagle Run Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2389 Doctors Lake TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2476B Kingsley Lake DO, TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2509 Lake Geneva Lead, TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2509H Lily Lake Lead Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2528B Lake Sheelar DO, TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2541 Georges Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2543F Lake Ross Lead, TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2575 Cue Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2593A Davis Lake DO Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2606B Crescent Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2615A Dead Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2617A Lake Broward Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2630B Lake Disston Mercury in Fish Tissue, Lead Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2659A Lake Winona TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2667A Lake Dias TSI Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2671A Lake Daugharty Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Lower St. Johns 2680A Lake Molly TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2892 Lake Margaret Mercury in Fish Tissue April 1, 2014, Page XXXII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 2 Basin Name Middle St. Johns WBID 2893A Waterbody Name Lake George Listed Parameters Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2893D Lake Monroe DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2893H Mullet Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2893J Mud Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2894 Lake Delancy Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2899B Lake Kerr Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2905C Wildcat Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2912A Lake Emporia TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2916B South Grasshopper Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2917 Boyd Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2921 Lake Woodruff Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2921C Lake Dexter Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2925A Lake Ashby Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2929B Lake Norris Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2929C Lake Dorr Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2931 Lake Winnemissett TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2953A Broken Arrow Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2954 Konomac Lake Reservoir Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2956A1 Linden Lake DO Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2956E Sand Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2961 Lake Sylvan Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2964A Lake Harney DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2981 Lake Jesup TSI, Un-ionized Ammonia 2981A Lake Jesup near St. Johns River TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2986B Lake Myrtle DO Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2987A Spring Lake TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2991B Buck Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2991D Horseshoe Lake DO Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2994C Fairy Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2994D Island Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2994E Red Bug Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2994X Little Lake Howell TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2994Y Fruitwood Lake TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2994Y1 Lake Tony TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 29971 Leftover Lake Ivanhoe TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 29975 Lake Sybelia TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 29977 Lake of the Woods TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997B Howell Lake TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997B1 Lake Ann TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997I Lake Sue TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997J Lake Rowena TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997K Lake Estelle TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997M Lake Formosa TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997O Park Lake TSI April 1, 2014, Page XXXIII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 2 Basin Name Middle St. Johns WBID 2997Q Waterbody Name Lake Dot Listed Parameters Fecal Coliform, TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997R Lake Adair TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997S Lake Spring TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997U Lake Park TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2997X Lake Killarney TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2998A Lake Florida TSI, TSI2, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2998C Lake Orienta TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2998E Lake Adelaide TSI, TSI2, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 2999A Lake Hayes TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3000 Lake Pearl TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3000A Lake Harriet DO, Fecal Coliform Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3002J Lake Hiawassee TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004A Bear Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004B Lake Fairview TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004C Lake Lawne TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004D Silver Lake TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004E Lake Daniel TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004F Lake Sarah TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004G Bay Lake TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004J Lake Gandy TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004K Lake Wekiva (Orlando) TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004N Lake Fairview TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004O Asher Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3004P Cub Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3009 Bear Gulley Lake TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3009C Lake Burkett TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3009E Lake Georgia TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3011A Lake Weston TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3011B Lake Shadow TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3011C Lake Lucien Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3023C Lake Susannah TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3023D Lake Gear TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3023E Lake Barton TSI Group 2 Middle St. Johns 3036 Lake Frederica Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 2 St. Lucie–Loxahatchee 3194C Savannas Copper, DO Group 2 Tampa Bay Tributaries 1451G King Lake TSI Group 2 Tampa Bay Tributaries 1451W Saxon Lake TSI Group 2 Tampa Bay Tributaries 1522B Lake Thonotosassa DO, TSI, TSI2, Un-ionized Ammonia Group 2 Tampa Bay Tributaries 1537 Lake Wire Lead, TSI Group 2 Tampa Bay Tributaries 1543 Lake Hunter TSI, TSI2 Group 2 Tampa Bay Tributaries 1807B Lake Manatee Reservoir DO, Fecal Coliform, TSI Group 3 Caloosahatchee 3237C Lake Hicpochee DO Group 3 Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew 1009A Western Lake DO Group 3 Choctawhatchee– 1027A Camp Creek Lake DO April 1, 2014, Page XXXIV of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Basin Name St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Choctawhatchee– St. Andrew Lake Worth Lagoon– Palm Beach Coast Lake Worth Lagoon– Palm Beach Coast Lake Worth Lagoon– Palm Beach Coast Lake Worth Lagoon– Palm Beach Coast Lake Worth Lagoon– Palm Beach Coast WBID Waterbody Name Listed Parameters 1037 Eastern Lake DO 1055A Lake Powell DO 210A Double Pond Mercury in Fish Tissue 283 Lake Juniper Mercury in Fish Tissue 553A Deerpoint Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue 61A Sand Hammock Pond Mercury in Fish Tissue 959 Morris Lake DO 959D Draper Lake DO 959E Alligator Lake DO 959G Fuller Lake DO 959I Big Redfish Lake DO 959J Little Redfish Lake DO 3245B Lake Clarke DO, Fecal Coliform 3245C2 Clear Lake TSI 3245C4 Pine Lake DO, Fecal Coliform, TSI 3256A Lake Osborne DO 3262A Lake Ida TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488A Lake Smart TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488B Lake Rochelle TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488C Lake Haines TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488D Lake Alfred TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488G Lake Silver TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488P Lake Martha TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488Q Lake Maude TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488S Lake Buckeye TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488U Lake Conine TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488V Lake Swoope TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488Y Lake Pansy TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1488Z Lake Echo TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 14921 Lake Tracy TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1497A Crystal Lake TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1497B Lake Parker TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1497C Lake Teniroc TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1497D Lake Gibson TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1497E Lake Bonny TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 15001 Little Lake Hamilton TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 15003 Lake Confusion TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1501 Lake Lena TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1501B Lake Ariana TSI April 1, 2014, Page XXXV of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 3 Basin Name Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka WBID 1501W Waterbody Name Sears Lake Listed Parameters TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 15041 Lake Hamilton Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 15101 Lake Eva TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521 Lake Lulu TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521B Lake Eloise TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521D Lake Shipp TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521E Lake May TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521F Lake Howard TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521G Lake Mirror TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521H Lake Cannon TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521J Lake Idylwild TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521K Lake Jessie TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521L Lake Marianna TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521P Deer Lake TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1521Q Lake Blue TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1539C Lake Annie TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1539P Lake Dexter Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1539Q Lake Ned TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1539R Lake Daisy TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1539Z Lake Menzie TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1548 Lake Elbert TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1549B Banana Lake TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1549B1 Lake Stahl DO, TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1549X Hollingsworth Lake TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1588A Lake Mcleod TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1617A Lake Effie DO Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1623L Lake Hancock DO, TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1623M Eagle Lake TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1623M1 Grassy Lake TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1677C Lake Buffum Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1971 Clark Lake TSI Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1981 Lake Myakka (Lower Segment) Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 1981C Lake Myakka (Upper Segment) Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI DO DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2 Group 3 Sarasota Bay–Peace–Myakka 2041B Shell Creek Reservoir (Hamilton Reservoir) Group 3 Upper St. Johns 28931 Sawgrass Lake Group 3 Upper St. Johns 28932 Lake Cone at Seminole Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2893K Lake Poinsett DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2893O Lake Washington DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2893Q Lake Helen Blazes DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2, TSI2 Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2893V Blue Cypress Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2893Y Lake Winder DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2964B Puzzle Lake DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2964C Ruth Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 3 Upper St. Johns 2966A Buck Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue April 1, 2014, Page XXXVI of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 3 Basin Name Upper St. Johns WBID 3008A Waterbody Name Fox Lake Listed Parameters DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 3 Upper St. Johns 3008B South Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1436A Lake Davenport BOD 5Day Group 4 Kissimmee River 1472B Lake Hatchineha Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2, TSI2 Group 4 Kissimmee River 1480 Lake Marion Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1532A Lake Pierce TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1532B Lake Marie TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1573A Tiger Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1573E Lake Weohyakapka TSI, TSI2 Group 4 Kissimmee River 1619A Lake Wales TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1663 Crooked Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1685A Lake Arbuckle Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1685D Reedy Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1706 Lake Clinch Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1730 Hickory Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1730B Livingston Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1730E Pabor Lake DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 1761H Lake Lucas DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 1813E Bonnet Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1813F Lake Angelo TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1813G Little Bonnet Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1813L Lake Glenada TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1842 Lake Sebring Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1856B Lake Istokpoga Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2 Group 4 Kissimmee River 1860B Lake Josephine Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1893 Huckleberry Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 1938A Lake June in Winter Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1938C Lake Placid Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 1938H Lake Annie DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168C Lake Jessamine TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168D Lake Gatlin TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168H Lake Holden TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168I Lake Pinelock TSI, TSI2 Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168J Jennie Jewel Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168Q Lake Warren (Lake Mare Prairie) TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168W1 Lake Mary Gem TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168W2 Druid Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168W3 Lake Wade TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168W5 Lake Tyner DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168W6 Lake Warren DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168W7 Lake Bumby TSI TSI, TSI2 Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168X1 Lake Tennessee (Orange County) Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168X5 Lake Condel Fecal Coliform Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168X8 Lake Angel TSI April 1, 2014, Page XXXVII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 4 Basin Name Kissimmee River WBID 3168Y2 Waterbody Name Lake Como (Orange County) Listed Parameters DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168Y3 Lake Greenwood DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168Y4 Lake Davis TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168Y7 Lake Theresa DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168Z1 Lake Lucerne (West) TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3168Z9 Lake Lawsona TSI, TSI2 Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169C Big Sand Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169G Clear Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169G4 Lake Kozart TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169G5 Lake Walker TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169G6 Lake Richmond TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169G8 Lake Beardall TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169I Lake Mann TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169P Lake Catherine DO, TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169Q Rock Lake TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3169S Lake Roger (Lake Christie) TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170B Lake Russell Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170FE Lake Britt DO Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170H Pocket Lake (Lake Sheen) Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170J3 Cypress Lake (Orange County) TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170Q Lake Butler Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170S Lake Down Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170T Lake Bessie Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170W Lake Louise Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170X Lake Palmer (Lake Isleworth) TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3170Y Lake Tibet Butler Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3171 Lake Hart Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3171A Lake Mary Jane Iron, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3171C Re Lake Copper Group 4 Kissimmee River 3172 East Lake Tohopekaliga Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3173A Lake Tohopekaliga Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3176 Alligator Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3177 Lake Gentry Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3177A Brick Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Kissimmee River 3180A Lake Cypress Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3183B Lake Kissimmee Mercury in Fish Tissue, TSI, TSI2 Group 4 Kissimmee River 3183G Lake Jackson (Osceola County) DO, TSI Group 4 Kissimmee River 3184 Lake Marian TSI Group 4 Nassau–St. Marys 2105A Hampton Lake DO Group 4 Nassau–St. Marys 2339 Ocean Pond Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Pensacola 10EA Woodbine Springs Lake Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Pensacola 145 Lake Karick DO Group 4 Pensacola 179A Bear Lake DO Group 4 Pensacola 83A Hurricane Lake DO April 1, 2014, Page XXXVIII of XXXVIII Florida Department of Environmental Protection, 2014 Integrated Report Basin Group Group 4 Basin Name Withlacoochee WBID 1329B Waterbody Name Lake Rousseau Listed Parameters DO, Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Withlacoochee 1329H Lake Lindsey DO Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340A Davis Lake DO, TSI Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340B Fort Cooper Lake DO Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340C Magnolia Lake DO Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340D Hampton Lake DO Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340E Little Lake (Consuella) TSI Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340K Cato Lake DO Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340L Cooter Lake DO, TSI Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340M Little Henderson Lake DO Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340P Spivey Lake DO Group 4 Withlacoochee 1340Q Tussock Lake DO 1340R Tsala Apopka Lake (Floral City Arm) DO Group 4 Withlacoochee Group 4 Withlacoochee 1347 Lake Okahumpka Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 4 Withlacoochee 1351B Lake Panasoffkee DO, TSI Group 4 Withlacoochee 1449A Lake Deeson TSI Group 4 Withlacoochee 1467 Mud Lake TSI, TSI2 Group 4 Withlacoochee 1484A Lake Tennessee TSI Group 4 Withlacoochee 1484B Lake Juliana TSI Group 5 Everglades 3289X Everglades Lakes Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 5 Springs Coast 1392B Lake Hancock DO Group 5 Springs Coast 1450B Lake Nash Mercury in Fish Tissue Group 5 Springs Coast 1618 Lake Seminole DO, pH, TSI, Turbidity April 1, 2014, Page XXXIX of XXXVIII